Download pdf - Banyule City Council Agenda 7 July 2014

Ordinary Meeting of Council

Council Chambers, Service Centre

275 Upper Heidelberg Road, Ivanhoe

7 July 2014 commencing at 7.45pm

Following the public forum commencing at approximately 7.30pm and may be extended to 8pm if necessary.

AGENDA

The Mayor’s Acknowledgement of the Wurundjeri People “Our Meeting is being held on the traditional lands (country) of the Wurundjeri people and I wish to acknowledge them as the traditional owners and pay my respects to their Elders.”

Apologies and Leave of Absence Cr Jenny Mulholland submitted a Leave of Absence for the period 10 July 2014 to 17 August 2014 (inclusive).

Confirmation of Minutes Ordinary Meeting of Council held 23 June 2014 To correct an error in item 4.3 from the Ordinary Meeting of Council on 23 June 2014. The final point of new condition 1 should read ‘Apartments 602 and 603 and apartments 702 and 703 to be combined into two two-bedroom apartments’ rather than ‘Apartments 601 and 602 and apartments 701 and 702 to be combined into two two-bedroom apartments’.

Disclosure of Interests

1. Petitions

1.1 Petition to rezone and name the land at 1-3 McKenzie Court Greensborough ....................................................................................................... 5

1.2 Laane Avenue, Rosanna - Request for Traffic Management ................................... 7

1.3 Studley Road, Ivanhoe - Proposed parking restrictions ......................................... 10

REPORTS:

2. People – Community Strengthening and Support

Nil

AGENDA (Cont’d)

Ordinary Meeting of Council - 7 July 2014 Page 2

3. Planet – Environmental Sustainability

3.1 Waste Management Plan 2014 - 2019 .................................................................. 13

4. Place – Sustainable Amenity and Built Environment

4.1 Notice of Decision Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct - Special Charge ................................................................................................................. 17

4.2 Birdwood Avenue, Macleod - Macleod Preschool Parking Investigation ......................................................................................................... 26

4.3 Consent to proposed development pursuant to Section 173 Agreement - 9 Lower Heidelberg Road, Ivanhoe .................................................. 30

4.4 North East Link - Quarterly Report ........................................................................ 34

4.5 Ivanhoe Civic Precinct Master Plan ....................................................................... 37

4.6 Metropolitan Planning Strategy ............................................................................. 45

4.7 Planning Scheme Review Report.......................................................................... 50

4.8 Margaret Avenue, Montmorency - Proposed discontinuance of section of unused 'road' ........................................................................................ 54

4.9 Willis Street, Greensborough - Proposed discontinuance of section of unused 'road' .................................................................................................... 61

4.10 Julinda Court, Greensborough - Proposed discontinuance of section of unused 'road' ........................................................................................ 68

4.11 Planning Scheme Amendment C94 - Panel Report .............................................. 74

4.12 Proposed naming of crown land - Fred Lasslett Reserve ...................................... 81

4.13 Formal naming of the Right of Way running off Elliot Street, Heidelberg Heights .............................................................................................. 86

4.14 School sites redevelopment project update ........................................................... 92

4.15 Retrospective Application For Industry and Office - 4 Graeme Avenue, Montmorency .......................................................................................... 98

4.16 Studley Road, Ivanhoe - Proposed parking restrictions ....................................... 108

4.17 Rosanna Road and Greensborough Highway safety and amenity ...................... 111

4.18 Olympia Housing Initiative - Service Agreement for Planning Applications ........................................................................................................ 113

5. Participation – Community Involvement in Community Life

5.1 Ivanhoe Public Golf Course-1 Vasey Street, Ivanhoe- Proposed Lease to Leisure Management Services Pty Ltd ................................................. 117

6. Performance - Use Our Resources Wisely

6.1 Interest on Overdue Rates .................................................................................. 123

6.2 Councillor Motions - Status Update ..................................................................... 125

7. Sealing of Documents

Nil

8. Notices of Motion

8.1 Medical Offices in the Commercial 1 Zone .......................................................... 127

8.2 Day of Freedom ................................................................................................. 128

8.3 Shelley Reserve Temporary Shipping Containers ............................................... 129

8.4 Olivia Newton-John Wellness Walk: Sunday 28 September 2014 ....................... 131

8.5 Watsonia Motorshow: Saturday 8 November 2014 ............................................. 132

8.6 Community Development Grants ........................................................................ 133

8.7 Installation of Solar Panels to NETS Stadium ..................................................... 134

AGENDA (Cont’d)


9. General Business

10. Urgent Business

Closure of Meeting to the Public That in accordance with Section 89(2) of the Local Government Act 1989, Council close the Meeting to members of the public and adjourn for five minutes to allow the public to leave the Chamber prior to considering the following confidential matters.

11. Confidential Matters

11.1 Contractual matters

11.2 Proposed developments

Matters Discussed in Camera That all confidential matters and reports related to the above items remain confidential unless otherwise specified.

Closure of Meeting

1.1

Petitions


1.1 PETITION TO REZONE AND NAME THE LAND AT 1-3 MCKENZIE COURT GREENSBOROUGH

Author: Daniel Kollmorgen - Manager Strategic & Economic Development, City Development

Ward: Bakewell

File: F2013/1091

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY A petition with 106 signatures has been received requesting that Council initiate a process to re-zone the land and formally name the land at 1-3 McKenzie Court, Greensborough. The petition prayer is as follows: “The undersigned residents and ratepayers of Banyule commend Council for deciding to retain the park at 1-3 McKenzie Court, Greensborough.

We request that Council now initiate a process to re-zone the land to reflect its current use as a public park.

We also request that Council initiate a process to formally name the park.”

DISCUSSION

The petition was received in two parts. The initial petition was received on 10 June 2014 with 102 signatures. Additional pages to the petition were received on 16 June 2014 with four (4) extra signatures. The majority of signatories on the petition reside in Greensborough and the rest are within the Banyule municipality, except for one (1) from Reservoir. Table 1 summarises the location of the signatories to the petition. Table 1: Location of Signatories

Location Signatories

Greensborough 87

Rosanna 6

Briar Hill 4

Bundoora 2

Ivanhoe 2

Macleod 2

Viewbank 1

Watsonia 1

Reservoir 1

Total 106

At its meeting on 5 May 2014, Council resolved (CO2014/109) not to proceed with the proposed sale of the land at 1-3 McKenzie Court, Greensborough. The Council report and resolution did not discuss re-zoning of the land or naming the park.

1.1

Petitions

PETITION TO REZONE AND NAME THE LAND AT 1-3 MCKENZIE COURT GREENSBOROUGH cont’d


The use of the land as a public park does not depend on the land being rezoned. The land is currently zoned residential yet has operated as a park for decades. For the land to be rezoned to reflect its current use Council would need to undertake a Planning Scheme Amendment process to rezone the land from Residential Zone to Public Park and Recreation Zone. While any rezoning will have little immediate benefit it would send a signal as to the intended use of the land. At present there are no plans to rezone the land. Council is currently updating its Public Open Space Strategy which provides future directions for the provision of open space. It is considered prudent to wait for the review of this strategy before deciding on whether or not to rezone the land. It is considered reasonable to name the park to help identify the location and promote a sense of place and connection with the community associated with a name. A public consultation process needs to be undertaken with any naming proposal for Council reserves or parks. The proposal to formally name the park at McKenzie Court will need to be included in Council’s future work programme. The process of naming the park can then be initiated as soon as resources become available.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Receives and notes the petition. 2. Retain the land at 1-3 McKenzie Court, Greensborough as Residential 1 Zone

until a review of Council’s Public Open Space Strategy has been completed. 3. Include the naming of the park located at 1-3 McKenzie Court, Greensborough,

in Council’s future work programme. 4. Advise the person who submitted the petition accordingly.

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

1.2

Petitions


1.2 LAANE AVENUE, ROSANNA - REQUEST FOR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

Author: Bailey Byrnes - Transport Engineer, City Development

Ward: Ibbott

File: F2014/36

Previous Items Council on 4 June 2012 (Item 1.1 - Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent, Rosanna -

Traffic Investigation)

Council on 2 July 2012 (Item 2.1 - Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent, Rosanna - Traffic Concerns)

Council on 3 June 2013 (Item 1.1 - Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent, Rosanna - Traffic Investigation)

Council on 29 July 2013 (Item 2.1 - Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent, Rosanna - Traffic Investigation)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY A petition with 25 signatures from residents of Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent, Rosanna has been received requesting Council to change traffic conditions in Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent, Rosanna. Further investigation is required to determine whether additional traffic calming measures are warranted in Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent. Upon the conclusion of the investigation, a further report will be provided to Council. The petition prayer is as follows: ‘We the undersigned want a safer street, specifically: That Banyule City Council takes action to change traffic conditions in Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent to manage traffic numbers and speed such as:

Permanent Right turn Ban (closure) into Laane Avenue off Rosanna Road. Left turn from Rosanna Road into Laane Ave and left turn out of Laane Avenue to remain.

Implement a variety of traffic solutions to slow speed in Laane Avenue Install a splitter island at the corner of Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent in

order to stop vehicles cutting the corner Investigate solutions to improve access in and out of Banyule Road (from

Rosanna Road) so it does not affect local streets like Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent. ”

A letter supporting the petition is provided as Attachment 1.

1.2

Petitions

LAANE AVENUE, ROSANNA - REQUEST FOR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT cont’d


DISCUSSION Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent are local streets. Laane Avenue is approximately 275m in length, and connects Rosanna Road and Coorie Crescent, Rosanna. There are two sections of Coorie Crescent; the northern section connecting Rosanna Road to Banyule Road and the southern section connecting Banyule Road to Greville Road. The petitioners from Coorie Crescent are from the southern section of the street, between Laane Avenue and Banyule Road. A locality plan highlighting Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent is shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1 – Laane Avenue, Rosanna

A petition from residents of Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent in June 2012 requested Council consider a right turn ban for northbound traffic travelling along Rosanna Road into Laane Avenue, or the permanent closure of Laane Avenue at Rosanna Road. At its meeting on 4 July 2012 Council resolved to install a right turn ban operating 4pm to 6pm Monday to Friday. The time restricted right turn ban has been in operation since 17 September 2012. A further petition from residents of Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent in June 2013 requested Council investigate the possibilities of installing a physical device to permanently prohibit right turns into Laane Avenue from Rosanna Road. Following an investigation Council at its meeting on 29 July 2013 resolved to install additional right turn ban signs at the intersection of Laane Avenue and Rosanna Road. No traffic management treatments were considered warranted for speed control along Laane Avenue, at that time. Residents continue to advocate for Council to alter traffic conditions in Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent to manage vehicle traffic and speed. Further investigation is required to determine whether additional traffic calming measures are warranted in Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent. Upon the conclusion of the investigation, a further report will be provided to Council.

1.2

Petitions

LAANE AVENUE, ROSANNA - REQUEST FOR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT cont’d


RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Receives and notes the petition.

2. Undertake an investigation to determine where additional traffic calming

measures are warranted in Laane Avenue and Coorie Crescent. At the conclusion of the investigation, a further report will be presented to Council for consideration.

3. Advise the primary petitioner accordingly.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Laane Avenue - Petition Cover Letter 137

1.3

Petitions


1.3 STUDLEY ROAD, IVANHOE - PROPOSED PARKING RESTRICTIONS

Author: Ana Caicedo - Project Engineer, City Development

Ward: Griffin

File: F2014/141

Previous Items Council on 19 May 2014 (Item 4.3 - Studley Road, Ivanhoe - Parking Restrictions)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Following consultation to determine the level of support for the installation of parking restrictions on the north side of Studley Road, Ivanhoe, between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road, a petition with 27 signatures from residents of the area was received requesting that no changes to the parking restrictions between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road are implemented. Agenda item 4.16 contains the report that summarises the parking survey results.

The petition prayer is as follows: We, the undersigned, would like to register our opposition to the proposal to introduce parking restrictions on the north side of Studley Road between Carn Ave and Waldemar Road and register our support for the “No Change” option in the survey documentation, for the following reasons.

The Austin-complex, day-parkers on the north side of Studley Rd [approximately 10 from #73 to #79 Studley Rd and 8 from #37 to #56 Studley Rd.] will choose to park with their colleagues [approximately 8], on the south side of Studley Road fully congesting it and providing an additional pool of day-parkers seeking alternate “Unrestricted Parking” sites.

The BYCC General Local Law –Schedule 3- Residential Parking Permit Scheme option to purchase up to 2 resident plus 2 visitor parking permits to allow parking over any posted parking time limit, provides an incentive for north-side-of-Studley Rd residents, subject to the proposed parking restrictions, and their visitors, to park, preferentially, on the south side to avoid the possibility of being fined for inadvertently overstaying the posted time.

Discussions with a Metro Parking employee in the newly extended Martin-Street, Austin-complex Staff Car park on Thursday May 15, 2014, resulted in advice that the parking capacity there had been effectively doubled to 1160 vehicles and there were about 300 vacant car sites awaiting transfer of staff parking from the car park underneath the Austin/Mercy Tower. Advice received last Friday, May, 23, 2014, from one of the Austin staff members, parking in front of #56 Studley Rd., was to effect that some staff members would be interested in the available new Martin Street parking but the Hospital Complex management were planning to survey employees to establish the preferred option for use new parking before releasing it. It appears to be premature to propose introducing Parking Restrictions a kilometre from the Hospital Complex to attempt to dissuade approximately 26 Hospital Staff and students from parking in the local street when there are about 300 unallocated parking spaces available in the staff-dedicated, Martin-Street, car park.

A letter supporting the petition is provided as Attachment 1.

1.3

Petitions

STUDLEY ROAD, IVANHOE - PROPOSED PARKING RESTRICTIONS cont’d


DISCUSSION

Consistent with the Council resolution of 6 May 2013, a report was presented to Council on 19 May 2014 with the results of an investigation undertaken to determine the level of on-street parking occurring along Studley Road, between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road. At its meeting of 19 May 2014, Council resolved that: ‘Council survey the residents of Studley Road, between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road to determine the level of support for either 2-hour or 4-hour parking restrictions on the north side of the road, operating 8am-5pm, Monday to Friday and implement the restrictions subject to majority support following the survey and that a report be presented back to Council including the consideration of ‘Hockey Sticks’.’ Consequently, a survey was sent to 40 properties on Studley Road, Ivanhoe, between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road on 28 May 2014. Please refer to Agenda item 4.16 for the report on the survey results.

RECOMMENDATION

That: 1. Council receives and notes the petition. 2. The primary petitioner is advised accordingly. 3. Council notes that the parking survey results are presented at Agenda item

4.16.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Cover letter for petition 140

3.1

Planet – Environmental Sustainability


3.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN 2014 - 2019 Author: Vincent King - Operations Project Coordinator, Assets & City Services

File: F2014/304

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

For Council to adopt the new Waste Management Plan 2014-2019.

OFFICER DECLARATION OF CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Section 80C of the Local Government Act 1989 requires members of Council staff, and persons engaged under contract to provide advice to Council, to disclose any direct or indirect interest in a matter to which the advice relates. Council officers involved in the preparation of this report have no conflict of interest in this matter.

CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction of “avoid waste generation”.

BACKGROUND

Melbourne's population is growing and so is its waste production. Resources are lost when goods enter landfill at the end of their useful life. Their replacement in our homes and businesses create more emissions and consume more energy, water and virgin materials in production and transport. As our national, local and global populations grow, more resources are consumed, putting more pressure on supporting ecosystems, habitat, biodiversity, and on reserves of non-renewable resources. New environmental legislative requirements at Federal and State levels are increasing the cost of waste processing and waste sent to landfill. The Carbon Tax, increased fuel costs related to declining oil reserves, landfill levies, and new plant and infrastructure required to meet legislative waste reduction targets, will have a direct cost impact on garbage and recycling services. These rising costs will help drive a transition towards zero waste. Council can have a major influence on the volume of waste produced in its local area by educating the community and providing practical assistance through recycling schemes. Council also has the responsibility to show leadership and to advocate on behalf of its community to minimise waste. Banyule City Council is regarded as a leader in waste minimisation and recycling in Victoria. This is a result of a well-planned and delivered suite of services, with a strong community education focus. Banyule's current Waste Management and Education Service includes:

Kerbside collection of garbage, recycling and green waste plus pre-booked hard waste or bundled collections per year.

3.1


WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN 2014 - 2019 cont’d


Waste Recovery Centre: free drop-off of some recyclables and chargeable disposal or recycling of general waste, green waste, white goods, tyres, etc. The Waste Recovery Centre also facilitates the collection of some low level hazardous waste through Sustainability Victoria’s Detox Your Home program.

Council has developed a state of the art Material Recovery Facility (MRF) and Education Centre (Rethink Centre) which complement the existing Waste Recovery Centre. These facilities provide a sustainable, commercially viable and efficient long term recycling and education program for the City, surrounding municipalities and other private sector providers. The Banyule Waste Recovery Centre operates as a permanent collection centre for some national and state recycling schemes. eWaste is collected under the national industry funded television and computer recycling scheme. In the first 6 months 136 tonnes of televisions, equating to approximately 4,500 televisions, have been recycled. This compares favourably to the 27 tonnes of eWaste recycling in the previous 12 months. Household paint, fluorescent tubes, batteries and gas bottles are collected under the state Detox Your Home program. Over 88 Tonnes of the waste streams were collected in 2012-13. Ongoing promotional activities to increase awareness of these services will be required. PREVIOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

Since Banyule City Council’s formation in 1994, a consistent and effective approach has been taken to the provision of waste management, litter management and associated education services. Strategies for each of these components were developed and corresponding actions taken. Banyule City Council’s previous Waste Management Strategies built on earlier strategies with the specific objective of meeting State and Council objectives:

Conserving Resources – to encourage the efficient and sustainable use of resources within Banyule.

Minimising Waste – to prevent unnecessary production of waste within Banyule and meet the state Towards Zero Waste (TZW) targets.

Controlling Pollution – to minimise the impacts of pollution on Banyule’s environment.

Main programs undertaken have included:

Reviewing all collection services in light of best practice collection systems.

Undertaking trial public place recycling in selected shopping centres.

Developing a best practice Recycling and Waste Station (Banyule Waste Recovery Centre).

Undertaking a trial food waste collection service from Council facilities.

Implementing an educational plan that is focussed on achieving waste and litter management objectives.

Developing Banyule into a Best Practice Waste Wise Organisation. Banyule has successfully implemented these actions and consolidated them through annual planning processes:

Implementation of commingled recycling and bin based green waste collection.

Additional collection of codes 4-7 plastics.

3.1




Upgrade of the Waste Recovery Centre increasing recycling and diversion of waste.

Implementation of food waste recycling within key Council facilities.

Development and implementation of a waste minimisation education strategy. Whilst Banyule City Council has not achieved the earlier key diversion targets set by the State Government and the previous Northern Regional Waste Management Group, Banyule undertook a comprehensive kerbside service trial in 2001 of various organic waste and recyclables container combinations to monitor collection costs, the amount of waste diverted from landfill and residents feedback. This trial clearly identified that to achieve the TZW targets, food waste needs be recycled by removing it from the garbage waste stream. This trial was an important step in strategic planning of future waste systems and has informed various Melbourne municipalities as well as the current Metropolitan Waste and Resource Recovery Strategic Plan. WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN 2014 – 2019 Banyule City Council has developed a new Waste Management Plan with a five year action plan 2014 – 2019. The Waste Management Plan sets the key directions and priorities for waste collection, disposal, recycling and drop off services for the next 5 years. The expected outcomes of the plan include:

A new five year Waste Management Plan that provides direction for Council to develop and improve the provision of waste management services.

A list of goals and strategic focuses and emerging community needs.

A five year action plan which will be revised and reviewed annually. The role of the Waste Management Plan is supported and closely aligned with Council’s key policy objectives and strategies including:

City Plan 2013 -2017 contains five interlinked objectives:

People: Community strengthening and support

Planet: Environmental sustainability

Place: Sustainable amenity and built environment

Participation: Community involvement in community life

Performance: Use our resources wisely

Banyule Planet: Environmental Sustainability Policy & Strategy – provides the framework for achieving environmental sustainability in Banyule. It provides guidance and direction for supporting action plans that are reported in the annual State of the Environment Report.

The Plan has also been developed in line with relevant legislation and policies that have been developed at both the Federal and State level. These include:

Environment Protection Act (EP Act) 1970;

Federal Government’s National Waste Policy 2009; &

Victorian State Government’s Waste and Resource Recovery Policy 2013. PLAN DEVELOPMENT The process used in the preparation of the 2014 – 2019 Waste Management Plan included the following:

3.1




1. Review of the previous plan and city policy objectives and strategies. 2. Survey residents in late 2012 to obtain data on current services and

opportunities for improvements. 3. Workshops with key internal stakeholders and Council in 2013. 4. Input from the Banyule Environment Advisory Committee in October 2013 5. Development of this draft plan. 6. Council briefing in March 2014. The plan has identified many opportunities for improvement through direct action or advocacy to ensure that Banyule’s waste services remain at industry best practice and that customer satisfaction is continued.

HUMAN RIGHTS CHARTER

In developing this report to Council, the subject matter has been considered to determine if it raises any human rights issues. In particular, whether the scope of any human right established by the Victorian Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities is in any way limited, restricted or interfered with by the recommendations contained in this report. It is considered that the subject matter does not raise any human rights issues.

FUNDING IMPLICATIONS

The Waste Management Plan 2014 - 2019 does not have any actions that will have an immediate impact on the budget during the life of the plan. However implementation of actions within the plan may identify budget implications which will be brought to Council as they arise for consideration before further progressing those actions.

CONCLUSION

Waste management is core responsibility for Banyule. Waste management has a significant financial impact on the Council as well as being the single greatest greenhouse contributor. It is essential that waste management is carried out in a manner that meets the needs of residents and minimises the environmental and financial impacts. The Waste Management Plan 2014 – 2019 provides a framework to achieve these outcomes.

RECOMMENDATION

1. That Council adopt the new Waste Management Plan 2014 – 2019. 2. Officers obtain approval from Council for any budget increases required to

implement the Waste Management plan as they are identified.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Waste Management Plan 2014 - 2019 141

4.1

Place – Sustainable Amenity and Built Environment


4.1 NOTICE OF DECISION HEIDELBERG CENTRAL SHOPPING PRECINCT - SPECIAL CHARGE

Author: Nicole Maslin - Economic Development Officer, City Development

Ward: Griffin

File: F2014/300

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

To formally consider all written submissions received under sections 163A and 223 of the Local Government Act 1989 (Act) and to take account of all written objections lodged under section 163B of the Act in relation to the proposed Special Charge Scheme for the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct (Special Charge or Scheme).

It is intended, following a consideration of submissions received and the taking into account any objections lodged, that Council will make a decision as to whether or not a new Special Charge Scheme will be declared for the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct (Heidelberg Central or Precinct).


Section 80C of the Local Government Act 1989 requires members of Council staff and persons engaged under a contract to provide advice or a report to a meeting of the Council to disclose any direct or indirect interest in a matter to which the advice or the report relates, and must do so before the advice or report is considered by the Council. Council officers involved in the preparation of this report have no conflict of interest in this matter.

CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction to “support thriving commercial and retail activity”.

BACKGROUND

At its meeting on 14 April 2014, Council resolved that it:

“1. Notes the letter received from the Heidelberg Central Traders’ Association Incorporated (Traders’ Association) requesting the reintroduction of a Special Charge for the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct (Shopping Precinct) and the initial letter sent by Council to the owners and the occupiers of the properties included in the Shopping Precinct proposing the reintroduction of a Special Charge in the form of the attachments to the resolution (being Attachments 1 and 4 respectively) and, having otherwise considered all relevant matters, commences the statutory process under the Local Government Act 1989 (Act) to reintroduce a Special Charge to and for the properties within the defined Shopping Precinct, such Special Charge to raise an amount of $99,300 per annum for a period of seven years, commencing on 1 July 2014 and ending on 30 June 2021.

4.1


NOTICE OF DECISION HEIDELBERG CENTRAL SHOPPING PRECINCT - SPECIAL CHARGE cont’d


2. Acting in accordance with sections 163(1A) and 163B(3) of the Act, directs that public notice be given in “The Weekly Review” newspaper of the intention of Council to declare at its ordinary meeting to be held on 7 July 2014 in accordance with the proposed declaration of Special Charge in the form of the attachment to this resolution (being Attachment 2) (Proposed Declaration of Special Charge), such Special Charge to be for the purposes of defraying expenses to be incurred by Council in providing funds to the incorporated body known and operating as the Heidelberg Central Traders’ Association Incorporated, which funds, administratively only and subject always to the approval, direction and control of Council, are to be used for the purposes of a professional part-time marketing coordinator, promotional, advertising, marketing, business development and other incidental expenses as approved by and agreed to from time to time between Council and the Traders’ Association, all of which are associated with the encouragement of commerce, retail, and professional activity and employment in the Shopping Precinct.

3. Directs that, in accordance with section 163(1C) of the Act, separate letters enclosing a copy of the public notice are to be sent to the owners and the occupiers of the properties referred to and set out in the listing of rateable properties set out in Schedule 2 to the Proposed Declaration of Special Charge, advising of the intention of Council to declare the Special Charge at its ordinary meeting to be held on 7 July 2014, the amount for which the property owner or the occupier (being a person who as a condition of a lease under which the person who occupies the property is required to pay the Special Charge) will be liable, the basis of the calculation and distribution of the Special Charge and notifying such persons that submissions and/or objections in writing in relation to the Proposed Declaration of Special Charge will be considered and/or taken into account by Council in accordance with sections 163A, 163B and 223 of the Act.

4. Advises the Traders’ Association of the matters specified in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this resolution.

5. Notes the funding implications of the Special Charge and further, that these will

be considered as a part of Council’s 2014/2015 to 2020/2021 Capital Works Budgets.

6. Authorises the Council’s Director of City Development or the person for the

time being acting in that position –

(a) to carry out any and all other administrative procedures necessary to enable Council to carry out its functions under section 163A and section 163(1A), (1B) and (1C) and sections 163B and 223 of the Act; and

(b) to prepare a funding agreement between Council and the Traders’ Association to formalise the administrative operations of the Special Charge, such agreement being to ensure that at all times, and as a precondition to the payment of any funds by Council to the Traders’ Association, Council is, and remains, legally responsible for approving, directing and controlling the expenditure of the proceeds of the Special Charge in accordance with its obligations under the Local Government Act 1989 to do so.

4.1




7. Directs that the agreement specified in paragraph 6(b) of this resolution is to be subsequently submitted to Council for approval and sealing before the proceeds of the Special Charge, or any part of them, are paid to the Traders’ Association for the purposes for which the Special Charge has been made.”


In developing this report to Council, the subject matter has been considered to determine if it raises any human rights issues. In particular, whether the scope of any human right established by the Victorian Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities Act 2006 is in any way limited, restricted or interfered with by the recommendations contained in this report. It is considered that the subject matter does not raise any human rights issues.

CURRENT SITUATION

The implementation of the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct Business Plan is part of an initiative by which Council encourages commerce, retail and professional activity and employment in the wider Heidelberg Central Precinct.

The area known as Heidelberg Central is a defined area that is based on an analysis of the zoning structure under the Banyule Planning Scheme and an assessment of the current and potential land use for commercial, retail and professional purposes. These premises are identified in the listing of the properties forming a part of the proposed declaration of Special Charge (refer Attachment 1). In order to raise $99,300 per annum, the Scheme will, amongst other criteria set out in this report, be structured on whether the properties included in the Scheme are located in a ‘primary’, ‘secondary’ or ‘tertiary’ special benefit area. Properties included in the Scheme that are located on and fronting Burgundy Street at ground level will be levied a Special Charge of $552 per annum as those properties are located in the ‘primary’ special benefit area. Properties included in the Scheme that are located in adjoining side streets and also those properties being on the first floor above of Burgundy Street will be levied a Special Charge of $276 per annum as those properties are located in the ‘secondary’ special benefit area. Lastly, properties included in the Scheme that are located in the Warringal Shopping Centre will be levied a Special Charge of $223 per annum as those properties are located in the ‘tertiary’ special benefit area. A listing of the properties that are proposed to be included in the Scheme, showing the amount payable per property, forms a part of the proposed declaration of the Special Charge (refer Attachment 1). The Heidelberg Central Traders’ Association (Traders’ Association) must adhere to the conditions provided in its funding agreement to ensure that, at all times, it is acting in accordance with the legal requirements for expenditure of the Special Charge. The funding agreement must be renewed as a precondition to any Special Charge payments being made to the Traders’ Association. The services to be provided from the proceeds of the Special Charge relate to professional co-ordination assistance, promotions, advertising, marketing and other incidental purposes associated with the encouragement of commerce, retail and professional activity and employment in the Precinct. These services will only provide a ‘special benefit’ to the owners and the occupiers of the land and the commercial and business properties located in the Scheme area.

4.1




For this reason, the whole of the proposed Special Charge will be levied against the retail, commercial and professional business properties located in the Scheme area. It is considered that there are no other special benefits or community benefits arising from the proposed Special Charge.

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

Council requires the Heidelberg Central Traders’ Association (an incorporated association) to have a high level of financial and management accountability of funds. This includes certain requirements identified in the funding agreement and documentation that must be submitted to Council, including quarterly reports, a budget and an audited financial report at the conclusion of each financial year. Council will ensure that, under the funding agreement, the proceeds of the Special Charge are expended by the Traders’ Association on behalf of Council, administratively only. Council is, and remains, legally responsible for approving, directing and controlling the expenditure of the proceeds of the Special Charge in accordance with its obligations under the Local Government Act 1989.

FUNDING IMPLICATIONS

The Traders’ Association has requested, and Council officers agree, that the proposed Scheme remain identical to the current Scheme (in that the amounts levied by Council under the proposed Scheme are not to change). Based on the 272 rateable assessments included in the Scheme, the Special Charge will raise an amount of $99,300 in each year for a period of seven years, providing a total Special Charge levy of $695,100 over the seven year period of the Scheme. The current scheme collects from each rateable assessment in each year amounts of $552, $276 or $223 – depending on the location of the property within the Precinct and the classification of those properties as receiving a primary, secondary or tertiary special benefit – raising an amount of $85,710 in each year. The increase in the total levy from $85,710 in the current Scheme to $99,300 in each year for the proposed Scheme is due to the increase in the number of rateable assessments included. The number has increased as a result of new developments (40 Burgundy Street) and some additional subdivisions of properties in the Precinct. There is a strong expectation from the traders and the business operators located in Heidelberg Central that Council will continue, as Council has done in the previous scheme between 2007 and 2014, to contribute funds in each year to be spent alongside the amounts raised from the Special Charge. The funds contributed by Council allow the various shopping strips to address many of the physical development, maintenance and amenity issues that the Special Charge proceeds cannot be expended on. For example, Council’s contribution can be used for physical works, maintenance, infrastructure and beautification. This approach to funding ensures a strategic and integrated approach, which addresses not only the marketing of the Precinct, but also the physical and social environment, which is critical to the viability of our retail centres. Council’s funding contribution will be capped at the current scheme contribution figure of $88,797. This contribution amount has been included in the 2014-2015 Budget and will continue to be considered for the next seven years. Accordingly, the total annual budget for the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct from 2014 to 2021 is expected to be $188,097 in each year. This is the sum of the proposed Special Charge, being $99,300 and Council’s Scheme contribution (equivalent to the 2007-2014 amount), being $88,797.

4.1




CONSULTATION

Following the meeting of Council on 14 April 2014 and in accordance with the statutory process under the Act for the declaration of a Special Charge, the Notice of Intention to Declare a Special Charge for the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct was given by way of public notice advertisement in “The Weekly Review” newspaper on 23 April 2014 and by way of separate notice to all owners and occupiers included in the proposed Special Charge Scheme area (refer Attachments 2 and 3). The public notice advised that any person may make a written submission under sections 163A and 223 of the Act. The public notice further advised that any person who will be required to pay the Special Charge (whether an owner or an occupier of a property included in the Scheme) has a right to object to the proposed declaration and may make a written objection to the Council under section 163B of the Act. SUBMISSIONS (SECTIONS 163A AND 223) AND OBJECTIONS (SECTION 163B) Council has received a total of three written submissions (via email) under sections 163A and 223 of the Act. All three of these submissions are in support of the Scheme. The submissions received by Council have been forwarded to the Councillors separately with their agenda papers prior to the Council meeting so that each submission could be considered and taken into account separately and prior to Council making the decision as to whether or not a new Special Charge Scheme will be declared for the Precinct. No person lodging a submission requested that they appear in person or by a person specified in the submission at a meeting of the Council or a Committee of the Council to be heard in support of their submission. A plan showing the location of each of the submitters (as they are known to Council based on the information provided to Council by the submitters) is provided in the Location Map of Submitters (refer Attachment 4). A summary of the submissions is provided below. Sections 163A and 223, Three (3) Submissions Received – in Support The three submissions express support for the Scheme, which the submitters say assists with physically improving the amenity of the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct through banners, capital works and beautification. The submitters also identify the partnership that exists been the Traders’ Association and Council and value the contribution funding that is provided by Council. Positive examples of the marketing are provided by the submitters and also acknowledgement of the tireless work that is undertaken by the Centre Manager, Kim Gibb.

4.1




COMMENT

The letters of support highlight the value of Council’s approach and commitment to those submitters in relation to the Special Charge Scheme and the contribution funding Council provides to the Scheme, which enables a focus on the physical environment as well as the marketing and business development for the Shopping Centre. There is a real sense of partnership and collective commitment that is also developed through this approach and this is often a component valued by businesses participating in the various special rate and charge schemes throughout the City of Banyule. The Centre Manager for Heidelberg Central, Kim Gibb has maintained this role since the Scheme was first introduced over 20 years ago. Kim is a highly experienced and passionate professional who has been a key success factor of the program over the last 20 years.

CONCLUSION

Council, having formally considered all of the written submissions received under sections 163A and 223 of the Local Government Act 1989 in relation to the proposed declaration of Special Charge for the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct considers that all of the commercial properties in the Precinct will derive a special benefit from the expenditure of the Special Charge proceeds on promotional, advertising, marketing and other business development activities with a view to encouraging commerce, retail and professional activity and employment in the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct. It is further considered that the derived special benefit will not extend to other areas within the City of Banyule and, therefore, the declaration of the Special Charge should be confined to the area set out and in accordance with the amounts set out in the proposed declaration of Special Charge (refer Attachment 1).

RECOMMENDATION

That: 1. Council, having considered all submissions received and having complied with

the requirements of sections 163A, 163B and 223 of the Local Government Act 1989 (Act), and otherwise according to law, hereby declares a Special Charge under section 163(1) of the Act (Special Charge) for the purposes of defraying expenses to be incurred by Council in providing funds to the incorporated body known and operating as the Heidelberg Central Traders’ Association Incorporated (Traders’ Association), which funds, administratively only and subject always to the approval, direction and control of Council, are to be used for the purposes of the appointment of a part time professional marketing coordinator, promotional, advertising, marketing, business development and other incidental expenses as approved by Council and agreed to from time to time between Council and the Traders’ Association, all of which are associated with the encouragement of commerce, retail and professional activity and employment in the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct (Precinct or Scheme).

4.1




2. The criteria which form the basis of the declaration of the Special Charge are the ownership of rateable land used, or reasonably capable of being used, for commercial, retail or professional purposes, which rateable land is situated within the geographical area in which the properties described in paragraphs 6 and 7 of this declaration are included and further, the classification of those properties as receiving a ‘primary’, ‘secondary’ or ‘tertiary’ special benefit.

3. In declaring the Special Charge, Council is performing functions and exercising

powers in relation to the peace, order and good government of the municipal district of the City of Banyule, in particular the encouragement of commerce, retail activity and employment opportunities within the area for which the Special Charge is declared.

4. The total cost of the performance of the function and the exercise of the power

by Council (in relation to activities associated with the encouragement of commerce, retail activity and employment opportunities in the area for which the Special Charge is declared) and also the total amount of the Special Charge to be levied by Council is referrable to an amount of $99,300 which amount will be levied in each year of the Scheme and which in total will raise an amount of $695,100 over the seven (7) year period of the Scheme.

5. The period for which the Special Charge is declared and will remain in force is

a period of seven (7) years commencing on 1 July 2014 and ending on 30 June 2021.

6. The area for which the Special Charge is declared is all of the land referred to

as the Precinct, as identified and shown on the plan set out in the attachment forming a part of this declaration (being Attachment 1).

7. The land in relation to which the Special Charge is declared is all that rateable

land described in the listing of rateable properties set out in the attachment forming a part of this declaration (being Attachment 1).

8. The contributions to the Special Charge, based on relevant property

classifications in relation to “primary”, “secondary” or “tertiary” special benefit will be declared and assessed in accordance with the Special Charge amounts set out alongside each property in the schedule forming a part of this declaration (being Schedule 2). Properties included in the ‘primary’ benefit area, that is, properties located on and fronting Burgundy Street at ground level, will be levied a Special Charge of $552 per annum. Properties included in the ‘secondary’ benefit area, that is properties located in adjoining side streets and also those properties being on the first floor above of Burgundy Street, will be levied a Special Charge of $276 per annum. Lastly, properties included in the ‘tertiary’ benefit area, that is properties that are located in the Warringal Shopping Centre, will be levied a Special Charge of $223 per annum (refer Attachment 1).

9. The Special Charge will be levied by Council sending a Notice of Levy in the

prescribed form annually to the person who is liable to pay the Special Charge, which will require that the Special Charge must be paid by four instalments, to be paid by the dates which are fixed by the Council in the notice (the first such instalment being payable on a date which is not less than 28 days after the issue of the levy notice).

4.1




10. Council will consider cases of financial and other hardship, and may reconsider other payment options for the Special Charge.

11. Council considers that there will be a special benefit to the persons required to

pay the Special Charge because there will be a benefit to those persons that is over and above, or greater than, the benefit that is available to persons who are not subject to the Special Charge, and directly or indirectly as a result of the expenditure proposed by the Special Charge, the viability of the Precinct as a business, commercial, retail and professional area, and the value and the use, occupation and enjoyment of the properties and the businesses included in the Scheme area will be maintained or enhanced through increased economic activity.

12. Council further considers and formally determines for the purposes of sections

163(2)(a), (2A) and (2B) of the Act, that the estimated proportion of the total benefits of the Scheme to which the performance of the function or the exercise of the power relates (including all special benefits and community benefits) that will accrue as special benefits to all of the persons who are liable to pay the Special Charge is in a ratio of 1:1 (or 100%). This is on the basis that, in the opinion of Council, the total amount of the Special Charge to be levied and all of the services and activities to be provided from the expenditure of the Special Charge are marketing, promotion and advertising related and will accordingly only benefit the owners and occupiers of those properties and businesses included in the Scheme that are used, or reasonably capable of being used, for retail, commercial or professional purposes.

13. The Traders’ Association be authorised to administer the proceeds of the

Special Charge on the express condition that the Traders’ Association enters into a funding agreement with Council for the period of the Special Charge.

14. Council’s Director of City Development or the person for the time being acting

in that position, for the purposes of paragraph 13 of this resolution, be authorised to prepare the funding agreement between Council and the Traders’ Association by which administrative arrangements in relation to the Special Charge are confirmed, such agreement being a formal precondition to the payment by Council to the Traders’ Association of any funds to be obtained from the Special Charge and such funding agreement to be submitted to Council for adoption and sealing.

15. Notice be given to all owners and occupiers of properties included in the

Scheme and all persons who have lodged a written submission of the decision of Council to declare and levy the Special Charge commencing on 1 July 2014, and the reasons for the decision.

16. For the purposes of paragraph 15, the reasons for the decision of Council to

declare the Special Charge are that –

(a) there is no objection to the Scheme and it is otherwise considered that there is a broad level of support for the Special Charge from all property owners and occupiers;

4.1




(b) Council considers that it is acting in accordance with the functions and powers conferred on it under the Local Government Act 1989, having regard to its role, purposes and objectives under the Act, particularly in relation to the encouragement of commerce, retail activity and employment opportunities in and around the Scheme area;

(c) all persons who are liable or required to pay the Special Charge and the

properties respectively owned or occupied by them will receive a special benefit in the form of an enhancement or maintenance in land values and/or a maintenance or enhancement in the use, occupation, and enjoyment of the properties; and

(c) the basis of the distribution of the Special Charge amongst those persons

who are liable or required to pay the Special Charge is considered by Council to be fair and reasonable.

17. The Traders’ Association be notified of the matters specified in paragraphs 1,

13 and 14 of this resolution.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Proposed Declaration 174

2 Copy of Public Notice 184

3 Letter to Owners and Occupiers 185

4 Map of Submitters 189

4.2



4.2 BIRDWOOD AVENUE, MACLEOD - MACLEOD PRESCHOOL PARKING INVESTIGATION

Author: Bailey Byrnes - Transport Engineer, City Development

Ward: Ibbott

File: F2014/704

Previous Items Council on 17 March 2014 (Item 8.1 - Birdwood Avenue, Macleod - Macleod Pre-

school Parking Issues)

Council on 6 May 2013 (Item 1.1 - Birdwood Avenue, Macleod - Macleod Preschool Staff Parking)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

In accordance with the Council resolution of 17 March 2014, an investigation has been undertaken to consider options in relation to the provision of two on-street staff car parking spaces for staff of the Macleod preschool adjacent to the facility. Site inspections conducted between March and April 2014 demonstrated high levels of on-street parking occurring within the indented parking area on Birdwood Avenue. The introduction of staff permit parking for the preschool has been considered but would be inconsistent with Council’s Activity Centre Parking Policy. In consideration of the range of users accessing community facilities on Birdwood Avenue, it is proposed that two of the existing 1-hour parking spaces be altered to operate as 1 hour restricted from 7am – 10am Monday to Friday and unrestricted after 10am. This would be for a three month trial period. Additional short term parking restrictions are also proposed adjacent to the facility to minimise the impact of these longer term parking spaces on parking availability.



CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction to “strengthen local activity and employment areas”’.

BACKGROUND

At its Meeting on 17 March 2014, Council considered a Notice of Motion regarding on-street staff parking for the Macleod Preschool, and resolved: “That Council request an officer report seeking to provide two on-street staff car parking spaces for the Birdwood Pre-school staff adjacent to the facility”

4.2


BIRDWOOD AVENUE, MACLEOD - MACLEOD PRESCHOOL PARKING INVESTIGATION cont’d


A petition from the Macleod Preschool community was received in April 2013 requesting the reinstatement of five preschool staff parking spaces on Birdwood Avenue. At its meeting on 6 May 2013, Council resolved to consult with staff of Macleod Preschool to determine whether additional short term parking is required. Subsequent discussions between Council officers and Macleod Preschool in August determined no additional short term parking was required. Birdwood Avenue is a local street approximately 175m in length between Somers Avenue and Aberdeen Road. Located within the Macleod Neighbourhood Activity Centre, Birdwood Avenue provides access to Macleod Preschool, Macleod Maternal and Child Health Centre, and the Macleod Railway Station. A location plan of Birdwood Avenue and the surrounding area is shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1 – Location Plan

CURRENT SITUATION

There are 35 indented (90 degree angle) parking bays located on Birdwood Avenue outside the Macleod Preschool and Maternal and Child Health (MCH) Centre. The indented parking bays comprise of two accessible parking spaces, two Maternal and Child Health staff parking spaces, five ‘1-hour’ parking spaces, and 26 ‘3-Hour’ parking spaces. Site observations between March and May 2014 demonstrated high levels of parking occurring within the indented parking bays along Birdwood Avenue between 11am and 2pm. In comparison, moderate parking levels were observed in this area outside of these times. Off-street parking is available within the Nets Stadium car park 130m north of the preschool. Macleod Preschool Staff currently have access to parking permits which exempt them from the timed parking restrictions within the off-street car park.

Macleod Preschool and Maternal and Child Health Centre

4.2




DISCUSSION

On-street parking within activity centres needs to be balanced across the needs of a variety of road users, including traders, staff, short and long term visitors and commuters. The introduction of staff permit parking for the preschool within the intended parking area would provide convenient parking for staff close to the preschool facility. However, the provision of exclusive on-street parking for traders and staff is inconsistent with Council’s Activity Centre Parking Policy and is not considered appropriate. Notwithstanding, it is recognised there is a need for longer term parking in Birdwood Avenue for users of the adjacent community facilities. In consideration of the range of road users, it is proposed to trial the alteration of two of the existing 1-hour parking spaces to operate from 7am – 10am Monday to Friday for a three-month trial period. This will provide short-term parking during the morning peak period, and allow all-day parking after 9am on weekdays. To minimise the impact of these longer term parking spaces on parking availability, a parallel short term parking zone (1/2 hour parking) for two vehicles is proposed adjacent to the preschool facility. This will ensure all day short term parking remains available adjacent to the site. Any concerns raised will be reviewed at the end of the trial period and a report will be prepared for Council’s consideration. If no concerns are raised it is proposed that the new restrictions remain. At the conclusion of the trial period, it is proposed that the altered parking restrictions remain installed. However, should concerns be raised about the operation of the altered parking restrictions during the trial period, a report reviewing the parking restrictions will be prepared for Council consideration at the end of the trial period. Consideration was given to making all five of the 1-hour parking spaces 1 hour between 7am-10am. However, this would reduce the amount of short term parking available after 10am. There is no capacity to provide additional 1/2 hour parking along this side of Birdwood Avenue without removing medium term parking spaces. As such, only two parking spaces are proposed to be altered.

CONCLUSION

The introduction of staff permit parking for the preschool within the intended parking area would provide convenient parking for staff close to the preschool facility. However, the introduction of exclusive on-street parking for staff is inconsistent with Council’s Activity Centre Parking Policy. In consideration of the range of users accessing community facilities on Birdwood Avenue, it is proposed that two of the existing 1-hour parking spaces be altered to operate from 7am – 10am Monday to Friday for a three-month trial period. Two additional short term parking restrictions are also proposed adjacent to the facility to minimise the impact of these longer term parking spaces on parking availability.

4.2




RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Trials the alteration of two of the existing 1-hour parking spaces within the

indented parking area on Birdwood Avenue. These two bays will operate as 1-hour spaces from 7am – 10am Monday to Friday and will remain unrestricted outside of these times. The trial period will run for three months.

2. Allow the altered parking restrictions to remain at the conclusion of the trial

period. A report reviewing the parking restrictions will be prepared for Council consideration at the end of the trial period should any concerns be raised regarding the operation of the altered parking restrictions.

3. Implements ½ hour parking restrictions for two parking spaces on the East side

of Birdwood Avenue adjacent to the pre-school entrance between the indented parking areas.

4. Advise the staff of the Macleod Pre-School of this resolution.

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

4.3



4.3 CONSENT TO PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 173 AGREEMENT - 9 LOWER HEIDELBERG ROAD, IVANHOE

Author: Sam Trowse - Development Planner, City Development

Ward: Griffin

File: P451/14

EXECUTUVE SUMMARY

A planning permit application is sought for the construction of one double storey dwelling and one three storey dwelling at the subject site. The land in question was previously in Council ownership and is subsequently burdened by a Section 173 Agreement, which outlines two key restrictions:

That the site be developed for one dwelling only, and

That specific measures be employed to protect an existing Deodar Cedar on the site, including a requirement that all development achieve a 7.2 metre set-back from the centre of the trunk.

The Agreement allows for the requirements to be varied with Council’s consent. The proposed development application does not meet either requirement, and the permit applicant has requested that Council consents to the variations under Paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 of the Agreement.



BACKGROUND/HISTORY

The subject site was formerly owned by Council. Following a review of Council owned properties the property was considered for sale. During this process a number of submissions and objections were received relating to the sale of the property. Council resolved on the 19th July 2010 to limit the number of dwellings on the site and to protect the significant tree by way of a Section 173 Agreement. This Agreement was entered into on the 17th April 2012 and is registered on title. The land was sold with the agreement in place.

SUBJECT SITE AND SURROUNDING AREA

The site is located on the north-eastern corner of Lower Heidelberg Road and Waterdale Road, with 31 metres of frontage to Waterdale Road and 28 metres of frontage to Lower Heidelberg Road. The subject site is vacant, but contains a large Deodar Cedar tree at the south-eastern aspect, and several smaller trees towards at the northern aspect.

4.3


CONSENT TO PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 173 AGREEMENT - 9 LOWER HEIDELBERG ROAD, IVANHOE cont’d


Figure 1: Locality Plan

CURRENT PLANNING APPLICATION

The site in question is currently the subject of a recently submitted planning application (P451/14), which seeks approval for the construction of one double storey dwelling and one three storey dwelling. The dwellings are of an attached, bulky form, and include construction over approximately 46% of the site.

4.3




Details of the proposed dwellings are as follows:

Dwelling Dwelling Features

Dwelling 1 Ground Level: Double garage and extended open garage, cellar, and home theatre.

First Floor: Open family/kitchen area, bedroom one with ensuite and walk in robe, laundry, and alfresco terrace.

Second Level: 3 bedrooms, separate study/foyer area and a bathroom.

Dwelling 2

Ground Floor: Single garage, open living/dining/kitchen area, bedroom one with ensuite and walk in robe, laundry, and alfresco terrace.

First Level: 3 bedrooms (one with ensuite with walk in robe), separate foyer area, and toilet.

The proposed Dwelling 1 has a setback of approximately 6.4m from the centre of the Cedar tree. The applicant has been advised that it is unlikely that Council will support a variation to the Section 173 Agreement to allow the proposal. CONSIDERATION It is considered that there have been no changes to policy or circumstances since the Section 173 Agreement was entered into which would render the Agreement obsolete. The proposed development of the site with two dwellings, including construction closer than required to the Cedar is contrary to the core intent of the Agreement. Further to this, the design of the proposal is considered to be at odds with the character of the neighbourhood and the provisions of Council’s Neighbourhood Character Policy. As such it is considered inappropriate to consent to the proposal pursuant to the Agreement. It is recommended that the request be denied.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Advise the applicant that Council does not consent to the proposal pursuant to

Paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 of Section 173 Agreement No. AJ608275V; and

2. Encourage the applicant develop an alternative proposal for the site that meets the requirements of the Agreement.

4.3




ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Section 173 Agreement 190

2 Site and Elevation Plans 199

4.4



4.4 NORTH EAST LINK - QUARTERLY REPORT Author: Michelle Herbert - Senior Transport Engineer, City Development

File: F2013/333

Previous Items Council on 17 March 2014 (Item 4.2 - North East Road Link - Quarterly Report)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

To provide Council with a status update on planning for the proposed North East Road Link, which in summary is that:

No further advice has been received from VicRoads.

The recently released ‘Plan Melbourne’ includes reference to the North East Link as a project long term.

Expected update from VicRoads at the Councillor Briefing on 28th July.



CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction to “support sustainable transport”.



BACKGROUND

Council considered an initial report on the status of the proposed North East Link and an overview of relevant Council resolutions and positions on the link, regional transport, and associated heritage and environmental issues at its meeting on 14 December 2009. Council resolved in part as follows: “That Council officers report to the Council every three months on the response from the Minister, VicRoads or other Government departments or agencies on progress in the planning of the North-East link.” In line with this resolution Council considered a report on this matter on 17 March 2014. In this meeting it was resolved that Council:

4.4


NORTH EAST LINK - QUARTERLY REPORT cont’d


“1. Receive this report. 2. Write to VicRoads seeking a copy of their latest traffic counts on Rosanna

Road, Heidelberg and requests further counts be undertaken if none were taken in 2013.

3. Request a meeting with VicRoads, appropriate staff and Councillors to discuss

traffic management issues along Rosanna Road.” As per item 2 and 3 of this resolution, Council wrote to VicRoads on 28 March 2014 seeking a copy of their latest traffic counts on Rosanna Road and requesting a meeting between VicRoads and Banyule Councillors to discuss transport issues on Rosanna Road, particularly in light of the fact that the North East road link is unlikely to be constructed in the near future. A response has not been received from VicRoads to date. This has been followed up with VicRoads who have indicated that an update will be provided at the Council briefing to be held on 28 July 2014 together with a number of other transport issues affecting Banyule and the region.

RELEASE OF ‘PLAN MELBOURNE’

On 19 May 2014 the Premier announced Plan Melbourne, as a focus on infrastructure lead-growth to 2050. The Minister for Planning said:

This is a comprehensive plan for Melbourne that caters for a projected population of 7.7 million people by 2051 and provides a solid foundation to meet these challenges.

When announcing the Strategy, the Government indicated that several major projects will start in the next four years, these include:

Melbourne Rail Link, with a link to Melbourne Airport

Cranbourne-Pakenham Rail Corridor

East - West Link

City Link - Tulla widening. Plan Melbourne sets out a regional framework for managing future growth and investment. The Northern Sub-region, includes Banyule. Relevant aspects for Banyule include:

Greensborough, Heidelberg and Ivanhoe as ‘Activity Centres’, linked with a new ’20 minute neighbourhood’ concept for access to local services, facilities and public transport.

Watsonia railway station, as a longer-term priority for transit-oriented, urban renewal.

Emerging ‘LaTrobe Employment Cluster’ for jobs and housing growth

Investigating options for the future North-East Link.

Changing the public transport fare structure so travel between Zones 1 and 2 is reduced to the same cost as travel in Zone 1.

Completing the Darebin Creek Trail through construction of the Darebin Bridge and associated trail works.

Working with Council and agencies to implement Victoria’s cycling strategy, Cycling into the Future 2013-23

4.4


NORTH EAST LINK - QUARTERLY REPORT cont’d


Future planning for high-quality cycling links, including links with the emerging ‘LaTrobe Employment Cluster’.

For the North-East Link, the final Strategy indicates at Initiative 3.2.1:

As part of any future planning for the North East Link, an above-ground freeway through the Banyule Flats and other environmentally-sensitive areas will be precluded and there will be careful consideration of other transport, environmental, heritage and social issues.

Route options are to be considered for the North East Link in the ‘short term’ and delivery in the ‘long term’.

Apart from the release of Plan Melbourne, there has been no further advice received from VicRoads and State Government since the North East Link Quarterly Report was reported to Council on 17 March 2014.

BANYULE COMMUNITY TRANSPORT WORKSHOP

As part of the process to develop a new Banyule Integrated Transport Plan, Council held a Community Transport Forum on 8 April 2014, at the Streeton Room, Ivanhoe. The event presented opportunities for the community to be involved in providing input into a new Integrated Transport Plan for the municipality, via workshop tables. The North East Road Link was flagged as an issue at most workshop tables with community members divided as to whether the link would be good for Banyule.

CONCLUSION

No further correspondence has been received from VicRoads and the Department of Planning, Transport and Local Infrastructure (DPTLI) since the last Council report of 17 March. VicRoads has indicated that it will provide an update to Council at the Briefing Session planned for 28th July. Plan Melbourne was released on 19 May 2014. A report summarising the Plan Melbourne findings and progress for Stage 2 will be submitted to Council to review at its 7 July 2014 meeting. A Community Transport Forum was held on 8 April 2014. The North East Link was raised by a number of community members as an issue.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council notes this report.

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

4.5



4.5 IVANHOE CIVIC PRECINCT MASTER PLAN Author: Ben Smith - Economic Development CoOrdinator, City Development

Ward: Griffin

File: F2014/304

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Ivanhoe Civic Precinct Master Plan will establish the guiding framework for development of the civic precinct, including building a new community learning hub, and creating a new vibrant public space. The Master Plan presents a step forward in realising key aspirations for the civic precinct and sets a clear strategic direction for future land-use and development of detailed designs for the community learning hub. The main elements of the Master Plan are:

A new Community Learning Hub, and demolition of the existing library;

A public plaza fronting Upper Heidelberg Road;

New car parking arrangements; and

Mixed Use Development at the southern end of the civic precinct. The report recommends that Council adopt the Master Plan, and continues to engage with the community when further exploring detailed designs for each of the main elements.



CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction 3.2 to “strengthen local activity and employment areas”, and focus area 3.2.4 to “progress master-planning for the Ivanhoe Civic Precinct”. BACKGROUND The Civic Precinct Master Plan presents a unique opportunity to realise a range of aspirations to renew Ivanhoe’s civic heart, within the context of Council’s offices moving to Greensborough, changing demographics and community needs in Ivanhoe and protecting the heritage significance of the much loved 1937 town hall and municipal offices. During the development of the Ivanhoe Structure Plan, a framework for the Civic Precinct area was set. This framework includes a vision, key design principles and a range of identified opportunities. The reason for this was to allow a more considered and focused process for this important and valued area, shown in Figure 1.

4.5


IVANHOE CIVIC PRECINCT MASTER PLAN cont’d


The vision includes the following elements: “Ivanhoe will have a greatly enhanced Civic Precinct… [which] will be home to new residents that will enliven the area, and the new landscaped town square will be an inviting space and focal point for Ivanhoe. The Precinct will be enriched by an accessible range of facilities of exceptional quality.” The key design principles established for the Civic Precinct are to:

Ensure any development in and around the Town Hall building is appropriately sited and scaled so as to preserve key views and vistas to and from the Town Hall façade and or Clock Tower.

Protect and enhance the heritage listed original Art-Deco Town Hall building and its interiors. These are recognised as historically important on the State Heritage register.

Design any new buildings to enhance the heritage significance of the Town Hall and to retain views to the portico and Clock Tower.

Provide a new open and landscaped public square to increase vibrancy in the area. A suggested location is the area in front of the Ivanhoe Library on Upper Heidelberg Road.

Ensure clearer pedestrian links and a better link between the Civic Precinct and Upper Heidelberg Road.

Establish building heights to enhance the Heritage Precinct of Upper Heidelberg Road and adjoining residential development to the north and west.

Provide basement or multideck car parking in any redevelopment of the site to ensure the Civic Precinct experiences an increase in car parking spaces.

(p.68, Precinct 6, Civic Precinct, Ivanhoe Structure Plan, Dec 2012)

Figure 1: Civic Precinct Guidance from Structure Plan

A draft Master Plan was developed that responded to the vision and key design principles within the Structure Plan. The draft plan sought to resolve the complexities of:

Potentially underutilised space arising from Council’s anticipated vacation of the municipal offices;

Growing demand for a range of services to suit modern library usage;

4.5




An expanding residential population in Ivanhoe and the broader catchment area for the library, and;

Underutilised municipal office space upon the move of Council’s back-office functions to Greensborough.

The draft Master Plan took its cue from the Structure Plan vision and principles and set out a proposal that sought to realise those aspirations in a viable and feasible way. CONSULTATION

In March 2014, a consultation process was initiated to invite community views and feedback on the draft Master Plan. Essentially, the draft Master Plan proposed:

A new Community Learning Hub, and demolition of the existing library: - The hub proposal includes a library, Maternal and Child Health facilities,

community and business meeting space, gallery space and viewing deck.

A public plaza fronting Upper Heidelberg Road: - A space for passive and actively programmed activities, acting as an

outdoor extension of the activities within the hub.

New car parking arrangements: - Consolidating car parking into a single location at the northern end of the

precinct by adding an extra deck, and creating a net gain of 34 spaces. - Removing direct access from Upper Heidelberg Road, leaving access to

and from Ivanhoe Parade, and providing additional access from St Elmo Road.

Mixed use development at the southern end of the civic precinct: - Encouraging mixed use development that could include residential and

commercial uses to bring activity and vibrancy to the public space and create a stronger connection with the commercial precinct.

The community was invited to comment on the proposals by attending workshop sessions, completing a short survey and / or making written submissions. Consultation closed on 30 May 2014. The number of people attending sessions or making submissions is summarised in the table below: Table 1: Consultation Summary

Consultation Number attending or received

Information sessions (15 and 20 March) 70

Workshop sessions (7 and 10 May) 75

Written submissions (30 May closing date) 43

Short surveys (30 May closing date) 15

Feedback, comments and submissions from the various consultation mechanisms has been summarised and synthesised. Principally the consultation feedback indicated that:

Respondents placed great emphasis on protection of the original 1937 town hall building and views towards it, particularly of the clock tower.

4.5




There was a strong preference for exploration of an underground car parking option as a way of seeking more valuable use of the space above and minimise the visual and amenity impacts on the surrounding area resulting from an above ground structure.

Some respondents had concerns about the impact of proposals on traffic movements, and requested for changes to traffic management that considered the potential impact on Ivanhoe Parade, St Elmo Road and Upper Heidelberg Road.

There was significant concern about mixed use development in the civic precinct. To some it was felt to be completely unacceptable, and to others it was dependent on the details of how far it would have an impact on the view out from the community learning hub.

Some people expressed their strong attachment to the existing library building. Some felt that it should remain without any changes, others felt that it should be expanded and modernised but with retention of the south facing windows. Others clearly indicated that they would not like to lose the views towards the city skyline. There were also people who supported a new library facility.

People wanted to see more public space, and felt that there could be a range of spaces that accommodate different groups and different needs.

Some concern was expressed about the likelihood of a new four storey building dominating the original municipal office building.

Many people wanted to be involved in further consultation about developments at the civic precinct. Some felt that the consultation process was rushed and that Council’s approach had already been decided.

RESPONSE TO ISSUES RAISED BY CONSULTATION Many of the views provided through the consultation process have helped to refine or improve the Master Plan, other preferences should not be taken forward. The response to principal issues raised in the consultation is outlined in the table below: Table 2: Consultation Response

Preference from Consultation

Comment

Retention and / or extension of existing library building

Comprehensive redevelopment would be required to offer the range of facilities and accessibility that the community needs. Such redevelopment would significantly disrupt the library service, result in a compromised outcome and would not contribute to creating an integrated civic heart to the precinct. While one heritage study has suggested that the library may have State significance subject to further investigation, two following reports (a study and a peer review) have found that the library is not particularly representative of its era and does not warrant additional protection should a new facility be proposed.

No commercial or non-public development on Council land

The mixed use development at the southern end of the precinct will contribute to activating the public space. At ground level, commercial use will contribute to the vibrancy of the space during the day and evening. Above this, residential use would contribute to passive

4.5




surveillance of the space and activity after hours. The development will also provide a stronger connection between the commercial main street and the civic precinct. It is also noted that the land is already largely zoned for commercial purposes.

Underground car parking Construction costs for underground car parking are prohibitively high, creating a significant barrier to realisation of the broader benefits of the community learning hub. Instead the revised Master Plan proposals include a range of measures to minimise the visual and amenity impact to Ivanhoe Parade and the surrounding residential area, including setback and façade treatments, landscaping and screening.

Car parking management

A balance is required to provide enough parking to meet the needs of the local community in accessing facilities, to provide appropriate parking for visitors to the Centre Ivanhoe and local shops, and to discourage use by commuters. All in the context of encouraging people to make alternative transport choices, by walking, cycling or using public transport. A traffic study and further detailed analysis in the wider context of the Ivanhoe Major Activity Centre is required at the time of development of a new community learning hub.

More public space The scale is deceptively large so, while no extra public space has been added to the refined Master Plan, the objectives have been shaped to emphasise the aspiration for public spaces that meet the needs of different groups. This includes a more defined ‘forecourt’ area to the community learning hub, of approximately 20m x 20m, providing a greater focal point.

Traffic management Further traffic management analysis will be conducted to analyse needs and determine an approach to:

- Change in demand from loss of municipal offices and addition of extra activity from community learning hub;

- Changed parking access arrangements and impact on intersections between Upper Heidelberg Road and Ivanhoe Parade and St Elmo Road respectively, and;

- Consideration of threshold treatments, traffic calming, kerb realignment and other measures.

Such analysis will be conducted at the time of development of a new community learning hub.

The separate decks of the car park will have mutually exclusive access from St Elmo Road and Ivanhoe Parade respectively, meaning that

Rear of town hall The access way that connects the precinct with Ivanhoe

4.5




Parade on the route through to Bryant Reserve has been given more significance. This will assist in creating a more prominent access point that provides a better visual connection with Ivanhoe Parade.

The Master Plan has been refined and condensed to a map with the key proposed elements and a clear set of objectives for each, as follows: Table 3: Master Plan Objectives

Element

Objectives

Mixed Use Development

Provide dwellings, proximate to services, that will allow natural surveillance of open space, and will contribute to vibrancy after hours.

Provide retail and commercial uses to extend and strengthen the main street connection with the civic precinct, and support economic development.

Integrate via active frontages with the forecourt and open space areas to the north, east and Ivanhoe Parade.

Maximum two level podium and three levels setback to protect views to and from the town hall and clock tower.

Develop a high quality architectural design that complements and respects the civic precinct.

Car Parking and Traffic Management

Consolidate car parking to single location at northwest of precinct in a single-storey decked form providing 320 spaces.

Minimise the visual impact to Ivanhoe Parade and the surrounding residential area by considering setback and façade treatments, landscaping and screening.

Provide service vehicle access to existing kitchen and service core.

Maintain safe pedestrian access across the site.

Provide access to car park from St Elmo Road and Ivanhoe Parade.

Introduce traffic calming measures, such as threshold treatments, to Ivanhoe Parade.

Consider possible traffic management interventions for junctions with St Elmo Road and Ivanhoe Parade off Upper Heidelberg Road.

Community Learning Hub

Provide a new Community Learning Hub that replace existing municipal offices and removes the existing library building.

Replicate and enhance views afforded by the existing library towards the city skyline.

Provide a range of aligned community uses including library, maternal and child health, community learning, cultural and education activities and gallery space.

Integrate with the 1937 buildings, great hall and public open space.

Provide a distinction in built form that supports and

4.5




respects the heritage significance of the 1937 building.

Public Space Establish a forecourt to the proposed library which is to be a meeting place in its own right with active frontages to civic buildings and mixed use development. The forecourt is intended as a public space designed in such a way as to provide a meaningful connection with the proposed library.

Establish a central open space (urban plaza) which is passive in nature with active frontages to adjoining mixed use development.

A landscape architectural response that includes some lawn areas located in a sunny part of the site for people to sit and enjoy the surrounding urban landscape. The landscape should celebrate the existing significant trees and be responsive to the ongoing health and sustainability of these trees.

Provision of a landscape feature to Upper Heidelberg Road which should be engaging for those who use this space.

The buildings around the plaza should be well defined, easily identifiable and integrated with the plaza.

Establish a primary axis defined by a pedestrian pathway aligned with the axis of the 1937 municipal building.

Pedestrian connection and presence to Ivanhoe Parade with visual connection to Bryant Reserve.

Pleasant and safe environment with natural surveillance during the day and night including opportunities for programmed events and activities.

Integrate a memorial to Walter and Marion Burley Griffin into the civic precinct

CONCLUSION

The Master Plan presents a complex set of proposals, which can’t be completely resolved at this stage. However, the work completed to date can set a clear direction for the main strategic priorities to be realised and the principal land-use arrangements. Essentially, the Master Plan map and objectives present the next milestone towards delivering on the overall vision for the Civic Precinct by setting a clear agenda for development of a new community facility, consolidation of car parking, establishment of a new public space and introduction of active commercial and residential uses.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council:

1. Thanks the community for its involvement in the consultation process, including attending the workshop sessions and making submissions;

2. Adopts the Ivanhoe Civic Precinct Master Plan, and;

4.5




3. Continues to engage with the community when implementing the elements of the Master Plan redevelopment, including consideration of detailed designs for the community learning hub, public space, mixed use development, and car parking and the interface with Ivanhoe Parade.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Ivanhoe Civic Precinct Master Plan 209

2 Consultation Report 211

3 Consultation Workshops Summary 225

4.6



4.6 METROPOLITAN PLANNING STRATEGY Author: David Cox - Strategic Planning Co-ordinator, City Development

File: PS11/13

Previous Items Council on 2 December 2013 (Item 4.1 - Metropolitan Planning Strategy)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Victorian Government has released the Metropolitan Planning Strategy, Plan Melbourne, to inform on strategic direction and prioritised initiatives for managing metropolitan change through to 2050.



CITY PLAN

This report is in-line with various City Plan key directions, to:

Maintain and improve Banyule as a great place to live

Strengthen local activity and employment areas

Supporting thriving commercial and retail activity

Enhance Banyule’s public and open spaces

Support sustainable transport.

BACKGROUND

Overarching strategic planning for metropolitan Melbourne is set by the Victorian Government’s Metropolitan Planning Strategy (“Strategy”). The Strategy informs the State Planning Policy Framework (SPPF) that is in all planning schemes across the State. The Strategy also gives priorities for future Government investment and direction for land use, development and transport planning across the metropolitan area. The previous Strategy was known as Melbourne 2030, it was updated in 2008 with Melbourne @ 5 Million. In 2012 the current Government made progress towards a new Strategy after releasing a Discussion Paper. Then in late 2013 the Government produced a draft Strategy. Council gave submissions to both and also contributed to other submissions made by the Eastern Metropolitan Group of Councils, Northern Region Group of Councils, Municipal Association of Victoria and also with key stakeholders for inner-northern regional economic development: Austin Health; LaTrobe University and Darebin Council.

4.6


METROPOLITAN PLANNING STRATEGY cont’d



In developing this report, the subject matter has been considered to determine if it raises any human rights issues. In particular, whether the scope of any human right established by the Victorian Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities is in any way limited, restricted or interfered with by the recommendations contained in this report. It is considered that the subject matter does not raise any human rights issues.

THE GOVERNMENT ANNOUNCES PLAN MELBOURNE

On 19 May 2014 the Premier announced Plan Melbourne, with a focus on infrastructure lead-growth to 2050. The Minister for Planning said:

“This is a comprehensive plan for Melbourne that caters for a projected population of 7.7 million people by 2051 and provides a solid foundation to meet these challenges.”

When launching the Strategy, the Government indicated that several major projects would progress over the next four years, these include:

Melbourne Rail Link, with a link to Melbourne Airport

Cranbourne-Pakenham Rail Corridor

East West Link

City Link-Tulla widening. The Strategy is also coupled with significant planning system reform, which includes:

Expanded central Melbourne urban renewal area, with Fishermans Bend, City North, Arden-Macauley, E-Gate, Dynon Corridor and expansion towards Richmond Station

Confirmed Metropolitan Activity Centres at Dandenong, Footscray, Fountain Gate/Narre Warren, Epping, Sunshine, Ringwood, Broadmeadows, Box Hill and Frankston

A new planning policy framework in all planning schemes, coupled with new residential zones for protecting neighbourhoods and guiding growth

Planning frameworks, created by Metropolitan Planning Authority (MPA), for urban renewal precincts and employment clusters.

Reviewed planning controls for Melbourne’s rivers, to mitigate the impact of inappropriate development near river banks.

INSIDE PLAN MELBOURNE The Strategy is available from the Government’s website at http://www.planmelbourne.vic.gov.au/ and includes the metropolitan structure plan shown in Attachment 1. This spatial structure is a framework for managing future growth and investment. The Northern Subregion, which includes Banyule, is shown in Attachment 2. Some of the relevant aspects for Banyule include initiatives for:

Changing the public transport fares so travel between Zones 1 and 2 is reduced to the same cost as travel in Zone 1.

Completing the Darebin Creek Trail, with construction of the Darebin Bridge and associated trail works.

Retaining ‘Activity Centre’ classification for Greensborough, Heidelberg and Ivanhoe, without separated sub-classification.

http://www.planmelbourne.vic.gov.au/

4.6




Introducing a ‘Health Precinct’ for Heidelberg’s hospitals, centred on the Austin/Mercy hospitals complex, Warringal hospital and Repatriation hospital.

Flagging a transit-oriented, urban renewal opportunity at Watsonia railway station, as a lower-order priority.

Working with the Department of Health and cemetery trusts to determine the need for additional land for cemeteries and crematoria.

Introducing the emerging ‘LaTrobe Employment Cluster’ concept, for investing in jobs and housing growth.

Considering options for the future alignment of the North East Link, to connect the Metropolitan Ring Road at Greensborough to the Eastern Freeway/East Link.

For the North-East Link, the Strategy indicates at Initiative 3.2.1:

As part of any future planning for the North East Link, an above-ground freeway through the Banyule Flats and other environmentally-sensitive areas will be precluded and there will be careful consideration of other transport, environmental, heritage and social issues.

The Strategy includes various other short-term initiates, some that may benefit Banyule include:

Publishing growth estimates and data for Activity Centres.

Investigating how landowners at key locations can work together for housing redevelopment.

Improving the Victorian planning system for social housing and enabling the Government to fast-track social housing projects.

Delivering 50 new low-floor, high-capacity trains.

Improving on-road priority for buses and ensuring cross-town bus services to key destinations, including employment clusters.

Implementing 40km/h pedestrian zone guidelines, where there is high risk to pedestrians and cyclists.

Working with councils to identify and start developing cycling corridors for access to the central city.

Planning for more walking and cycling bridge crossings for major roads, freeways, railways and waterways.

Working with councils and institutions to improve footpaths, shade trees and reduced delays at pedestrian crossing points in employment clusters, activity centres and urban-renewal areas.

Working with councils to establish consistent arrangements for freight access to local roads, to maximise efficiency while protecting amenity.

Updating the Victorian planning system to more clearly describe the role of neighbourhood centres, as well as developing policy and guidelines for cafés at shopping strips.

Publishing mapping for liveability and housing affordability in Melbourne’s suburbs.

Establish design guidelines for walking and cycling in neighbourhoods.

Identifying a mechanism for municipal public health and wellbeing plans to inform decision making for land use and development.

Updating the Victorian planning system to strengthen the Government’s role for health and education precincts.

Streamlining decision making for major private hospitals and health providers.

Working with councils for heritage planning and assessments.

4.6




Giving councils access to the Victorian Design Review Panel for metropolitan significant projects.

PLAN MELBOURNE IN THE PLANNING SCHEME The Strategy’s release also saw the Government changing the SPPF for all planning schemes in the metropolitan area. On 30 May 2014 the Government gazetted Amendment VC106 to remove reference to Melbourne 2030 and Melbourne @ 5 Million, and replace with new clauses for Settlement, Housing, Economic Development, Transport and Infrastructure that come from Plan Melbourne. CONSIDERING PLAN MELBOURNE The Government’s Strategy includes many of the aspirations that were described in Council’s earlier submissions to the Discussion Paper and the draft Strategy. These are described above. Council’s aspirations for the Strategy also included:

Seeking future investment for Hurstbridge line track duplication, between Heidelberg and Rosanna

Revised investigations for a realigned, future North-East link to prioritise metropolitan, circumferential freight movement to Eastlink, with a revised alignment and southern connection at Ringwood

Greater recognition for the Bell Street Mall and Watsonia, as emerging Activity Centres

Recognising the importance of regionally important development opportunities at Greensborough railway station.

These matters were raised in previous submissions and letters to the Government. PROGRESS FOR THE EMERGING LATROBE EMPLOYMENT CLUSTER For the LaTrobe Employment Cluster, the Strategy anticipates the MPAs creation of a planning framework that supports the Heidelberg hospitals, urban renewal and housing growth for Heidelberg West. Attachment 3 shows a map for the cluster, with supporting commentary. Early discussion with the MPA has begun for the cluster’s planning framework. These discussions include Darebin Council, with Austin Health and LaTrobe University giving inputs as well. Now that Plan Melbourne has been approved by the Government, Council can choose to acknowledge the MPAs role, to lead the creation of a planning framework for the emerging cluster. Ongoing progress with the MPA, and future reporting to Council, will give an avenue for advancing Council’s City Plan priorities for local employment, economic development and future investment opportunities for the cluster in Banyule. CONCLUSION The Government’s release of Plan Melbourne has established a new Strategy for Melbourne’s metropolitan area. The Strategy includes strategic direction and prioritised initiatives to manage future change. The Strategy has also recent gone into the State’s Planning Policy Framework, for all planning schemes in metropolitan Melbourne.

4.6




Banyule has gained some benefits from the Strategy’s release. This includes recognition of an emerging employment cluster for local investment. The Strategy gives a starting point for future discussions and advocacy with the Government for achieving greater local benefits in the future. This includes ongoing discussions with the MPA, to create a planning framework for the Emerging LaTrobe Employment Cluster.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Note the Government’s release of Plan Melbourne and inclusion into the State

Planning Policy Framework, in the Banyule Planning Scheme. 2. Continue to work with the MPA and Darebin Council for the emerging LaTrobe

Employment Cluster including the creation of a planning framework for the cluster which encompasses future employment, housing and transport opportunities.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Metropolitan Melbourne Structure Plan 232

2 Northern Subregion Map 233

3 Emerging LaTrobe Employment Cluster Map 234

4.7



4.7 PLANNING SCHEME REVIEW REPORT Author: Anne North - Senior Strategic Planner, City Development

File: F2014/1201

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Local councils are required to review local components of their planning schemes no later than one year after their Council Plan was approved. Council last did a Planning Scheme Review in 2010. A review for the 2010 - 2014 period has now been completed. The review reports what strategic planning work has been done and what future work is anticipated to further Council’s strategic direction. This report gives the results of the Banyule Planning Scheme Review. It confirms that progress on the City Plan priorities, for the Banyule Planning Scheme is well progressed. The review may now be forwarded to the Minister for Planning.



CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction to “maintain and improve Banyule as a great place to live”.

BACKGROUND

Pursuant to Section 12B of the Planning and Environment Act 1987, local councils must review the Local Planning Policy Framework (LPPF) “no later than one year after each date by which it is required to approve a Council Plan under section 125 of the Local Government Act 1989.” Section 12B (5) requires that on completion of the review the Council will report the findings to the Minister for Planning. The intent of a planning scheme review is to report on what strategic planning work has been done and to check that it aligns with Council’s strategic planning direction. Council’s strategic direction for the City is reflected in Council’s City Plan, which has a vision for “Banyule, a green, liveable and prosperous city sustaining a healthy and engaging community”. Relevant planning priorities for advancing this vision are reflected by the Key Directions and initiatives under the ‘Place’ theme in the City Plan. The City Plan is developed in consultation with the community, Councillors, Council staff, other relevant stakeholders and agencies.

4.7


PLANNING SCHEME REVIEW REPORT cont’d


DISCUSSION

The 2013-2017 City Plan was approved by Council on 17 June 2013. This Planning Scheme Review was completed in the 2013-2014 financial year and meets the required 12 month timeframe. What strategic planning work has been done? Since 2010 there has been progress on various planning scheme amendments that have furthered Council’s previous and current City Plan priorities. Banyule’s Planning Scheme Review has been prepared and is shown in Attachment 1. The Planning Scheme review includes a summary of projects done between 2010 and 2014 including:

Amendments:

o C64 – Heritage Review;

o C67 – Significant Trees Register;

o C70 Part 1 – Significant Trees (ESO4);

o C70 Part 2 – Significant Trees (ESO4);

o C75 – Temporary Vegetation Protection for Substantial Trees;

o C63 – Residential Areas Framework;

o C68 – Residential Neighbourhood Character Policy;

o C73 – Environmentally Sustainable Development;

o C80 – Permanent Vegetation Protection for Substantial Trees;

o C100 – New Residential Zones.

Planning for various centres including:

o Greensborough;

o Heidelberg;

o Ivanhoe;

o Bell Street Mall.

Confirming the major planning issues facing Banyule.

Summary of the strategic planning work to be done, to reflect the 2014/15 City Plan priorities.

A draft outline of future work that will be refined over time. The review highlights the scope of strategic planning work that has been done since the last review to achieve Council’s strategic direction. What is Council’s strategic direction? Council’s strategic direction is reviewed and refined through its creation of a City Plan. For the planning scheme, the City Plan strategic objectives for ‘Place’ and ‘Planet’ are particularly relevant. This process is cognisant of information collected and surveys with the local community. The ‘Place’ theme informs priorities for:

Maintaining and improving Banyule as a great place to live;

Strengthening local activity and employment areas;

Supporting thriving commercial and retail activity;

Enhancing Banyule’s public and open spaces; and

Supporting sustainable transport. Council’s ‘Planet’ objectives inform priorities for protecting and enhancing natural environments. This includes a focus on vegetation protection and landscape aspects for trees and Banyule’s other natural features.

4.7




Strategic land use priorities for advancing these key directions are directly expressed in the City Plan. This approach means that Council’s City Plan is transparent and identifies priorities for improving the planning scheme. A new City Plan will also be developed in the 2-3 year horizon and it is planned to take this opportunity to comprehensively review our Municipal Strategic Statement by combining engagement with the community and coming to a fresh understanding of expectations of Banyule as a place. Future strategic work The review contains a draft Action Plan with a list of existing and future strategic planning projects for Housing and Neighbourhoods (particularly associated with the new residential zones), Activity Areas, Stormwater, Heritage, Trees and Landscapes for 2014/2015 and a comprehensive Municipal Strategic Statement review in 2-3 years. Projects to be progressed (subject to funding) in the next four (4) years, before the next review in 2018, may be influenced by pending decisions on amendments in progress. A final list of priorities for the next four years will be reported to Council in a separate report for a strategic land use planning work plan. Progress on these priorities, as well as the Government’s implementation of Plan Melbourne, the new metropolitan planning strategy, will have a bearing on the future scope of the next review of the planning scheme in 2018. This review has acknowledged the State Government’s proposed restructure of the State Planning Policy Framework (SPPF). The outcome of the Government’s review of the current SPPF is expected before the end of the 2014/15 financial year. Council received a report on this matter on 19 May 2014. Once the Government review is completed, Council will be positioned to reformat the Municipal Strategic Statement into the new format. The priority for implementing the planning scheme review involves various administrative fix ups. These updates have already been identified in a report to Council on 2 June 2014, and Amendment C71 is now being prepared as the priority to implement the review.

CONCLUSION

A planning scheme review has been done to meet Council’s statutory obligation. The review provides a comprehensive overview of the strategic planning work achieved over the last four years and outlines the strategic planning work ahead. This report confirms that Planning Scheme Amendment C71 (fix up amendment) is the priority for implementing the review. RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Adopt the 2014 Banyule Planning Scheme Review; 2. Forward a copy of the review to the Minister for Planning;

3. Consider a report at a future meeting to confirm priorities of the strategic

planning work program.

4.7




ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Banyule Planning Scheme Review Report, June 2014 235

4.8



4.8 MARGARET AVENUE, MONTMORENCY - PROPOSED DISCONTINUANCE OF SECTION OF UNUSED 'ROAD'

Author: Lorraine James - Property Officer, City Development

Ward: Hawdon

File: F2014/374

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

A section of Margaret Avenue, Montmorency, is unused and has not been used as a ‘road’ since Margaret Avenue was deviated and constructed in about 1970. The unused ‘road’ does not portray the physical characteristics of a ‘road’ and there would appear to be no impediment to Council forming the view that the unused ‘road’ is no longer reasonably required as a ‘road’ for public use. This report discusses rectifying the anomaly on title and seeks direction to proceed to commence the statutory procedures by giving public notice of Council’s intention to discontinue the section of unused ‘road’, and have the resultant land set aside as a reserve to be retained by Council for municipal purposes.



CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction to “enhance Banyule’s public and open spaces”.

BACKGROUND

The former Eltham Council compulsorily acquired land, which comprised all of the land marked 1A and 1 on the plan in Figure 1 below, from Mr J Okey on 18 October 1966 for a consideration of $7,350.00. This is evidenced by the publication in the Victoria Government Gazette dated 13 July 1966. The current alignment of Margaret Avenue Montmorency, being the deviated road, was designed in 1970 and subsequently constructed. The former alignment of Margaret Avenue became unused after Margaret Avenue was constructed over part of the compulsorily acquired land. Banyule City Council, as successor at law to the Eltham Council, sold part of the compulsorily acquired land, now known as 1 Margaret Avenue shown in Figure 1, in 1997. The balance of the compulsorily acquired land remains in Council’s name.

4.8


MARGARET AVENUE, MONTMORENCY - PROPOSED DISCONTINUANCE OF SECTION OF UNUSED 'ROAD' cont’d


The section of unused ‘road’ proposed to be discontinued is shown as ‘road’ on title. It forms part of the land remaining untransferred in certificates of title volume 7837 folios 031 and 029 registered in the name of the original subdivider.

Figure 1: Land Subject of the Anomaly

CURRENT SITUATION

The titles have never formally been altered to reflect the road deviation or the changes in ‘road’ status. The land affected by this anomaly on title is shown delineated in Figure 1 and includes unused ‘road’ and land currently known as 1A Margaret Avenue, Montmorency. The unused ‘road’ is ‘un-trafficable’ and does not portray the physical characteristics of a ‘road’. The unused ‘road’ and the land currently known as 1A Margaret Avenue, Montmorency, appears to be a vacant parcel of land with no development potential due to its shape, size and topography. The removal of the ‘road’ status and the registration of a plan of subdivision will rectify the anomaly on title.


In developing this report to Council, the subject matter has been considered to determine if it raises any human rights issues. In particular, whether the scope of any human right established by the Victorian Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities is in any way limited, restricted or interfered with by the recommendations contained in this report. “A person must not be deprived of his or her property other than in accordance with law”. It is considered that the subject matter does not raise any human rights issues. The power to discontinue an unused ‘road’ is conferred on Council pursuant to section 206 and Clause 3 of Schedule 10 of the Local Government Act 1989. Section 207A of the Act provides that a person may make a submission in respect of a proposal to discontinue a ‘road’.

4.8




TECHNICAL CONSIDERATION

ENGINEERING CONSIDERATIONS

Council engineers advise that there are no Council assets located within the unused ‘road’. Provision should be made for a minimum width of four (4) metres of road reserve on either side of the constructed ‘road’ for any future footpath works or utility services.

SERVICE AUTHORITY CONSIDERATIONS

Consultation with the relevant service authorities reveals that there are several assets contained within or in the vicinity of the unused ‘road’, namely:

Telstra Corporation Limited - Cabling;

Yarra Valley Water Ltd - 150mm diameter sewer and 100mm diameter water main;

SP AusNet - Overhead 22 kilovolt electricity line;

APA Group - 40mm high pressure gas reticulation main and a gas service line supplying gas to 178 Rattray Road.

EASEMENT RIGHTS

Telstra Corporation Limited Telstra Corporation Limited (Telstra) advises that existing assets do not require relocation. However, these assets comprise an essential component of the Telstra network and Telstra’s rights and requirements are as follows: (1) Telstra’s existing facilities are grandfathered under the Telecommunications Act

1997 (Cwlth). This enables such facilities to legally occupy land in perpetuity for the duration of that facilities use.

(2) Part 1 of Schedule 3 of the Telecommunications Act 1997 authorises a carrier

to enter land and exercise any of the following powers:

Inspect the land

Install a facility

Maintain a facility Yarra Valley Water Limited Easement rights will be created in favour of Yarra Valley Water Limited in the locations shown as E2, E3, E5, E6 and E7 on the plan in Figure 2. SP AusNet Easement rights will be created in favour of SPI Electricity Pty Ltd in the location shown as E1 and E7 on the plan in Figure 2. APA Group Easement rights will be created in favour of Vic Gas Distribution Pty Ltd, (as the gas network owner) in the locations shown as E3, E4 and E5 on the plan in Figure 2.

4.8




Figure 2: Proposed Plan of Subdivision and Location of Services

PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

The Banyule Planning Scheme governs the use and development of land in the municipality. Banyule City Council is the responsible authority administering the scheme. Under the planning scheme, the land in the unused ‘road’ and balance of the compulsorily acquired land are included in the Residential 1 (R1Z) Zone. It is also included in Amendment C100, which is proposing to introduce the reformed residential zones and affects all land currently in the R1Z. If approved in its current form will result in the land in question being rezoned from R1Z to the Neighbourhood Residential Zone Schedule 2 (NRZ2).

4.8




Vegetation Protection (VPO1) and Design and Development (DDO8) overlay controls also affect the land in question. These controls are only relevant if tree removal or certain buildings and works are proposed. They do not affect the proposal to correct the anomaly on title. Amendment C73 proposes to introduce a new Local Planning Policy, Clause 22.07 Environmentally Sustainable Development. The Amendment has been adopted by Council and a request for its approval has been sent to the Minister for Planning. The proposal affects residential and non-residential developments that require a planning permit. Council’s Strategic Planner advises current Amendment C73 to the Banyule Planning Scheme affects the land in question. It is considered that Amendment C73 will have no effect on the proposal as it does not entail development. Banyule’s Residential Neighbourhood Character Policy at Clause 22.02 of the Banyule Planning Scheme includes the area within its Bush Garden (East) precinct. The Development Planning Department advises that a planning permit, pursuant to section 35(8) of the Subdivision Act 1988, is required to consolidate land and create a reserve for municipal purposes. A section 173 agreement affects part of 1A Margaret Avenue. The section 173 agreement provides for landscaping and development planning approval. It is considered that the section 173 agreement will have no effect on the proposal as it does not entail development of the subject land.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

Council’s Environment Officer indicates that the proposal will have no effect on the existing vegetation. There are some immature Eucalyptus and Acacia species, which should be retained. Although they are not large or outstanding specimens, they contribute to the ecology of the area and provide the effect of continuous canopy cover for the movement and dispersal of local native animals.

LEGAL CONSIDERATION

LOCAL GOVERNMENT ACT 1989

The power to discontinue or remove the ‘road’ status is conferred on Council pursuant to section 206 and Item 3 of Schedule 11 in the Local Government Act 1989. Public notice of Council’s intention to remove the ‘road’ status must be given in accordance with Council’s Official Newspaper Policy. Section 35(8) of the Subdivision Act 1988 provides for the certification and registration of a plan of subdivision. The purpose of the plan of subdivision would be to consolidate the land from the discontinued ‘road’ with the balance of the compulsorily acquired land. This is seen as the most efficient method to correct the anomaly on title and set aside the land as a reserve to be retained by Council for municipal purposes.

4.8




POLICY IMPLICATIONS

PUBLIC NOTICE

Council’s Official Newspaper Policy provides as follows:

“The Heidelberg Leader and/or Diamond Valley Leader and/or the Heidelberg and Valley Weekly, where appropriate be appointed as Council’s official newspapers for the purpose of providing public notice except where circumstances may be deemed appropriate to use The Age and/or the Herald Sun for particular public notices.”

For the purpose of giving public notice for this proposal it is noted that the “Diamond Valley Leader” is the newspaper that is generally circulated in the Montmorency area.

ROAD DISCONTINUANCE

The proposal has been considered, having regard to the aim and objectives of the Rights of Way Strategy and Policy. It is considered that:

The unused ‘road’ is no longer required as a ‘road’ for public use;

The unused ‘road’ does not portray the physical characteristics of a ‘road’;

The proposal will not impact on the movement of pedestrians or vehicles within the vicinity of the unused ‘road’;

All service authority assets will be protected by the creation of easements; and

The proposal does not involve the destruction or removal of native vegetation.

CONCLUSION

Service authorities and Council officers have commented on aspects that relate to this proposal and the relevant matters of Council’s policy regarding discontinuation of roads. The unused ‘road’ does not portray the physical characteristics of a road and there would appear to be no impediment to Council forming the view that the unused ‘road’ is no longer reasonably required as a ‘road for public use. The removal of the ‘road’ status and the registration of a plan of subdivision will rectify the anomaly on title. Consequently the proposal to commence the statutory procedures to discontinue the section of unused ‘road’ shown in Figure 1 and to realign Margaret Avenue and create a reserve for municipal purposes as shown in Figure 2 should be supported. Council should now direct that, pursuant to Section 206 and Schedule 10 Clause 3 of the Local Government Act 1989 and Sections 207A(a) and 223 of that Act, the statutory procedures be commenced to give public notice, in the “Diamond Valley Leader”, of its intention to discontinue the unused ‘road’ and retain the resultant land for municipal purposes. Council should also direct that, following the discontinuance of the unused ‘road’ and pursuant to section 35(8) of the Subdivision Act 1988, a Plan of Subdivision be prepared to facilitate the realignment on title of Margaret Avenue and consolidate the discontinued unused ‘road’ to create a reserve for municipal purposes.

4.8




RECOMMENDATION

That Council: (1) Being of the opinion that the un-trafficable section of unused ‘road’, being the

northern section of Margaret Avenue, Montmorency, is not reasonably required as a ‘road’ for public use, now directs that, pursuant to Section 206 and Schedule 10 Clause 3 of the Local Government Act 1989 and Sections 207A(a) and 223 of that Act, the statutory procedures be commenced to give public notice, in the “Diamond Valley Leader”, of its intention to discontinue the unused ‘road’ and retain the resultant land for municipal purposes.

(2) Consider a further report to hear submissions, if any, received in response to

the public notice referred to in item 1 above. (3) Subject to the discontinuance of the unused ‘road’, authorise the lodging of an

application for a permit pursuant to section 35(8) of the Subdivision Act 1988 to realign Margaret Avenue Montmorency and consolidate the resultant land from the discontinued unused ‘road’ to create a reserve to be retained by Council for municipal purposes to be known as 1A Margaret Avenue, Montmorency.

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

4.9



4.9 WILLIS STREET, GREENSBOROUGH - PROPOSED DISCONTINUANCE OF SECTION OF UNUSED 'ROAD'


Ward: Beale

File: F2014/375

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

A section of Willis Street Greensborough is unused and has not been used as a ‘road’ since the access to Andrew Yandell Habitat Reserve was constructed in 1967. The unused ‘road’ does not portray the physical characteristics of a ‘road’ and there would appear to be no impediment to Council forming the view that the unused ‘road’ is no longer reasonably required as a ‘road’ for public use. This report discusses rectifying the anomaly on title and seeks direction to proceed to commence the statutory procedures by giving public notice of Council’s intention to discontinue the section of unused ‘road’, and have the resultant land set aside as a reserve to be retained by Council for municipal purposes.



CITY PLAN


BACKGROUND

In late 1956, the former Heidelberg Council acquired the land (being Lot 37 on Plan of Subdivision 20030) immediately south-west of Willis Street, by compulsory acquisition (as evidenced by publication in the Victoria Government Gazette dated 1 August 1956) from Alexander Milne Mitchell (as registered proprietor) and Norman Andrew Kirwan (as rated owner) for a consideration of £440 for the purpose of providing an access road to the Greenhills Reserve (now known as Andrew Yandell Habitat Reserve) from Willis Street. The Diamond Valley Council became successor at law to the City of Heidelberg in 1964. The access road was designed in 1966 and construction completed in May 1967. Banyule City Council became successor at law to the former Diamond Valley Council in December 1994.

4.9


WILLIS STREET, GREENSBOROUGH - PROPOSED DISCONTINUANCE OF SECTION OF UNUSED 'ROAD' cont’d


The titles have never been altered to reflect the changes in status to ‘road’ and unused ‘road’, which forms the anomaly on title. The land affected by the anomaly on title is shown delineated in Figure1 below. It is unused ‘road’ adjacent to the southern section of Willis Street, Greensborough, and is identified as being ‘un-trafficable’.

Figure 1: Land Subject to Discontinuance

CURRENT SITUATION

The unused ‘road’ appears to form part of Council’s adjacent land holdings, being those parcels of land known collectively as Andrew Yandell Habitat Reserve, known as 37 St Helena Road, Greensborough. As can be seen in Figure 1 above, pedestrian access is proposed to be retained along the eastern boundary. There is no vehicle access to the northern section of Willis Street. All surrounding parcels have been developed and are not reliant on the unused ‘road’ for access. The removal of the ‘road’ status will rectify the anomaly on title. The resultant land could then be set aside on title as a reserve to be retained by Council for municipal purposes.


In developing this report to Council, the subject matter has been considered to determine if it raises any human rights issues. In particular, whether the scope of any human right established by the Victorian Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities is in any way limited, restricted or interfered with by the recommendations contained in this report. Section 20 provides that “A person must not be deprived of his or her property other than in accordance with law”.

4.9




It is considered that the subject matter does not raise any human rights issues. The power to discontinue a ‘road’ is conferred on Council pursuant to section 206 and Clause 3 of Schedule 10 of the Local Government Act 1989. Section 207A of the Act provides that a person may make a submission in respect of a proposal to discontinue a ‘road’ under Clause 3 of Schedule 10 of the Act.



Council engineers advise that the unused ‘road’ contains drainage assets, namely a 375mm reinforced concrete pipe (north/south).

COUNTRY FIRE AUTHORITY CONSIDERATIONS

The Country Fire Authority (CFA) advised their one ‘L’ type hydrant was not impacted and therefore, did not object to the proposal.

VICROADS CONSIDERATIONS

VicRoads were consulted in relation to signal infrastructure associated with the traffic signals at the intersection of St Helena and Mountain View Roads and raised no objection to the proposal.




Yarra Valley Water Ltd – 150mm diameter sewer and 100mm and 150mm diameter water mains;

SP AusNet – Low voltage overhead electricity line and a pole;

APA Group - High pressure gas reticulation mains.

EASEMENT RIGHTS

Telstra Corporation Limited Telstra Corporation Limited (Telstra) advises that existing assets do not require relocation. However these assets comprise an essential component of the Telstra network and Telstra’s rights and requirements are as follows:

(1) Telstra’s existing facilities are grandfathered under the Telecommunications Act 1997 (Cwlth). This enables such facilities to legally occupy land in perpetuity for the duration of that facilities use.



Inspect the land;

Install a facility;

Maintain a facility. Yarra Valley Water Limited Easement rights will be saved in favour of Yarra Valley Water Limited in the locations shown as E1 on the plan in Figure 2.

4.9




APA Group Easement rights will be saved in favour of Vic Gas Distribution Pty Ltd (as the gas network owner) in the locations shown as E3, E4 and E5 on the plan in Figure 2. SPAusNet Easement rights will be saved in favour of SPI Electricity Pty Ltd in the locations shown as E1, E2 and E3 on the plan in Figure 2. Banyule City Council Easement rights will be saved in favour of Council in the location shown as E4 on the plan in Figure 2.

Figure 2: Proposed Easements and Location of Services

PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

The Banyule Planning Scheme governs the use and development of land in the municipality and the Banyule City Council is the responsible authority administering the scheme. Under the planning scheme, the land in the unused ‘road’ is included in the Residential 1 (R1Z) Zone and is affected by Vegetation Protection (VPO1) and Design and Development (DDO8) overlay controls.

4.9




Amendment C100 to the Banyule Planning Scheme also affects the land in the unused ‘road’. This amendment proposes to introduce the reformed residential zones and affects all land currently zoned R1Z. The land in the unused ‘road’ is proposed to be rezoned from R1Z to the Neighbourhood Residential Zone Schedule 2 (NRZ2). Banyule’s Residential Neighbourhood Character Policy at Clause 22.02 of the Banyule Planning Scheme includes the area within the Semi Bush (SB West) precinct. Council’s Strategic Planning Coordinator advises that there are no strategic planning concerns. The Development Planning Department advises that a planning permit, pursuant to section 35(8) of the Subdivision Act 1988, is required to consolidate land and create a reserve for municipal purposes.


There are three trees within the unused ‘road’ to be preserved, namely Corymbia Citriodora, Allocassuarina sp and Eucalyptus Sideroxylon. Council’s Environmental Officer is satisfied that this proposal will have no effect on the existing vegetation.


STATUTORY PROCEDURES

The power to discontinue or remove the ‘road’ status is conferred on Council pursuant to section 206 and Schedule 10 Clause 3 in the Local Government Act 1989. Public notice of Council’s intention to remove the ‘road’ status must be given in accordance with Council’s Official Newspaper Policy. Section 35(8) of the Subdivision Act 1988 provides for the certification and registration of a plan of subdivision. This plan would set aside the land from the discontinued ‘road’ as a reserve for municipal purposes.

POLICY CONSIDERATIONS

PUBLIC NOTICE



For the purpose of giving public notice for this proposal it is noted that the “Diamond Valley Leader” is the newspaper that is generally circulated in the Greensborough area.

4.9




ROAD DISCONTINUANCE

The proposal has been considered, having regard to the aim and objectives of the Rights of Way Strategy and Policy. It is considered that:

The unused ‘road’ is no longer required as a ‘road’ for public use;

The unused ‘road’ does not portray the physical characteristics of a ‘road’;

The proposal will not impact on the movement of pedestrians or vehicles within the vicinity of the unused ‘road’.

All service authority assets will be protected by the saving of existing easement rights; and

The proposal does not involve the destruction or removal of native vegetation.

CONCLUSION

Service authorities and Council officers have commented on aspects that relate to this proposal and relevant matters of Council’s policy regarding discontinuation of roads. The unused ‘road’ does not portray the physical characteristics of a ‘road’ and there would appear to be no impediment to Council forming the view that the unused ‘road’ is no longer reasonably required as a ‘road’ for public use. The removal of the ‘road’ status will rectify the anomaly on title. Consequently, the proposal to commence the statutory procedures to discontinue the section of unused ‘road’ and retain the land for municipal purposes should be supported. Council should now direct that, pursuant to section 206 and Schedule 10 Clause 3 of the Local Government Act 1989 and sections 207A(a) and 223 of that Act, the statutory procedures be commenced to give public notice, in the “Diamond Valley Leader”, of its intention to discontinue the unused ‘road’ and retain the land for municipal purposes. Council should also direct that, following the discontinuance of the unused ‘road’ and pursuant to section 35(8) of the Subdivision Act 1988, a Plan of Subdivision be prepared to facilitate the consolidation of the discontinued unused ‘road’ to create a reserve for municipal purposes. RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Being of the opinion that the un-trafficable section of unused ‘road’, adjacent to

the southern section of Willis Street Greensborough, is not reasonably required as a ‘road’ for public use, now directs that, pursuant to section 206 and Schedule 10 Clause 3 of the Local Government Act 1989 and sections 207A(a) and 223 of that Act, the statutory procedures be commenced to give public notice, in the “Diamond Valley Leader”, of its intention to discontinue the unused ‘road’ and retain the land for municipal purposes.

2. Consider a further report to hear submissions, if any, received in response to the public notice referred to in item 1.

4.9




3. Subject to the discontinuance of the unused ‘road’, authorise the lodging of an application for a permit pursuant to section 35(8) of the Subdivision Act 1988 to create a reserve to be retained by Council for municipal purposes to form part of the Andrew Yandell Habitat Reserve.

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

4.1

0



4.10 JULINDA COURT, GREENSBOROUGH - PROPOSED DISCONTINUANCE OF SECTION OF UNUSED 'ROAD'


Ward: Bakewell

File: F2014/428

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

A section of Julinda Court, Greensborough, being the unused ‘road’ between 30 and 34 Paterson Crescent, Greensborough, and also known as right of way RW452 on Council’s Road Register, has never been constructed as a ‘road’. The unused ‘road’ does not portray the physical characteristics of a ‘road’ and there would appear to be no impediment to Council forming the view that the unused ‘road’ is no longer reasonably required as a ‘road’ for public use. This report discusses rectifying the anomaly on title and seeks direction to proceed to commence the statutory procedures by giving public notice of Council’s intention to discontinue the section of unused ‘road’, and to have the resultant land set aside as a reserve to be retained by Council for municipal purposes.



CITY PLAN


BACKGROUND

The unused ‘road’ being considered for discontinuance is shown delineated in Figure 1. It extends east from Paterson Crescent to the Plenty River. The most easterly section incorporates part of the Plenty River Trail. The Plenty River Trail is a shared-use path for cyclists and pedestrians, which follows the Plenty River through the suburbs of Greensborough and Lower Plenty. A title search at the Land Registry confirms that the unused ‘road’ forms part of the land remaining untransferred in certificates of title volume 4116 folio 150 and volume 5990 folio 857, registered in the name of the original subdivider.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cycling

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pedestrian

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plenty_River

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greensborough,_Victoria

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lower_Plenty,_Victoria

4.1

0


JULINDA COURT, GREENSBOROUGH - PROPOSED DISCONTINUANCE OF SECTION OF UNUSED 'ROAD' cont’d


Figure 1: Location of Unused ‘road’

CURRENT SITUATION

The unused ‘road’ being considered for discontinuance has the potential to provide future pedestrian/cycle link to the Plenty River Trail. More significantly, it is considered to be an overland flow path for stormwater. The unused ‘road’ is regularly mowed by Council’s Parks Department in order to maintain and direct the stormwater flow path. The unused ‘road’ is currently listed in Council’s Road Register and recorded as un-trafficable as a ‘road’ for public use due to its topography and heavy vegetation. Consequently, the unused ‘road’, which does not portray the physical characteristics of a ‘road’, is considered no longer required as a ‘road’ for public use and should be removed from Council’s Road Register. There is no evidence of vehicle usage, save for the double gates within the side fence of 36 Paterson Crescent, Greensborough.


In developing this report to Council, the subject matter has been considered to determine if it raises any human rights issues. In particular, whether the scope of any human right established by the Victorian Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities is in any way limited, restricted or interfered with by the recommendations contained in this report. Section 20 provides that “A person must not be deprived of his or her property other than in accordance with law”. It is considered that the subject matter does not raise any human rights issues. The power to discontinue a ‘road’ is conferred on Council pursuant to Section 206 and Clause 3 of Schedule 10 of the Local Government Act 1989. Section 207A of the Act provides that a person may make a submission in respect of a proposal to discontinue a ‘road’ under Clause 3 of Schedule 10 of the Act.

4.1

0






Council engineers advise that the unused ‘road’ is an overland path for stormwater flows in significant rainfall events, i.e. 1 in 100 year storm events. The unused ‘road’ needs to be kept clear of structures and obstructions that will impede the overland flow of stormwater and to avoid a deviation of the flow path.




Yarra Valley Water Ltd - 225mm and 150mm diameter sewers.

EASEMENT RIGHTS

Telstra Corporation Limited Telstra Corporation Limited (Telstra) advises that existing assets do not require relocation. However, these assets comprise an essential component of the Telstra network and Telstra’s rights and requirements are as follows: (1) Telstra’s existing facilities are grandfathered under the Telecommunications Act

1997 (Cwlth). This enables such facilities to legally occupy land in perpetuity for the duration of that facilities use.



Inspect the land;

Install a facility;

Maintain a facility. Yarra Valley Water Limited Easement rights will be created in favour of Yarra Valley Water Ltd over the whole of the unused ‘road’ for water supply purposes shown as E1 on the plan in Figure 2. Banyule City Council Easement rights will be created in favour of Council over the whole of the unused ‘road’ for drainage purposes shown as E1 on the plan in Figure 2.

4.1

0




Figure 2: Proposed Easements

PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS The Banyule Planning Scheme governs the use and development in the municipality and Banyule City Council is the responsible authority administering the scheme. Under the planning scheme, part of the unused ‘road’ to the west of Plenty River Trail is included in the Residential 1 (R1Z) Zone and part of the unused ‘road’ from the Plenty River Trail to the Plenty River is included in the Public Conservation and Resource (PCRZ) zone. Amendment C100 to the planning scheme also affects the land in the unused ‘road’. This amendment proposes to introduce the reformed residential zones and affects all land currently in the R1Z zone. The land in the unused ‘road’ is proposed to be rezoned from RZ1 to the Neighbourhood Residential Zone Schedule 2 (NRZ2). The land in the unused ‘road’ is also affected by Environmental Significance (ESO1) and Land Subject to Inundation (LSIO) overlay controls. The land in the unused ‘road’ is located within, or is affected by, one or more areas of cultural heritage sensitivity as described in the I2007. Banyule’s Residential Neighbourhood Character Policy at Clause 22.02 of the Banyule Planning Scheme includes the area within its Garden Suburban (GS1) precinct.

4.1

0




Council’s Strategic Planning Coordinator advises that there are no strategic planning concerns. The Development Planning Department advises that a planning permit is required to use or develop the land in the unused ‘road’.


Council’s Environmental Officer advises there are two Eucalyptus species at the eastern end of the unused ‘road’ that should be preserved. The proposal to discontinue the unused ‘road’ and retain the resultant land for municipal purposes will have no effect on the existing vegetation.


STATUTORY PROCEDURES

The power to discontinue or remove the ‘road’ status is conferred on Council pursuant to Section 206 and Schedule 10 Clause 3 of the Local Government Act 1989. Public notice of Council’s intention to remove the ‘road’ status must be given in accordance with Council’s Official Newspaper Policy.

POLICY CONSIDERATIONS

PUBLIC NOTICE



For the purpose of giving public notice for this proposal it is noted that the “Diamond Valley Leader” is the newspaper that is generally circulated in the Greensborough area.

ROAD DISCONTINUANCE

The proposal has been considered, having regard to the aim and objectives of the Rights of Way Strategy and Policy adopted by Council on 2 June 2014. It is considered that:

The ‘road’ is no longer required as a road for public use;

The ‘road’ is deemed non-trafficable due to its topography;

The ‘road’ does not portray the physical characteristics of a road;

The proposal will not impact on the movement of pedestrians or vehicles within the vicinity of the ‘road’;

The Service Authority assets will be protected;

The proposal does not involve the destruction or removal of native vegetation;

The ‘road’ is a significant overland flow path for stormwater;

The discontinuance of the ‘road will not affect physical access; and

4.1

0




The ‘road’ has potential to provide future pedestrian/cycle link to the Plenty River Trail.

CONCLUSION

Service Authorities and Council officers have commented on aspects that relate to this proposal and the relevant matters of Council’s policy regarding discontinuation of roads. The unused ‘road’ does not portray the physical characteristics of a road and there would appear to be no impediment to Council forming the view that the unused ‘road’ is no longer reasonably required as a ‘road’ for public use. The resultant land should be retained for municipal purposes as it has been recognised as having the potential to provide future pedestrian/cycle link to the Plenty River Trail. More significantly, it is considered to be an overland flow path for stormwater. The removal of the ‘road’ status will rectify the anomaly on title. Consequently, the proposal to commence the statutory procedures to discontinue the section of unused ‘road’ and set aside the land as a reserve for municipal purposes should be supported. Council should now direct that, pursuant to Section 206 and Schedule 10 Clause 3 of the Local Government Act 1989 and Sections 207A(a) and 223 of that Act, the statutory procedures be commenced to give public notice, in the “Diamond Valley Leader”, of its intention to discontinue the unused ‘road’ and retain the resultant land for municipal purposes. Council should also direct that, following the discontinuance of the unused ‘road’ and pursuant to section 35(8) of the Subdivision Act 1988, a Plan of Subdivision be prepared to create a reserve for municipal purposes.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council:

(1) Being of the opinion that the unused ‘road’, located between nos. 30 and 34 Paterson Crescent, Greensborough, is not reasonably required as a ‘road’ for public use, now directs that, pursuant to Section 206 and Schedule 10 Clause 3 of the Local Government Act 1989 and Sections 207A(a) and 223 of that Act, the statutory procedures be commenced to give public notice, in the “Diamond Valley Leader”, of its intention to discontinue the unused ‘road’ and retain the resultant land for municipal purposes.

(2) Consider a further report to hear submissions, if any, received in response to the public notice referred to in item 1 above.

(3) Subject to the discontinuance of the unused ‘road’, authorise the lodging of an application for a permit, pursuant to section 35(8) of the Subdivision Act 1988, to create a reserve to be retained by Council for municipal purposes to be known as 32 Paterson Crescent, Greensborough.

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

4.1

1



4.11 PLANNING SCHEME AMENDMENT C94 - PANEL REPORT

Author: Anne North - Senior Strategic Planner, City Development

File: F2013/1386

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Amendment C94 proposed the introduction of a Heritage Overlay over two residential precincts and two individual places. The amendment was placed on public exhibition between 5 December 2013 and 13 February 2014. Six submissions were received as follows:

Two supported the Amendment;

One sought reduction of the extent of HO197;

Two opposing from the owner and potential owner of HO197;

One sought variation of the Amendment for HO195. At its meeting on 3 March 2014, Council resolved to split the Amendment into two parts:

Part 1 comprised places in respect of which no submissions were received, and was adopted by Council; and

Part 2 comprised one precinct (Kenilworth Parade Precinct HO195) and one site (Saxam Homestead HO197) that were the subject of submissions, and were referred to a Panel.

The report from the Panel recommends that Amendment C94 Part 2 should be adopted as exhibited with some minor modifications. Council is now positioned to consider adopting the Panel’s report and recommendation and seek the Minister for Planning’s approval for planning scheme changes.



CITY PLAN


4.1

1


PLANNING SCHEME AMENDMENT C94 - PANEL REPORT cont’d


BACKGROUND

As part of the Ivanhoe structure planning process Council commissioned an expert heritage assessment of key residential areas and individual places in the Activity Area to find out whether they had heritage value and warranted the application of a Heritage Overlay (HO). The study found that one place and two precincts were worthy of inclusion in a Heritage Overlay:

Interwar shop, former post office, at 1041‐1041a Heidelberg Road;

Kenilworth Parade Precinct;

Toora Street Precinct. A planning scheme amendment was prepared to implement and give statutory effect to the recommendations of the expert heritage assessment, known as the Ivanhoe Activity Centre Heritage Items and Precincts. These recommendations were for line items to be included in the Planning Scheme’s HO schedule at Clause 43.01 for Kenilworth Parade Precinct, Toora Street Precinct and 1041 Heidelberg Road. The amendment is required to ensure that the heritage places are coupled with a planning permit trigger to help protect from inappropriate demolition, alterations or additions that may threaten the identified significance. This is particularly important given that the Ivanhoe Activity Area is a designated Activity Centre in the Government’s new metropolitan planning strategy, Plan Melbourne. Council sought interim heritage controls for the two proposed heritage precincts and one place through Planning Scheme Amendment C92. These interim controls are due to expire on 31 October 2014. One additional property located outside of Ivanhoe has also been included in the

request for permanent heritage controls. Saxam Homestead is at 108 ‐130 Diamond Creek Road (St Helena), Greensborough. A heritage assessment found that the property has local heritage significance and warrants the application of a heritage overlay. Saxam Homestead has been included in this amendment as it was not identified in Banyule’s previous heritage review and subsequent planning scheme amendment. Amendment C94 was placed on public exhibition between 5 December 2013 and 13 February 2014. Six submissions were received as follows:

Two supported the Amendment;

One sought reduction of the extent of HO197;

Two opposing from the owner and potential owner of HO197;

One sought variation of the Amendment in relation to HO195. At its meeting on 3 March 2014, Council resolved to split the Amendment into two parts:

Part 1 comprised places in respect of which no submissions were received, and was adopted by Council.

Part 2 comprised one precinct (Kenilworth Parade Precinct HO195) and one site (Saxam Homestead HO197) that were the subject of submissions, and were referred to a Panel.

4.1

1




Amendment C94 Part 1 was referred to the Minister for Planning for approval on Monday 17 March 2014. Council received approval from the Minister for Planning for Part 1 of the Amendment on 20 June 2014.The Amendment was approved without any changes.

A Directions Hearing for Amendment C94 (Part 2) was held on 9 May 2014. No submitters attended the Directions Hearing or lodged a request to be heard. The panel resolved to prepare its report ‘on the papers’ after an inspection of relevant sites had been undertaken.

The plan below shows the location and extent of the Heritage Overlay in relation to the Kenilworth Parade heritage precinct.

Figure 1: Kenilworth Parade Proposed Heritage Overlay

The plan below shows the location and extent of the Heritage Overlay in relation to Saxam Homestead.

4.1

1




Figure 2: Saxam Homestead Proposed Heritage Overlay

DISCUSSION

The Panel recommends that Banyule Planning Scheme Amendment C94 Part 2 should be adopted, as exhibited, subject to the following modifications. The Panel Report is shown in Attachment 1. Recommendation 1: The Heritage Citation for Saxam Homestead is to be included as a Reference Document in Clause 21.09 of the Banyule Planning Scheme. Response: Recommendation 1 should be accepted. Amendment C93 (Ivanhoe Structure Plan) lists the Ivanhoe Activity Centre Heritage Items and Precincts Final Report (Context, June 2013) as a Reference Document in Clause 21.09. In view of the proposed HO over Saxam Homestead, it would be appropriate to add the Heritage Citation for this site in the same clause (21.09) as part of Amendment C94 Part 2 as shown in Attachment 2. Recommendation 2: The boundary of HO197 is to be reduced to the area shown in Figure 4 (page 7) of Council’s submission to the Panel. Response: Recommendation 2 should be accepted. At the Directions Hearing on 9 May 2014, Council provided the Panel with a revised proposal for this site, which reduced the exhibited extent of HO197 to a significantly reduced area providing an appropriate curtilage for the homestead building and excluding the area of the future subdivision.

4.1

1




The extent of the revised boundary was based on heritage advice from Context Pty Ltd and stated that it:

Provides a suitable buffer zone around the homestead to give it some garden space and set it apart from the land parcels that will surround it;

Provides a suitable curtilage to make the homestead a saleable commodity as a residence; and

Has consideration of view lines to and from the homestead to retain some aspect of its outlook and setting.

The extent of the HO is shown in Figure 2 on the previous page of this report and in Attachment 3. Recommendation 3: The HO Schedule is to be amended to indicate ‘prohibited uses may be permitted’ for HO197. Response: Recommendation 3 should be accepted. It would be a poor outcome if the Saxam Homestead building was protected with a heritage overlay but left to deteriorate further. Conditions favourable to retention and restoration of the building need to be created. This could be assisted by including a ‘prohibited uses may be permitted’ provision for this property. These changes to the schedule to Clause 43.01 are shown in Attachment 4. Although many elements of the interior remain intact, internal controls are not proposed and the Panel has indicated that it would not support internal controls as they may inhibit the achievement of the greater objective, which is to see the building restored and in appropriate use, whether residential, community or commercial. Recommendation 4: The citation for HO197 is to be revised to incorporate the following section of Mr Raworth’s analysis of the site:

“(The building) … has a degree of substance to its scale and detailing, particularly in its breadth and the scale of the bay windows to either side, that enable it to stand out from typical suburban timber houses of the its period and that lend it a notable homestead quality.”

Response Recommendation 4 should be accepted. Mr Raworth provided heritage advice to the potential purchaser of Saxam Homestead. Mr Raworth’s assessment of the site provided some important comparative analysis that would be beneficial if incorporated into the heritage citation. The citation has been amended in accordance with the panel’s recommendation and is attached at Attachment 5. Additional Separate Recommendation The Panel makes a separate recommendation that Council consider including a condition in any subdivision permit for the site and surrounding area requiring the developer to clear the Saxam Homestead and its site of debris, secure the building from water damage (as outlined on page 8 of the Panel Report) and undertake any additional urgent works identified as necessary to secure the building, prior to the commencement of subdivision works.

4.1

1




Response This recommendation should be accepted. As discussed previously in this report, it would be a poor outcome if the Saxam Homestead building was protected by a HO but left to deteriorate further as development takes place around it. This condition will place the onus on the developer of the land to ensure that works are undertaken to secure the Saxam Homestead building. An application is currently with Council to develop this site and is anticipated to be brought to Council for determination shortly. WHERE TO NEXT A Planning Panel has supported Council’s C94 proposal for a permanent Heritage Overlay Schedule 195 and 197. This overlay will recognise the importance of these heritage places in the Banyule Planning Scheme. Now that a favourable recommendation has been received from a Planning Panel, Council can consider adopting the final proposal which includes:

Changes to the Reference Document at Clause 21.09 as shown in Attachment 2;

Changes to the extent of the heritage overlay for Saxam Homestead as shown in Attachment 3; and

Changes to the schedule to Clause 43.01 as shown in Attachment 4. If C94 is adopted, the next step to progress towards permanent heritage controls is to request the Minister for Planning for final approval so it can be incorporated into the Banyule Planning Scheme before the temporary HO195 expires.

CONCLUSION

The Planning Panel has considered Amendment C94 and supports a permanent HO 195 and 197 for the Banyule Planning Scheme. Council can now adopt the permanent HO 195 and 197 and request the Minister for approval. This request can seek a timely outcome before 31 October 2014, which is when the temporary HO195 is due to expire.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Adopt Banyule Planning Scheme Amendment C94 as shown in Attachment 2

and 3.

2. Request the Minister for Planning approve Amendment C94 which introduces permanent planning controls for heritage into the Banyule Planning Scheme.

3. Request the Minister for Planning complete the process of gazetting

Amendment C94 before the temporary schedule 195 to the Heritage Overlay expires on 31 October 2014.

4.1

1




4. Consider including a condition in any subdivision permit for the site and surrounding area requiring the owner to clear the Saxam Homestead and its site of debris, secure the building from water damage and undertake any additional urgent works identified as necessary to secure the building, prior to the commencement of subdivision works.

5.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Panel Report - Banyule Planning Scheme Amendment C94 Part 2 10 June 2014

272

2 Amended Clause 21.09 - Reference Documents 284

3 Amended map showing the extent of HO for Saxam Homestead 287

4 Amended Schedule to Clause 43.01 - Heritage Overlay 288

5 Amended Saxam Homestead Citation 308

4.1

2



4.12 PROPOSED NAMING OF CROWN LAND - FRED LASSLETT RESERVE

Author: Michael Hutchison - Projects Coordinator, City Development

Ward: Griffin

File: F2014/368

Previous Items Council on 12 August 2013 (Item 8.1 - Naming of Reserve - Fred Lasslett Reserve)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

To name the currently unnamed crown land on the corner of Mount and Yarra Streets, opposite Heidelberg Railway Station “Fred Lasslett Reserve” in honour of Mr Fred Lasslett



CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction to “enhance Banyule’s public and open spaces” and “enhance Banyule’s public and open spaces”.

BACKGROUND

At the Ordinary meeting of 12 August 2013, Cr Mulholland presented a Notice of Motion to name the reserve on the corner of Mount and Yarra Streets in honour of Mr Fred Lasslett. Cr Mulholland provided that: “Fred Lasslett recently passed away aged 94.

Fred had a distinguished life. He was a war hero, family man and a dedicated RSL volunteer being a member (holding positions of President and committee member) of the Heidelberg RSL for over 50 years. It has come to my attention that the reserve opposite the former Heidelberg RSL building in Mount Street, Heidelberg is currently unnamed. I understand that the reserve is on Crown land.”

Council resolved:

“That a report be presented to Council in regard to naming the reserve opposite the former Heidelberg RSL building ‘Fred Lasslett Reserve’. As part of this process, noting the land is on Crown land, Council write to the Minister for Transport, the Hon. Terry Mulder for approval.”

4.1

2


PROPOSED NAMING OF CROWN LAND - FRED LASSLETT RESERVE cont’d


Fred Lasslett Fred Lasslett served with the Royal Australian Navy aboard the HMAS Perth during World War II. The vessel sank in the Battle of Sunda Strait in 1942 and Mr Lasslett spent the remainder of the war as a Japanese PoW in Indonesia and Japan. He wrote letters in secret detailing his time as the camp electrician, failed escape attempts and facing a firing squad. Mr Lasslett survived and returned home safely. He and his family settled in Heidelberg shortly after where Mr Lasslett had been a prominent local identity for over fifty years, serving as President and dedicated member of the Heidelberg RSL sub-branch. Fred Lasslett died on July 10 2013, aged 94. Locality Plan

Figure 1: Area under consideration

CURRENT SITUATION

Council wrote to the Minister for Public Transport, the Hon. Terry Mulder, requesting approval of the proposed naming. Council also wrote to Mr Norm Lasslett, who acted as the Lasslett family spokesperson, requesting consent. Support has been received from both the Hon. Terry Mulder and Mr Norm Lasslett. Community consultation has been undertaken. The matter can now be further considered by Council.

4.1

2







Office of Geographic Names (OGN) The proposed naming of the reserve conforms to the relevant principles outlined in the Guidelines for Geographic Names. Department of Transport, Planning and Local Infrastructure Council acknowledged that the reserve under consideration to be named is owned by VicTrack and approval of the naming proposal would need to be obtained. Council wrote to the Minister for Public Transport, the Hon. Terry Mulder, requesting approval. Council received the Minister’s support for the proposal to progress on 12 December 2013. Lasslett Family In accordance with Principle 1(H) relating to commemorative naming outlined in the Guidelines for Geographic Names, Council wrote to Mr Norm Lasslett, Fred Lasslett’s son, informing of the proposal and seeking consent from the Lasslett family to name the reserve in Fred Lasslett’s honour. Council received support of the proposal from the Lasslett family on 16 April 2014.

LEGAL CONSIDERATION

Under the Geographic Place Names Act 1998, Council is a naming authority responsible for the development of proposals to name or rename any feature, road or locality within Council jurisdiction. Council must ensure that all proposals conform to the principles outlined in the Guidelines for Geographic Names. These Guidelines were recently updated in 2010 and 2013.

CONSULTATION

Consultation summary is shown below.

Table 1: Summary of consultation key dates

Date Action Summary

15/11/2013 & 11/02/2014

Consultation with Minister for Public Transport and the Lasslett family, respectively.

Approval from Minister for Public Transport received 23/12/2013. Approval from the Lasslett family received 16/04/2014.

28/04/2014 & 29/04/2014

Council survey consultation package posted

Survey consultation package sent to 312 property owners/occupiers covering 225 properties. Package included:

Explanatory cover letter;

Reply paid envelope;

Survey.

4.1

2




Date Action Summary

01/05/2014 Webpage updated Council’s webpage updated inviting community comments on the proposal.

06/05/2014 Public Notice in Heidelberg Leader

Public Notice advertisement advised of proposal and invited community comments.

28/05/2014 Survey close date Findings collated and analysed.

Results of the survey and consultation which closed on 28/05/2014 are shown in Table 2 below.

Table 2: Survey summary

Subject Response result

Number of surveys sent out 312 surveys were sent out covering 225 properties (includes all property owners/occupiers in area).

Number of responses received 25 (~8% of 312)

Number of non-responses 287 (~92% of 312)

In favour of naming (based on responses)

24 (~96% of 25)

Against naming (based on responses)

1 (~4% of 25)

Total in favour of naming (including non-responses)*

311 (~99.7% of 312)

Total against naming 1 (~0.3% of 312)

* Property owners/occupiers were informed in the survey consultation package that if no response was received by the closing date it would be considered tacit approval for the reserve to be named ‘Fred Lasslett Reserve’.

During the consultation period, many comments expressing strong support for the proposal and praise of Council’s efforts to honour Fred Lasslett were received. During the consultation process there was one respondent who did not support the proposed naming and suggested the reserve be named in honour of a Wurundjeri-willam elder named Billibellary. The objector provided that Billibellary signed a treaty with John Batman in 1835, contributing to the development of Heidelberg and surrounding areas. Whilst further investigation is required, it is understood that in 1835 Billibellary was one of a number of Wurundjeri-willam elders involved in signing what became known as “Batman’s Treaty”. This document was signed for the purchase of land around Port Phillip by European settlers from the traditional owners. However, Billibellary’s clan lived in the area north of the Yarra River along Merri Creek and is associated with the cities of Yarra and Darebin, rather than Banyule. It was Bebejan, Billibellary’s brother and another of the Wurundjeri-willam elders who signed the treaty, who lived with his clan along the Yarra River in present day Heidelberg. Should Council wish to pursue the use of an Indigenous Australian name, consultation with the relevant Indigenous communities should be undertaken prior to public consultation on the proposed name, in accordance with Principle 1(K) of the Guidelines for Geographic Names.

4.1

2




DISCUSSION

The consultation undertaken indicates that the local community in the affected area supports the proposed naming of the reserve. The community was informed that non-responses would be considered tacit approval for the reserve to be named. Including all non-responses as tacit approval, approximately 100% (rounded from 99.7%) of property owners/occupiers support the proposed naming. Council is now in a position to pursue naming the reserve “Fred Lasslett Reserve”.

CONCLUSION

The proposed naming of the reserve is likely to be supported by the OGN as the proposal itself and the consultation process conform to the relevant principles outlined in the Guidelines for Geographic Names. The name “Fred Lasslett Reserve” conforms to the Guidelines and has links to the local area. Consultation indicates community support for naming the reserve on the corner of Mount and Yarra Streets in Heidelberg, “Fred Lasslett Reserve”.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council 1. Assign the name “Fred Lasslett Reserve” to the crown land on the corner of

Mount and Yarra Streets in Heidelberg.

2. Lodge the necessary submission to the Office of Geographic Names (OGN).

3. Upon the outcome of the submission to the OGN, thank all persons and community groups involved in the consultation, notify them of Council’s decision and the result of the OGN submission.

4. Keep the Lasslett family updated on the proposal’s progress; and

5. Erect appropriate signage for the reserve.

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

4.1

3



4.13 FORMAL NAMING OF THE RIGHT OF WAY RUNNING OFF ELLIOT STREET, HEIDELBERG HEIGHTS


Ward: Olympia

File: F2014/112

Previous Items Council on 17 December 2012 (Item 9.2 - Consideration of Naming the Elliott Street

Right of Way, Heidelberg Heights)

Council on 4 March 2013 (Item 4.2 - Consideration to formally name Right of Way bounded by Elliot, Haig, Monash and Altona Streets in Heidelberg Heights)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report proposes the formal naming of the Right of Way (laneway) running off Elliott Street, Heidelberg Heights to “Burgan Lane” after consultation with neighbouring property owners and residents. The proposal was raised through a Councillor Notice of Motion where it was highlighted that development is occurring in the area, on both Haig and Altona Streets, and further development opportunities may be facilitated by naming the laneway.



CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction to “maintain and improve Banyule as a great place to live” and “maintain and improve Banyule as a great place to live”.

BACKGROUND

At the Ordinary Meeting of 17 December 2012, Cr Langdon raised a Notice of Motion to consider naming the laneway that runs off Elliott Street, Heidelberg Heights. Council resolved:

“That a report be prepared and presented to Council considering the naming of the Right of Way running east off Elliott Street, Heidelberg Heights”.

As background information it was indicated that development is occurring in the area, on both Haig and Altona Streets, and further development opportunities may be facilitated by naming the laneway.

4.1

3


FORMAL NAMING OF THE RIGHT OF WAY RUNNING OFF ELLIOT STREET, HEIDELBERG HEIGHTS cont’d


The matter was subsequently presented to Council on 4 March 2013 with information on the proposal and was deferred for further consideration and investigation. Locality Plan

Figure 1: Affected area under consideration



CURRENT SITUATION

Further investigation, community consultation and associated work has been progressed and the matter can now be further considered by Council.

4.1

3




CONSULTATION Initial consultation sought to confirm community support of the proposal and called for suggested names. No suggestions received were considered compliant with the Guidelines for Geographic Names and Council officers subsequently developed a shortlist of two suitable names for use in the second consultation which were based on locally indigenous flora to the Heidelberg Heights area (refer to Table 2 below). Consultation summary is shown below. Table 1: Summary of consultation key dates

Date Action Summary

26/06/2013 First Council survey consultation package posted

Survey consultation package sent to nearby and abutting property owners/occupiers confirming community support and seeking suggestions for names. Package included:



Survey.


08/05/2014 Second Council survey consultation package posted (consulting about names developed by Council)

Survey consultation package sent to 45 property owners/occupiers covering 32 properties. Package included:



Survey.


Table 2: Assessment of shortlisted names

Name Origin Relevance Comments

Burgan Council research

A common name for the flowering shrub Kunzea ericoides, local to the Heidelberg Heights area.

Both names have relevant and significant links to the local area. There are no duplicates within Banyule City and both names conform to the Guidelines.

Pimelea Council research

From Pimelea humilis, a flowering plant known as the Common Rice-flower and local to the Heidelberg Heights area.

Results of the recent consultation which closed on 11 June 2014 are shown in Table 3 below. Table 3: Survey summary

Subject Response result

Number of surveys sent out

45 surveys were sent out covering 32 properties (includes all property owners/occupiers in area).

Number of responses received

11 (24% of 45)

Number of non-responses 34 (76% of 45)

In favour of naming (based 9 (82% of 11)

4.1

3




on responses)

Against naming (based on responses)

2 (18% of 11)

Total in favour of naming (including non-responses)*

43 (96% of 45)

Total against naming 2 (4% of 45)

Table 4: Survey results of preferred name

Name Number of votes

Burgan 6 (67% of in favour of naming)

Pimelea 3 (33% of in favour of naming)

*Property owners/occupiers were informed in this consultation that if no response was received by the closing date it would be considered tacit approval for the laneway to be assigned the most popular name as voted by property owners/occupiers.

Two respondents did not support the proposed names and expressed their dislike of the shortlisted names. Their comments are as follows:

“Do not like either. It doesn’t represent the area at all. No other streets have shrub or plant names. Not a good choice at all.”

“I am very disappointed with both names. It doesn’t reflect the area at all! All the surrounding streets are men’s names which have been famous in history – not shrubs or plants. No respect for war veterans at all.”

As described earlier, Council actively sought suggested names from the community. However no names relating to any naming theme, such as suggested above, was provided. Another respondent, who supported the naming, provided a comment that the local naming theme relates to World War Two (WWII). Further information into the names of surrounding streets is provided below:

Haig Street – Likely named after British Field Marshal Douglas Haig, 1st Earl Haig, who served during World War One (WWI), or possibly his son George Haig, 2nd Earl Haig, who served during WWII.

Monash Street – Likely named for Australian General Sir John Monash who served during WWI and WWII.

Altona Street, Gotha Street and Dresden Street – Altona and Dresden are both cities in Germany. Gotha is a town in Germany. These names may have links with the suburb name Heidelberg.

Elliott Street and Bonar Street and Law Street – No significance or connection found. However, Bonar and Law could relate to British politician Bonar Law who was Prime Minister of the UK in 1922-23.

Edwin Street and Alfred Street – No significance or connection found.

Leonard Street – Possible link to nearby Churchill Street (Leonard was Winston Churchill’s middle name).

There appears to be a number of possible naming themes in the local area. There does not appear to be a consistent naming theme as has been suggested by some respondents.

4.1

3




All streets listed above were searched in the VICNAMES database for supporting historical information and none was found. This is as the provenance of names was not usually recorded before the introduction of the Geographic Place Names Act 1998.

POLICY IMPLICATIONS

The Banyule Rights of Way Strategy 2014-2024 and Banyule Rights of Way Policy April 2014 recognises with the activation of Rights of Way around Activity Centres and the increasing number of developments directly abutting Rights of Way, there is likely to be an increased number of commercial and residential buildings which have or will have direct access to Rights of Way without the benefit of an alternative access onto a ‘main street’.

LEGAL CONSIDERATION

Under the Geographic Place Names Act 1998, Council is a naming authority responsible for the development of proposals to name or rename any feature, road or locality within Council jurisdiction. Council must ensure that all proposals conform to the principles outlined in the Guidelines for Geographic Names. These Guidelines were recently updated in 2010 and 2013. The Guidelines provide that roads include alleyways, roads, streets, highways, fire tracks, bike paths and walking tracks and that any land course navigable by vehicle or foot and of interest to municipal councils, public groups, emergency response and public service providers should be officially named.


Office of Geographic Names (OGN) The community was asked to suggest names during an earlier consultation. Twenty suggested names were assessed on their validity for use. None conformed to the relevant principles outlined in the Guidelines and therefore unsuitable for use. Two names were shortlisted for use in the second consultation. An assessment of the shortlisted names is shown in Table 4 above.

DISCUSSION

Consultation of the two Council researched names, “Burgan” and “Pimelea” indicate that the local community is supportive of naming the laneway and that respondents prefer the name “Burgan”. The community was informed that non-responses would be considered tacit approval for the laneway to be named. Including all non-responses as tacit approval, 96% of property owners/occupiers support the proposed naming. Council is now in a position to consider pursuing the laneway naming.

4.1

3




CONCLUSION

The proposed naming of the Right of Way is likely to be supported by the OGN as the proposal itself and the consultation process conform to the relevant principles outlined in the Guidelines for Geographic Names. The community preferred name “Burgan Lane” conforms to the Guidelines and has relevant links to the local Heidelberg Heights area. Consultation indicates community support for naming the laneway that runs off Elliott Street in Heidelberg Heights and preference for the name “Burgan Lane” to be assigned.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council 1. Assign the name “Burgan Lane” to the Right of Way (ROW) running off Elliott

Street in Heidelberg Heights.

2. Lodge the necessary submission to the Office of Geographic Names (OGN).

3. Notify objectors of submission to the OGN and their right to make a further appeal to the Registrar of Geographic Names.

4. Upon the outcome of the submission to the OGN, thank all persons and

community groups involved in the consultation, notify them of Council’s decision and the result of the OGN submission.

5. Where required, advise relevant authorities of any address changes on behalf

of residents and property owners in the affected area; and

6. Erect appropriate signage.

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

4.1

4



4.14 SCHOOL SITES REDEVELOPMENT PROJECT UPDATE


Ward: Olympia

File: F2013/876

Previous Items Council on 14 April 2014 (Item 4.2 - Proposed Sale of 52 Haig Street, Heidelberg

Heights (Former Haig Street Primary School site))

Council on 19 May 2014 (Item 5.2 - School sites redevelopment project: Community engagement and advocacy update)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report is to confirm the outcome of the Request for Tender (RFT) process for the sale of the former school site at 52 Haig Street, Heidelberg Heights, and provide an overall project update. In summary:

The successful purchaser of the Haig Street site is a syndicate led by interests associated with Metricon Homes (Metricon syndicate).

Contracts of sale have now been executed and the final sale price is $16,000,000 subject to conditions being met.

Financial return will be used to offset borrowing, demolition, legal and other costs and position Council to finance the proposed community stadium precinct in Banksia Street.

Council will retain 2400m² of public open space which is to be established by the Metricon syndicate.

The proposed development is for 118 two-storey homes and based on the attached concept site consistent with Development Guidelines established by Council. The height and number of dwellings proposed is within the guidance provided by Council of 80-140.

Community information sessions are proposed to explain the concept before a planning application is lodged.

A planning application is anticipated to be lodged in October 2014.

Development across the site is expected in four stages.

The Expression of Interest (“EOI”) for the Ivanhoe redevelopment site closed on 19 June 2013. Submissions are now being assessed.

Council is continuing to advocate an education site opportunity at 230 Banksia Street, Bellfield, to the state government and opposition.



4.1

4


SCHOOL SITES REDEVELOPMENT PROJECT UPDATE cont’d


CITY PLAN


BACKGROUND

The three former school sites are located as follows:

Figure 1 – Former school sites located in the Olympia Ward (top to bottom)

1. Former Haig Street Primary School site: 52 Haig Street, Heidelberg Heights (“Haig Street site”)

2. Former Banksia-Latrobe Secondary College site: 228-230 Banksia Street, Bellfield (“Bellfield site”.)

3. Former Bellfield Primary School site: 229 Banksia Street, Ivanhoe (“Ivanhoe site”).

Council purchased the three former school sites from the Minister for Education with settlement occurring on 11 November 2013.



4.1

4




CURRENT SITUATION

Haig Street site Request for Tender process Council conducted a two-phase selection process to identify parties that can work closely with Council to implement strategically important development opportunities. A public Expression of Interest (EOI) process was conducted in late 2013 to provide an opportunity to identify potential purchasers for 52 Haig Street, Heidelberg Heights. The respondents were shortlisted and then invited to submit a refined proposal and final tender price as part of a Request for Tender (RFT). The RFT closed on 19 March 2014 and four submissions were assessed. Council considered the evaluation and selection of the RFT process under a separate confidential report. The selected tenderer is a syndicate led by interests associated with Metricon Homes (Metricon syndicate). The purchase price is $16,000,000 subject to conditions being met including a planning permit being issued for the proposed development. The $16,000,000 will be paid in stages over the next two years as the development takes place. The financial return will be used to offset borrowing, demolition, legal and other costs and position Council to finance the proposed stadium precinct in Banksia Street It is noted that the terms of the sale require the purchaser to develop 2400m² of public open space on the Land which Council will retain. The proposed development is for 118 two-storey homes and based on the attached concept site plan which is consistent with the Development Guidelines established by Council. The development is proposed to occur over four stages. The first three stages comprise the residential component to take place between 2015 and 2017. The fourth stage will comprise the open space and is proposed to be completed in 2017. A planning application for the proposal is anticipated to be lodged in October 2014. A copy of the proposed site layout plan is attached and discussed in further detail below. Community engagement Community information sessions are now being planned with the developer and the local neighbourhood near the development site. Ivanhoe and Bellfield sites Expression of Interest – Ivanhoe redevelopment site The EOI process closed on 19 June 2014. Council is now reviewing all received submissions and will then seek tenders for a RFT process from shortlisted respondents similar to the approach taken for the Haig Street site. It is anticipated that the appointment of developer(s) for the site will be finalised by early 2015, with planning processes for the redevelopment following the appointment.

4.1

4




Advocacy for educational site opportunity – Bellfield site Council has sent further letters to the State Minister for Education, The State Shadow Minister for Education, The State Member for Ivanhoe and the Liberal Candidate for Ivanhoe advising that Council would consider selling the land at 230 Banksia Street, Bellfield at a price to be determined by valuation undertaken by the Valuer-General Victoria. The letter reconfirms Council’s position that the land will remain available for a new educational facility until the State election in November 2014. No responses have been received to date. Stadium Precinct – Banksia Street Planning for the Banksia Community Stadium precinct is progressing and Council is actively engaging with a range of stakeholders to develop the most appropriate outcome for the site. Council is also continuing to seek government support for funding.

DISCUSSION

The proposed site layout plan offers an integrated development which proposes 118 dwellings and is within the suggested range of 80 to 140 dwellings determined by Council in the Development Guidelines. All dwellings are two-storey in height. The development is partly based on an Owner’s Corporation model that would include management and maintenance of roads and front garden. Waste collection services and street cleaning will be undertaken by Council. The 2400m2 open space will be developed by the Metricon syndicate as part of the proposal but will be owned by Council. The Metricon syndicate’s development proposal has six primary house types providing housing diversity and an overall plan that establishes high levels of public accessibility with the inclusion of well-designed pedestrian walkways connecting to the central open space. The development proposal also addresses important matters outlined in the Development Guidelines including:

The siting of buildings and setbacks

Many high and medium retention trees are retained and further plantings and other landscaping is proposed.

20 percent of dwellings will incorporate accessible design features in accordance with the Guidelines produced by Liveable Housing Australia and AS4299 Adaptable Housing Standard.

Environmentally Sustainable Design (ESD) considerations such as solar access, energy, water saving and waste initiatives are included.

The proposal is subject to a full planning permit application process that includes public notification and consideration by Council. It is anticipated that the application will be lodged during October 2014. An independent Probity Auditor has signed off on methodology and Council’s conducting of the EOI and RFT process.

4.1

4




CONSULTATION

Further consultation is proposed as follows: Haig Street site A further community information session is proposed. This session will provide an opportunity for details of the development proposal to be presented to the community. The information session will also provide an opportunity for engagement on the proposed open space and local traffic management. Opportunity also remains for the community to participate further in the public process when the development proposal is formally advertised in accordance with the provisions of the planning scheme. Ivanhoe and Bellfield sites Council will continue to keep the community updated on progress with these sites and its advocacy work in relation to community concerns about reduced schooling options in the area and the State Government and Opposition’s response to questions about their interest in using some of the land on the Bellfield site to build a new school.

CONCLUSION

The outcome of the RFT process at the Haig Street site provides an opportunity for an exciting and high quality redevelopment in a key strategic infill site. Council’s robust and thorough process has ensured its vision for the site and overall project is positioned to be delivered upon. Council will retain 2400m² of public open space which is to be established by the Metricon syndicate. The proposed development is for 118 two-storey homes and is consistent with the aspirations of the Development Guidelines established by Council. Future community information sessions are proposed to explain the concept before a planning application is lodged. These sessions will also provide opportunity to consider open space concepts and local traffic management. Development across the site is expected in four stages and a planning application is anticipated to be lodged in October 2014. The financial return will be used to offset borrowing, demolition, legal and other costs and position Council to finance the proposed stadium precinct in Banksia Street. The EOI for the Ivanhoe redevelopment site closed on 19 June 2013. Submissions are now being assessed. Council is continuing to advocate an education site opportunity at 230 Banksia Street, Bellfield to the state government and opposition.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Write to all resident and property owners in the Haig Street local

neighbourhood area providing an update on the project announcing the Metricon syndicate as the successful purchaser and advising of future consultation.

4.1

4




2. Update Council’s webpage with information as described in 1 above.

3.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Haig Street redevelopment site - concept layout plan 329

2 Development Guidelines: Haig Street Redevelopment Project 331

4.1

5



4.15 RETROSPECTIVE APPLICATION FOR INDUSTRY AND OFFICE - 4 GRAEME AVENUE, MONTMORENCY

Author: Sam Trowse - Development Planner, City Development

Ward: Beale

File: P302/04

SUMMARY

The application seeks retrospective approval for a partial change in the use of land from warehouse to industry and office. The site has had a long standing history of enforcement with Council, as the occupiers have used the site beyond the current permit conditions.

Planning Permit Application: P302/04

Development Planner: Sam Trowse

Address: 4 Graeme Avenue MONTMORENCY

Proposal: Use and development of the site for a warehouse to store signage and building materials and industry (joinery - manufacturing of shop fittings and furniture), expansion of office and a reduction in the standard car parking requirement.

Existing Use/Development: Warehouse

Applicant: Mr Wayne Billings

Zoning: Commercial 2 Zone

Overlays: Design and Development Overlay (Schedule 8)

Vegetation Protection Overlay (Schedule 1)

Notification (Advertising): The application was advertised in accordance with Section 52 of the Planning and Environment Act 1987 by way of a notice located at front of the site and distribution of letters to adjoining and nearby land owners and occupiers.

Objections Received: 5

Ward: Beale

Cultural Heritage Management Plan (CHMP) required:

No

THE PROPOSAL The proposed use is for joinery, specifically the manufacture of shop fittings and furniture for both commercial and residential fit outs. The proposal also involves expansion of office space within the existing building, and provides eight (8) on site car parking spaces and a loading area.

4.1

5


RETROSPECTIVE APPLICATION FOR INDUSTRY AND OFFICE - 4 GRAEME AVENUE, MONTMORENCY cont’d


As identified in the supporting information provided in the application, it is proposed that there will be approximately 5-8 truck deliveries of varying sizes each week, and waste is collected from a skip bin twice a week. A maximum 8 employees (manufacturing workers) are proposed to be present on the site at any one time. No number of employees associated with the office space have been indicated in the application. The proposed hours of operation are as follows:

Manufacturing: 7.00am to 4.00pm

Office: 7.00am to 6.00pm The application also involves development over an easement at the rear of the site (expansion of the building measuring 8.4 x 1.9 metres) to be sited on the northern (side) and the western (rear) boundary. It is also proposed to reduce the number of car spaces provided on the site by 1 to provide for a bin storage area within the front setback so that a total of 8 spaces will be provided on the land. It is also proposed to seek retrospective approval for additional floor space that has been constructed which provides for additional warehouse and office floor space. The application also proposes a warehouse/delivery area in place of the loading zone approved as part of the initial approval.



BACKGROUND/HISTORY

Planning Permit P302/04 was issued for the use and development of the site for a warehouse to store signage and building materials subject to conditions, which aim to protect residential amenity. This permit was granted on 20th August 2004 after no appeals were lodged by objector parties. A summary of the warehouse permit conditions is as follows: Hours of operation:

7.30am – 6.00pm Monday to Friday

8.00am to 3.00pm Saturday

No deliveries before 8 am A permit condition was also applied to ensure that noise emissions from the subject land comply with State Environmental Protection Policy (Control of Noise from Commerce Industry and Trade) No. N-1.

4.1

5




There is a long history of complaints, investigation matters and enforcement issues associated with this site regarding the current occupants. During these investigations Council noted that the site was being used beyond the current approvals for the site, and therefore required the owners/operators to cease works, and lodge a retrospective permit for the associated use and building works. This application has been lodged as a result of this request, however the industrial use of the site has continued. Key elements of investigation and enforcement history on the site include:

Complaints in relation to breach in hours of operation in July 2005

Complaints in relation to noise and parking in December 2005

Complaints in relation to use if car parking area for storage, hours of operation and industrial use of the site in September 2012 with the operators advised that a permit should be lodged to seek permission for the use and associated parking wavier.

Application lodged in November 2012.

Further information was not provided and application lapsed.

Three Planning Infringements issues in relation to the unauthorised use and other matters in February 2012.

During the assessment of the application, complaints in relation to violation of loading bay requirements, illegal parking, safety concerns and other matters continued to be received by officers and this is detailed further in this report.

4.1

5




Figure 1: Locality Plan

SUBJECT SITE AND SURROUNDING AREA

The subject site comprises 967.2 square meters with 18.29 metres of frontage to Graeme Ave. This site contains an existing warehouse building measuring 563.96 square metres, that is sited on the northern (side) boundary, and associated car parking and loading areas located at the front of the site. The site is located on zone boundaries, between the Residential Zone directly south and east of the site, while the adjacent property to the north is zoned Commercial 2. The adjacent property to the south comprises three dwellings with common access area, while the property directly north is a commercial site. The surrounding area is characterised by generally residential properties to the east and south, while commercial properties are evident to the north. Graeme Avenue is a relatively narrow road with on street parking available on one side of the road only. It is also noted that a loading bay exists forward of the subject site located on the street.

4.1

5




PUBLIC NOTIFICATION

The application was advertised by mail to adjoining and surrounding property owners and occupiers and by placing a sign on site. A total of five (5) objections have been received. Grounds of objection are summarised as follows:

Under-provision of parking;

Noise pollution;

Air pollutions (Smell/Fumes) emissions from the site;

Operations outside of permitted hours;

Violation of loading zones;

Safety concerns with operations conducted outside of permit parameters;

Damage to wall and fence;

Waste management on the site and over spill onto adjoining properties;

Use of loading zone as manufacturing;

Increased traffic congestion;

Devaluation of property values.

Council has also received ongoing complaints and correspondence with regard to the operations of the business. The issues raised, in summary, relate to lack of car parking in the area, safety concerns with welding being conducted in view of neighbouring properties, as well as other noise and air pollution complaints. Details of these further complaints and the original objections are available on file.

REFERRAL COMMENTS

EXTERNAL – ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

The application was referred to the Environmental Protection Authority pursuant to Section 55 of the Planning and Environment Act during the course of the application. In summary, the EPA noted that given the presence of residential areas directly to the south and east of the subject land, there is a potential for adverse amenity impacts, particularly from noise emissions. However, the authority have no objections to Council issuing a planning permit for the application, subject to the certain conditions being included on a planning permit if this is issued. Reference is made to the requirements of State Environment Protection Policy (Control of Noise from Commerce, Industry and Trade) No. N-1, which in summary, provides a bench mark to acceptable noise levels that can be emitted from a commercial property. (A consolidated version of the State Environment Protection Policy (Control of Noise from Commerce, Industry and Trade) No. N-1, is included as an attachment to this report for further information). INTERNAL – HEALTH DEPARTMENT

Council’s Health Department have advised that there have been three reports of noise complaints pertaining to the site.

4.1

5




In summary, Council’s Health Department have indicated that should the application be supported a number of conditions would need to be applied and controlled. LOCAL LAWS

The Local Laws Section -Traffic & Parking Management, have also advised that they have received a number of complaints with regard to car parking on 4 Graeme Ave, generally pertaining to cars/trucks parking across driveways, loading zone issues, and general lack of car parking in the area. (Full details of referral comments are included as an attachment to this report).

PLANNING CONTROLS

The proposed amendments will be considered in context of the current planning controls applying to the land as in table 1 below. This relates primarily to the Commercial 2 Zone and Clause 52.06 Car Parking. It is noted that there have been some changes to the controls and relevant policies that affect the site. Table 1: Controls and permit triggers

Control Permit Triggered

Commercial 2 Zone Permit required as the use must not be a purpose shown with a Note 1 or Note 2 in the table to Clause 52.10 –(Note - Clause 52.06 – Car Parking Permit required as a car parking dispensation is required Clause 52.10 - Uses with Adverse Amenity Potential Proposed use of industry (joinery) is listed in the Table to Clause 52.10 with a threshold distance of 100m. The subject site is located adjacent to residential land.)

Car Parking 52.06 A planning permit is required to reduce or waive the standard car parking requirement.

Vegetation Protection Overlay Schedule 1

No

Design & Development Overlay Schedule 8

No


PROPOSED USE

The subject site is located within a Commercial 2 Zone, the purposes of which are to encourage uses such as offices, appropriate manufacturing and industries, bulky goods retailing and other retail uses, and to ensure that uses do not affect the safety and amenity of adjacent, more sensitive uses.

4.1

5




Clause 34.02-2 advises that a use must not detrimentally affect the amenity of the neighbourhood. It is considered that the proposed development, through current and previous operations on site, as well as the loading and unloading of goods and waste is detrimentally impacting on surrounding residents. The use has created a visual impact to a certain degree through inappropriate storage methods, and inappropriate skip bin storage locations. It has been previously noted that items such as unauthorised use of forklift, hours of operation, loading and unloading, inappropriate storage and car parking areas being used has all created associated detrimental impacts for adjacent properties and the locality. USES WITH ADVERSE AMENITY POTENTIAL Table 52.10 of the Planning Scheme – Uses with Adverse Amenity Potential, stipulates the threshold distance referred to in the table to this clause is the minimum distance from any part of the land of the proposed use or buildings and works to land (not a road) in a residential zone. It is noted that wood, wood products & furniture – joinery has a 100 metre set-back requirement. It is considered that this is designed to minimise impact with respect to noise, odour and other emissions. In this instance the above stipulated set-back is not met, which further exacerbates the amenity impacts resulting from the growth of the business occupying the subject site. Council could consider that the site would be better suited to a commercial use which is more passive with a lesser likelihood to impact on neighbours as it relates to noise, fumes and traffic. Alternatively, Council could consider that the subject site is located within a Commercial Zone, and therefore its continued use for commercial purposes is appropriate. The interface of the site with residential properties both affects the appropriate use and development of the site and the level of amenity, which can reasonably be expected by neighbouring residents. Whilst the current proposal (as demonstrated by the existing operations on site) is excessive, an alternative business model that involves appropriate restrictions on hours of operation, the extent of operations specifically, and the number of staff may be acceptable. Such a model would appear to result in a significant reduction in intensity of use of the site compared with the existing operations. RELEVANT BUILDING AND WORKS

With regard to the development over the subject easement at the rear of the property, negotiations have occurred between the applicant and Council’s Engineering Services Section. The main concern with the ‘Build Over’ request is that it may restrict the provision of a drainage connection to the vacant property at No. 2. The applicant has indicated that they have addressed this issue by constructing a drain along the easement from the existing pit into the bottom corner of No.2 Graeme Avenue. If this is in fact the case, then Engineering Services will be inclined to approve the build over subject to the applicant singing Council’s standard indemnity agreement. There is also a visual impact to a certain degree on the neighbouring property due to its siting on the boundary. However, the single storey nature of the associated works is considered reasonable.

4.1

5




CAR PARKING

The warehouse use and development approved on the site in 2004 provided the appropriate number of car spaces (nine) required under Clause 52.06 for the warehouse and ancillary office space proposed. The information submitted with the application is incorrect in its assessment that there is an existing shortfall of 10 associated with the approved use of the land as office was not considered as part of the initial approval. Plans submitted with the application show the following floor areas and parking rates for the existing approval and the proposed use are in table 2 below: Table 2: Existing approval parking requirements and proposed parking requirements

Existing Area Required Proposed Area Required

Warehouse 614 9 Warehouse Ground and Upper

110 + 70 4

Manufacturing 315 9

Office associated with industry Ground and upper (ancillary rate used)

246 7

Total 9 21

As only 8 spaces are now proposed to be provided, there is a shortfall of 13 spaces. If the office space is not considered to be ancillary to the other uses on the site, there is a shortfall of 14 spaces. The documentation submitted with the application suggests that the change in use and parking reduction requested related to a total of 8 employees on the site at any one time associated with the manufacturing component. No information is provided with respect to other staff. In determining the real impact on the street which could result from the approval of this amendment, it is important to consider:

The scale of office space provided (approximately one third of the floor area) and the range of functions that could be associated with the two businesses that operate from the premises.

Verbal indications from the operators that there are currently an average of 15 staff on site at any time.

The likelihood of customers and other visitors to the site.

4.1

5




As such, it is considered that the empirical shortfall would be similar to the statutory and that this should not be supported. Inspection of the site and surroundings indicates that there is insufficient capacity for on-street parking to cater for the overflow of parking from the site. This is demonstrated through the high utilisation of on-street parking in the street, high levels of unlawful parking, and resultant traffic congestion, as well as the overflow of parking out the adjoining vacant allotment. There are also regular complaints about the extent of parking within Graeme Avenue from the business activities. In summary, the reduction in car parking sought by the proposal is not justified having regard to the intensity of the use.

LOADING ZONE

It is noted that there is currently loading zone at the front of the site. Engineering Services have advised that the zone was installed outside 4 Graeme Avenue at the request of the adjacent occupants in January 2012, following consultation with the adjacent residents. At the time, Engineering was not aware of the expectation that loading and unloading occur within the boundaries of the subject land. Recent discussions with Council's Local Laws officers however, have highlighted that the loading zone is not being used as intended, and loading is still occurring in the middle of the street, blocking through traffic. To address these concerns, Engineering Services Section have suggested that the Loading Zone could be removed, and that No Stopping restrictions be installed directly adjacent the subject site. It is suggested that operations on the site should utilise vehicles which can utilise the loading zone required under the Planning Scheme and provided within the warehouse.

CONCLUSION

The proposal does not adequately accord with the State and Local Planning Policy Frameworks and the planning controls relevant to the land. The retrospective nature of the current application alludes to the fact that the development will cause unacceptable detriment to surrounding landowners and to the character of the neighbourhood. The lack of car parking provided on site will mean that car parking will likely spill into the street creating an unacceptable impact for adjacent properties and the locality. The current operators have a history of demonstrating poor operation methods of the site beyond the relevant conditions of approval, which unacceptably impacts on adjacent properties and the locality generally. Car parking is a fundamental component to the use functioning appropriately, and it is clear that the car parking requirements of the Planning Scheme are not met in this instance. For these reasons the application should be refused.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council:

A. Having complied with Section 52 to 62 and 72 to 76 of the Planning and Environment Act 1987, issue a Refusal to amend Planning Permit P302/2004 on the following grounds:

1. The proposal incorporates insufficient on-site car parking.

4.1

5




2. The use of the premises for manufacturing (joinery) is contrary to the State and Local Planning Policy Framework as it relates to the site, particularly with respect to the impact upon nearby residential properties.

3. The proposal will result in an unacceptable impact upon the amenity of surrounding residential properties.

4. The past and continuing conduct of the applicant would indicate that, should an amended permit be granted, conditions imposed on that permit are unlikely to be adhered to.

B. Seek a written confirmation from the occupier of the property of their intended

date of relocation from the site. C. Apply for an enforcement order to be carried out on the subject site with orders

sought to include the cessation of use of the site for the additional Industrial and Office use.

D. Remove the loading zone installed at 4 Graeme Avenue and installation of ‘No

stopping’ restrictions in its place.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Site and Elevation Plans 337

2 State Environment Protection Policy - Consolidated Version (Control of Noise from Industry, Commerce and Trade)

339

3 Referral Comments 358

4.1

6



4.16 STUDLEY ROAD, IVANHOE - PROPOSED PARKING RESTRICTIONS

Author: Ana Caicedo - Project Engineer, City Development

Ward: Griffin

File: F2014/141

Previous Items Council on 19 May 2014 (Item 4.3 - Studley Road, Ivanhoe - Parking Restrictions)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

A survey was sent to properties on Studley Road, Ivanhoe, between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road to determine the level of support for the installation of parking restrictions on the north side of the road. The response rate for the survey was 50% with 60% of these respondents indicating that they do not support the installation of parking restrictions. A petition was received requesting that no changes to the parking restrictions are implemented (see Agenda item 1.3). It is recommended that no modifications to the parking arrangements be implemented. A number of residents raised concerns with difficulties accessing their properties due to vehicles obstructing their driveways. It is proposed that ‘hockey stick linemarking’ be installed at these vehicle crossings to clearly identify where motorists can park without obstructing access to properties.



CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction to ‘“maintain and improve Banyule as a great place to live”’.

BACKGROUND

Consistent with the Council resolution of 6 May 2013, a report was presented to Council on 19 May 2014 with the results of an investigation undertaken to determine the level of on-street parking occurring along Studley Road, between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road. At its meeting of 19 May 2014, Council resolved that:

4.1

6




‘Council survey the residents of Studley Road, between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road to determine the level of support for either 2-hour or 4-hour parking restrictions on the north side of the road, operating 8am-5pm, Monday to Friday and implement the restrictions subject to majority support following the survey and that a report be presented back to Council including the consideration of ‘Hockey Sticks’.’ Locality Plan

Figure 1: Studley Road between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road, Ivanhoe

EXISTING CONDITIONS RESTRICTIONS

Studley Road between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road is 185m in length and can accommodate approximately 69 vehicles parked legally alongside the kerb. Parking in this section is unrestricted apart from a short length of 2-hour parking located on the south side west of Sherwood Road.

CONSULTATION

A survey was sent to 40 properties on Studley Road, Ivanhoe, between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road on 28 May 2014. A copy of the survey is provided as Attachment 1. The response rate for the survey was 50%. The survey included two questions. The first one related to the installation of parking restrictions on the north side of Studley Road. The second question enquired about whether or not residents are experiencing difficulties when accessing their property, and if so, whether it is due to vehicles parking too close to their driveway (i.e. reducing visibility), or to due vehicles blocking (fully or partially) their driveway (i.e. motorists not complying with the Victorian Road Rules).

4.1

6




‘HOCKEY STICK LINEMARKING’ CONSIDERATION

Only 40% of the total respondents answered the second question in the survey. Four (4) residents confirmed that they have not experienced any problems when accessing their property. Respondents at properties 39 and 57 Studley Road raised concerns related to vehicles reducing the ease to access their property and with vehicles blocking (fully or partially their access). Residents at 54 Studley Road and 1 Waldemar Road expressed concerns related to visibility when accessing their property.

PARKING RESTRICTIONS

35% of the respondents support the modification of parking restrictions on the north side of Studley Road and 60% requested that no changes are implemented. In addition, a petition with 27 signatures from residents of Studley Road, Ivanhoe, has been received requesting that no changes to the parking restrictions between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road are implemented. Please refer to Agenda item 1.3 for the report on this petition.

CONCLUSION

Given that the majority of the residents of Studley Road, Ivanhoe, do not support the installation of parking restrictions in the area, no changes are proposed to the parking restrictions at this stage. It is proposed that ‘hockey stick linemarking’ be installed outside the properties of residents who raised concerns in regard to vehicles obstructing the access to their properties.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Maintains the existing parking restrictions in Studley Road, Ivanhoe, between

Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road. 2. Installs ‘hockey stick linemarking’ outside properties 39 Studley Road, 54

Studley Road, 57 Studley Road and 1 Waldemar Road. 3. Notes the parking restriction petition considered under Agenda item 1.3.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Survey sent to residents of Studley Road, Ivanhoe, between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road

365

4.1

7



4.17 ROSANNA ROAD AND GREENSBOROUGH HIGHWAY SAFETY AND AMENITY

Author: David Bailey - Engineering Co-Ordinator, City Development

File: F2005/141

Previous Items Council on 17 June 2013 (Item 9.2 - Rosanna Road and Greensborough Highway -

Safety and Amenity)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

It is proposed to consult with businesses in Yarra Street, Heidelberg between Cape Street and Dora Street to determine the potential benefits and impacts of VicRoads proposed intersection alterations and turn bans at the intersection of Lower Heidelberg Road and Yarra Street.


Section 80C of the Local Government Act 1989 requires members of Council staff, and persons engaged under contract to provide advice to Council, to disclose any direct or indirect interest in a matter to which the advice relates.

Council officers involved in the preparation of this report have no conflict of interest in this matter.

CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction to ‘“maintain and improve Banyule as a great place to live”’.

BACKGROUND

At its Meeting on 17th June 2013, Council considered a Notice of Motion regarding safety and amenity issues on Rosanna Road and Greensborough Highway, and resolved:

1. ‘That Council officers develop a report detailing the current safety and amenity issues on Greensborough Road, Lower Plenty Road and Rosanna Road. The report will include options to improve or resolve safety and amenity issues that are identified on these sections of roads.

2. That discussion with VicRoads be undertaken on a possible funding partnership for these investigations. If VicRoads are unwilling to assist, then an estimate for the cost of these investigations be undertaken and the item be referred back to Council.’

CURRENT SITUATION

VicRoads is developing proposals for safety and amenity improvements on Rosanna Road and Greensborough Highway between Banksia Street, Heidelberg and Greensborough Road, Rosanna to submit for future TAC Funding. VicRoads has indicated that an essential component of the project is to include alterations to the intersection of Lower Heidelberg Road and Yarra Street, Heidelberg to make Yarra Street ‘left out only’ for eastbound and westbound traffic and ban northbound right turns from Lower Heidelberg Road into Yarra Street.

4.1

7


ROSANNA ROAD AND GREENSBOROUGH HIGHWAY SAFETY AND AMENITY cont’d


DISCUSSION

Consistent with the Council resolution, Council officers are in discussion with VicRoads to consider its proposed options for safety and amenity improvements on Rosanna Road and Greensborough Highway between Banksia Street, Heidelberg, and Greensborough Road, Rosanna. VicRoads has indicated that its proposed improvements are dependent on Council approval to the proposed alterations at the intersection of Lower Heidelberg Road and Yarra Street. To develop a future comprehensive report to Council on the proposals, it is considered appropriate to consult with businesses in Yarra Street between Cape Street and Dora Street to determine the potential benefits and impacts of VicRoads proposed intersection alterations and turn bans.

CONCLUSION

To determine the potential benefits and impacts of VicRoads proposed alterations at the intersection of Lower Heidelberg Road and Yarra Street, Heidelberg, to include in a future report to Council, it is proposed to consult with businesses in Yarra Street between Cape Street and Dora Street.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Consults with businesses in Yarra Street, Heidelberg between Cape Street and

Dora Street to determine the potential benefits and impacts of suggested intersection alterations and turn bans at the intersection of Lower Heidelberg Road and Yarra Street.

2. Advises VicRoads that it supports the bans ‘in-principle’ on the basis that they

are introduced as part of a series of safety and amenity improvements along Rosanna Road and Greensborough Road and subject to further consultation with nearby businesses.

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

4.1

8



4.18 OLYMPIA HOUSING INITIATIVE - SERVICE AGREEMENT FOR PLANNING APPLICATIONS

Author: Joel Elbourne - Manager Development Services, City Development

Ward: Olympia

File: F2014/35

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report recommends that Council enter into a service agreement with the Department of Human Services which sets out expectations in relation to the timely assessment of multi dwelling (2 dwelling) applications submitted to Council for Planning approval under the Olympia Housing Initiative as well as an agreed payment in addition to the statutory planning fee.



CITY PLAN


BACKGROUND

The Olympia Housing Initiative was established by the Baillieu Government under the Minister for Housing Wendy Lovell MLC in August 2012. The Initiative is 10 year commitment to redevelop Public Housing in the Heidelberg West, Heidelberg Heights and Bellfield areas to benefit local residents. The estimated cost is $160m and will see approximately 600 outdated houses replaced with modern housing suitably designed. To date, a number of planning applications have been supported and these range in type from apartment style to conventional multi dwelling developments. A high number of development applications will relate to multi-dwelling developments consisting of 2 dwellings. Typically, these applications comply with Council’s Residential Neighbourhood Character Strategy and Clause 55 of the Banyule Planning Scheme (ResCode) and their assessment is considered to be straightforward. Discussions with DHS officers have identified that an additional payment could be paid to facilitate timely progress of these application types. The payment would enable additional resource allocation to provide for the timely assessment of applications having regard to the additional resource demands.

4.1

8


OLYMPIA HOUSING INITIATIVE - SERVICE AGREEMENT FOR PLANNING APPLICATIONS cont’d




CONSULTATION

Officers from the Department of Human Services have agreed, in principle, to a proposed service agreement.


It is acknowledged that there are a range of benefits which will result from the Olympia Housing Initiative including improved social housing stock and urban renewal in West Heidelberg and the 3081 postcode area. It is also acknowledged that a timely and efficient planning approval process is important to the success of the initiative. The Olympia Housing Initiative applications are important but may be delayed at times in the planning assessment system particularly given the current significant work volumes and application backlog. However, through seeking an additional service payment, it is considered that the assessment process could be progressed in a timely manner as the payment would enable additional resources, primarily through the engagement of additional contractor and consultant support. Details of the service agreement are as follows:

a) The Service Agreement relates to 2 dwelling multi-dwelling proposals.

b) The relevant lodgement charge per application will be that set out under Council’s fee schedule plus an additional service payment of $750.

c) Applications will be placed on public notice within 1 week of the receipt of all required information to the satisfaction of Council.

d) Applications will be determined within 1 week of the receipt of the completion of the statutory advertising period, unless further community consultation is deemed necessary by Council.

e) A Point of discharge (and any other important drainage advice) to be provided within 1 week of receipt of application to inform early preparation of civil works plans.

f) If the above timeframes are not considered to be reasonably achieved, the additional service payment will be reimbursed.

The Service Agreement is an agreement for the period 14 July 2014 to 30 June 2015 with the ability to extend this period subject to negotiation between Banyule City Council and the Department of Human Services. The Service Agreement will be reviewed in May 2015. This review will be facilitated by Council Officers in consultation with Department of Human Services officers.

4.1

8


OLYMPIA HOUSING INITIATIVE - SERVICE AGREEMENT FOR PLANNING APPLICATIONS cont’d


CONCLUSION

It is considered that the service agreement will provide for additional resources which will enable expectations to be set for the processing of nominated planning application types submitted by the Department of Human Services to facilitate appropriate outcomes in relation to the Olympia Housing Initiative

RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Agree ‘in principle’ to the Olympia Housing Initiative Service Agreement with

the Department of Human Services 2. Authorised the Director of City Development to execute the Service Agreement

and seek the associated agreed payment for relevant applications.

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

5.1

Participation – Community Involvement in Community Life


5.1 IVANHOE PUBLIC GOLF COURSE-1 VASEY STREET, IVANHOE- PROPOSED LEASE TO LEISURE MANAGEMENT SERVICES PTY LTD

Author: Tom Zappulla - Leisure Facilities, Place & Partnership Co-Ordinator, Community Programs

Ward: Griffin

File: F2013-1005

Previous Items Council on 30 July 2012 (Item 12.1 - Ivanhoe Public Golf Course Lease

Arrangements)

Council on 16 December 2013 (Item 11.2 - Financial arrangements for Ivanhoe Golf Course.)

Council on 17 March 2014 (Item 11.1 - Ivanhoe Golf Course - Contractual Matter)

Council on 31 March 2014 (Item 11.3 - Ivanhoe Golf Course - Contractual Matter)

Councillor Briefing on 08 May 2014 - (Item 2014/68 - Notice of Intention to Lease-Ivanhoe Public Golf Course)

Councillor Briefing on 19 Jun 2014 - (Item 2014/92 - IVANHOE PUBLIC GOLF COURSE - 1 VASEY STREET, IVANHOE - PROPOSED LEASE TO LEISURE MANGEMENT SERVICES PTY LTD)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Public notice has been given in relation to Council’s intention to grant a lease for the Ivanhoe Public Golf Course located at 1 Vasey Street Ivanhoe East (the Golf Course) to Leisure Management Services Pty Ltd (LMS) for the period of 20 years commencing on 1 August 2014 and expiring on 31 July 2034. The lease provides for the management and operation of the Golf Course by LMS. It also obligates LMS to contribute of $1,400,000 towards the Regional Storm Water Harvesting Project (SWHP) undertaken at Chelsworth Park and inject capital funding of $1,750,000 towards the Golf Course infrastructure and buildings over the term of the lease. In accordance with the provisions of the section 223 of the Local Government Act 1989 Council must hear and consider submissions received in response to the public notice given.



CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction of “provide services for people at important life stages”.

5.1


IVANHOE PUBLIC GOLF COURSE-1 VASEY STREET, IVANHOE- PROPOSED LEASE TO LEISURE MANAGEMENT SERVICES PTY LTD cont’d


BACKGROUND

Council is the owner of the land and improvements known as Ivanhoe Public Golf Course (golf course) being part of the land shown shaded on the locality plan (at Figure 1) below at 1 Vasey Street, Ivanhoe. A short term lease commencing on 1 April 2011 was entered into between Council and Leisure Management Services Pty Ltd (LMS). This lease was due to expire on 30 March 2012. When the short term lease was entered into it was anticipated that details of the proposed Stormwater Harvesting project and the financial operations of the golf course would be resolved well before the expiry date of the initial short term lease. Due to the projects complexities this did not eventuate and the project completion date was extended. Therefore, Council awarded a further two short term leases commencing on 1 April 2012 and 1 April 2013. The current lease being over held until final negotiations over a long term lease are finalised. In December 2013 Council requested officers begin negotiations with LMS regarding a long term lease for the Ivanhoe Public Golf Course. Negotiations have concluded and a proposed lease has been prepared. The proposed lease for a period of 20 years beginning July 2014 and includes a total investment from LMS of $4.6 Million. This investment is made up of the following components:

a. Contribution to the Chelsworth Storm Water Harvesting System (in lieu of first 14 years rent) $1.4 Million

b. Indicative capital spend on the golf course infrastructure and buildings

$1.75 Million

c. Rental for the final 6 years (2029 onwards) for the golf course lease $1.45 Million


In developing this report to Council, the subject matter has been considered to determine if it raises any human rights issues. In particular, whether the scope of any human right established by the Victorian Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities is in any way limited restricted or interfered with by the recommendations contained in this report. It is considered that the subject matter does not raise any human rights issues.


STATUTORY PROCEDURES Pursuant to section 190 of the Local Government Act 1989, public notice of Council’s intention to enter into a lease was given in the ‘Heidelberg Leader’ and published on Council’s website on 13 May 2014. Members of the public could view the lease during the 28 day advertising period and as per section 223 of the Local Government Act 1989 had the opportunity to provide a written submission to Council by 10 June 2014.

5.1




SUBMISSIONS RECEIVED A total of four written submissions were received. All submissions related to improved weed management on the site of Ivanhoe Public Golf Course and within the surrounding areas. A summary of the submission and officer responses is included in Attachment One. A meeting was held with the submitters and LMS representatives on 25 June 2014. A detailed horticulture specification within the new lease includes weed management specifications at Ivanhoe Public Golf Course was discussed. Acknowledgement letters and invitations to be heard before a meeting of the Council have been sent to submitters.

Locality Plan-Figure 1

FINANCIAL DETAILS Council received a report in relation to the financial details regarding the Ivanhoe Public Golf Course lease on the 16 December 2013. At that meeting, Council resolved to provide in principle approval for officers to negotiate financial arrangements with LMS and their bank in relation to Council providing a bank guarantee for LMS financial contribution to the Storm Water Harvesting Project of $1.4 million. Council also resolved that the loan details and guarantee arrangements negotiated with the financial institution be submitted back to Council for approval. This item was relisted for consideration of the Council Meeting held on 17 March 2014.

5.1




Leisure Management Services (LMS) applied to Banyule City Council to act as loan guarantor of $1.4 million from the National Australia Bank (NAB) for a 14 year loan period. Senior Council officers assisted in negotiating the loan terms offered to LMS by NAB to ensure LMS and Council are getting the best loan outcome. Included in the lease is detailed commitment from LMS to indicatively contribute $1.75 million worth of capital works fully funded by LMS over the term of the lease. Full details of these works are included in the lease document. An analysis of LMS’s financial results for 2011, 2012 and 2013 by Council’s Finance Department confirms LMS have the capacity to repay a loan of this size over a 14 year period and the capacity to fund the capital expenditure commitment at the Ivanhoe Golf Course over a 20 year period. CURRENT SITUATION Council’s intention to enter into a lease was advertised in The Heidelberg Leader and on Councils website on 13 May 2014. Members of the public could view the lease during the 28 day advertising period and as per section 223 of the Local Government Act 1989 had the opportunity to provide a written submission to Council by 10 June 2014. No bookings to view the proposed lease were made during the 28 day advertising period. A total of four written submissions were received. All submissions related to improved weed management on the site of Ivanhoe Public Golf Course and within the surrounding areas. A summary of the submission and officer responses is included in Attachment One. Acknowledgement letters and an invitation to address Council on 7 July 2014 has been sent to submission writers. Council officers contacted submission writers and conducted a meeting with LMS representatives and submission writers, particularly members of the Friends of Wilson Reserve group on 25 June. The meeting outlined the history, resources and future plans for the golf course and in particular the more detailed horticulture specification and weed management processes at Ivanhoe Public Golf Course. Council officers and LMS representatives are scheduled to meet with the group in December 2014 to discuss the progress at the site.

CONCLUSION

The Lease of Ivanhoe Public Golf Course to LMS is a significant improvement on previous leases. The lease includes detailed maintenance, horticulture and capital works specifications outlining a commitment to course, infrastructure and site improvements at minimal cost to Council. The lease contains thorough reporting frameworks allowing Council to be informed and monitor all course operations, financial data and infrastructure works throughout the lease term.

5.1




By awarding Leisure Management Services the lease of the Ivanhoe Public Golf Course Council has a highly successful operator managing the site, who can contribute to future planning and development of the facility, and an operator that has a great standing within the community. LMS are committed to capital and operational improvements to the course and infrastructure and to date have managed and maintained the site to high a standard. By formalising a long term commitment with LMS Council will be in a position to have an experienced operator maintain and manage a significant community asset producing great value to Council and the community.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council:

1. Having complied with section 190 of the Local Government Act 1989, and considered submissions in accordance with section 223 of that Act, now grants to Leisure Management Services Pty Ltd a lease for the term of 20 years.

2. Resolves to affix its seal to the Lease between Banyule City Council and Leisure Management Services of the Ivanhoe Public Golf Course, known as 1 Vasey Street, Ivanhoe East, for the period commencing on 1 August 2014 and expiring on 31 July 2034.

3. Acknowledges that the Lease referred to above includes a funding commitment from Leisure Management Services Pty Ltd to contribute $1,400,000 towards the Regional Storm Water Harvesting Project.

4. Acknowledge all submissions outlined in Attachment One.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Submissions Summary 366

6.1

Performance - Use Our Resources Wisely


6.1 INTEREST ON OVERDUE RATES Author: Tania O'Reilly - Manager Finance & Procurement, Corporate Services

File: F2014/304

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

To include an administrative process associated with the application of penalty interest charges, as noted in the Council Report ‘Adoption of Budget for the period 1 July 2014 to 30 June 2015’ and adopted at its meeting on 23 June 2014. The administration process requested for approval is to delay the calculation of penalty interest charges from the first business day to the sixth business day to allow any postal anomalies to be overcome. The change proposed requires a Council Resolution as officers do not have the authority to change the application of interest payments.



CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction of “provide responsible financial management and business planning processes”.

BACKGROUND

Council will seek to formalise the administration process surrounding the charging of penalty interest on overdue rates. The process change will enhance Council’s high level of customer service through a reduction in customer concerns and complaints. Although an administrative task Council staff are not authorised to implement this change without a Council resolution. The below is the current standard statement being applied by the Banyule City Council: Council will, subject to Section 172 of the Local Government Act 1989, require a person to pay interest on any rates and charges which: 1. The person is liable to pay; and 2. Have not been paid by the dates specified for their payment The penalty interest rate is 11.50% per annum as set by the Attorney-General under the Penalty Interest Rates Act 1983, effective from 1 July 2014.

6.1


INTEREST ON OVERDUE RATES cont’d


The revised statement is proposed to be applied into future years as follows Council will, subject to Section 172 of the Local Government Act 1989, require a person to pay interest on any rates and charges which: 1. That person is liable to pay; and 2. Have not been paid by the dates specified for their payment The penalty interest rate is 11.50% per annum as set by the Attorney-General under the Penalty Interest Rates Act 1983, effective from 1 July 2014. The penalty interest will be calculated on all unpaid rates and charges on the sixth business day following the gazetted due date for payment.

CONCLUSION

It is recommended that Council change its current administration process to calculate interest on all unpaid rates and charges to the sixth business day following the gazetted due date for payment. This change will allow any postal anomalies to be overcome (i.e. Australia Post has the standard delivery time as eight to fourteen days).

RECOMMENDATION

That Council adopt a grace period and apply the penalty interest to be calculated on all unpaid rates and charges on the sixth business day following the gazetted due date for payment.

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

6.2



6.2 COUNCILLOR MOTIONS - STATUS UPDATE Author: Emily Outlaw - Council Governance Liaison Officer, City Development

File: F2014/439

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

To provide a report on the current status of Councillor initiated motions.



CITY PLAN

This report is in line with Council’s City Plan key direction to “enable good governance and accountability with minimal risk”.

BACKGROUND

Resolution (CO2013/17)

Council at its meeting on 4th February 2013 resolved the following Notice of Motion: “That: 1. A report be submitted every two months at a Council meeting regarding the

current status of Councillor initiated Motions. 2. This report to include:

date of approved motion;

a summary of the motion;

action taken by officers regarding the motion and date of action taken. (this includes letters sent);

feedback regarding the motion.(particularly if referred to State or Federal MP’s).”

The latest status report is attached (Attachment 1). This report provides the status update of Councillor motions from the commencement of the new Council term (November 2012) to the 5 May 2014. The report includes a status of whether the item has been completed or in progress, a short explanation and if the item is scheduled to come back to Council for consideration. The Council recently resolved for the Councillor motions report to be presented to Council every three months to allow for better reporting.

6.2


COUNCILLOR MOTIONS - STATUS UPDATE cont’d


ADVOCACY

Many of the Councillor generated motions relate to advocacy requesting to meet with our Local Members of Parliament or the relevant Minister to advocate on behalf of our Community. Some of these issues include road and transport matters and cost shifting from State and Federal Governments to Local Governments.

CURRENT SITUATION

Since commencement of the new Council term (November 2012) to the date of the attached report (5 May 2014) there have been 112 Notices of Motion submitted. Councillors currently raise matters in the Chamber via motions or statements. There are 3 options for Councillors to raise a matter before the Council:

1. Notice of Motion (Council report and forms part of the Agenda paper) 2. General Business 3. Urgent Business A Council resolution is required for both Notices of Motions and Urgent Business items. Whilst General Business does not require a resolution of Council there may still be some action arising from this item and may be listed in this report. These items are generated by Councillors through the Council meeting process and often involve considerable investigation or deployment of resources the CEO will seek to prioritise the timeframe for a response to the NOM to ensure that they do not significantly impact on existing programmed workloads.

CONCLUSION

The latest status quarterly report is presented for noting.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council note the Councillor Motions Status Report.

ATTACHMENTS

No. Title Page

1 Councillor Motions Update Report 369

8.1

Notice of Motion


8.1 MEDICAL OFFICES IN THE COMMERCIAL 1 ZONE

Author: Cr Jenny Mulholland

File: F2014/492

TAKE NOTICE that it is my intention to move:

“That Council write to the Minister for Planning, The Hon Matthew Guy MP, expressing its concern in relation to the Commercial 1 Zone as it relates to the removal of the requirement for a permit trigger for certain types of office (including medical offices) at the ground floor.”

Explanation

Amendment VC100 replaced the Business Zone with the Commercial Zone on 17 July 2013. As outlined in Council’s submission in relation to the proposed reformed zones, the Commercial 1 Zone removes the requirement for a permit trigger for certain types of office (including medical offices) at the ground floor. As such, Council cannot consider whether a proposed office or medical centre is appropriate in light of local planning objectives for individual localities. A key concern is that non retail uses can, as-of-right, now occupy prime ‘active’ ground floor space in the core of activity centres. This can create activity ‘gaps’ within core activity areas to the detriment of vitality, walkability and passive surveillance.

CR JENNY MULHOLLAND Griffin Ward

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

8.2

Notice of Motion


8.2 DAY OF FREEDOM Author: Cr Mark Di Pasquale

Ward: Bakewell

File: F2014/492


“That Council 1. Acknowledge the ‘Day of Freedom’ as a community project to be celebrated on

15 August 2014. 2. Encourage its staff and the local community to take part in the Day of

Freedom.”

Explanation The Day of Freedom is a community project designed to create an opportunity in honour of Returned Service Men and Women who have fought and continue to fight for the freedom we have today. Friday the 15th of August is the Day of Freedom, which members of the community taking part, can pin their 'Freedom Cards' on the 'Wall of Honour' at their local R.S.L. The R.S.L. Community and greater community are invited to the 'Hour of Honour' at 6pm on Friday the 15th August at their local R.S.L.

CR MARK DI PASQUALE Bakewell Ward

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

8.3

Notice of Motion


8.3 SHELLEY RESERVE TEMPORARY SHIPPING CONTAINERS

Author: Cr Craig Langdon

Ward: Olympia

File: F2014/492


“That: 1. A report come back to Council on the granting of a temporary exemption to the

conditions of the Sporting Reserve Club User Guide Policy to potentially allow two shipping containers to be installed directly behind the North Heidelberg Club Rooms.

2. This report is to consider whether the exemption can be considered on the

basis of the following conditions being applied:

a. The first container being installed and used by the Club until the proposed storage extension is built.

b. The second container being installed and used by the Bike Hut based at Malahang Reserve.

c. The Club and the Bike Hut being made responsible for installation costs, and maintaining the containers in a neat and tidy condition and free from graffiti.”

Explanation

The North Heidelberg Football Club has over the past few years renovated the existing building. Council assisted the club with funds to build a function space and to assist with the renovations. The club is now endeavouring to hold functions to help fund raise. The club previously had a container behind the rooms for storage until the adherence to Sporting Reserve User Guide forced them to remove it. The function room has now been used as storage which was not the intended outcome and limits fund raising opportunities for the club. The Club is now seeking to build storage cupboard/area at the rear of the current facility. Funding is proposed in the 2015/16 financial year. The Bike Hub is going from strength to strength with the assistance of Banyule Citizen of the Year Brother Harry Prout, Cr Tom Melican and a group of keen volunteers. The Bike Hub is collecting unwanted bikes and restoring/repairing them and donating them to children in need of bikes. The storage container is needed to house the donated bikes and various parts required to repair the bikes. The current bike hut does not store many bikes. A storage container would also allow the Bike Hut to promote the donation bikes to benefit those in needs. At the moment they could not cope with the space demands to house additional donated bikes. A report is required to consider the changes to the Sporting Reserve Club User Guide Policy.

8.3

Notice of Motion

SHELLEY RESERVE TEMPORARY SHIPPING CONTAINERS cont’d


CR CRAIG LANGDON Olympia Ward

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

8.4

Notice of Motion


8.4 OLIVIA NEWTON-JOHN WELLNESS WALK: SUNDAY, 28 SEPTEMBER 2014

Author: Cr Jenny Mulholland

Ward: Griffin

File: F2014/492


That a report be presented to Council to consider options to support the Olivia-Newton John Wellness Walk on Sunday, 28 September 2014. This report is to include:

1. Cost to Council in supporting the event, both cash and in-kind; 2. Benefits of sponsorship to Council and the wider Banyule community; and 3. Any other considerations regarding the sponsorship.

Explanation On Sunday, 15 September 2013, Austin Health held its first ever Australian Wellness Walk to raise funds for the Olivia Newton-John Cancer and Wellness Centre located at the Austin Hospital in Heidelberg. The successful event attracted over 1,500 walkers and more than 4,000 attendees to the Street Party that was led by the Ivanhoe Traders’ Association. Over $140,000 was raised to support the wellness and supportive programs offered at the Olivia-Newton John Cancer and Wellness Centre. Council sponsored the 2013 Wellness Walk in accordance with a resolution that was passed at Council’s Ordinary Meeting on 9 September 2013. Council committed $10,000 cash and up to $20,000 of in-kind contributions. The 2014 Wellness Walk has been scheduled for Sunday, 28 September and the Fundraising Department of the Austin Hospital recently submitted a proposal for support through Council’s annual budget process. A report is required to consider the current proposal with a firm foundation upon which to make a decision.

CR JENNY MULHOLLAND Griffin Ward

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

8.5

Notice of Motion


8.5 WATSONIA MOTORSHOW: SATURDAY, 8 NOVEMBER 2014

Author: Cr Rick Garotti

Ward: Grimshaw

File: F2014/492


That a report be presented to Council to consider options to support the Watsonia Motor Show on Saturday, 8 November 2014. This report is to include:

1. Cost to Council in supporting the event, both cash and in-kind. 2. Benefits of sponsorship to Council and the wider Banyule community. 3. Any other considerations regarding the sponsorship.

Explanation Since its inaugural year in 2008, the Watsonia Motor Show has established itself as a popular and much anticipated annual event, attracting in excess of over 5,000 car enthusiasts, community groups and visitors to the area. The 2014 Motor Show has been scheduled for Saturday, 8 November and the Watsonia Traders Association recently submitted a proposal for funding support through Councils annual budget process. The funding support would enable the Association to continue to deliver a high quality event including entertainment, marketing and community engagement initiatives associated with the show. A report is required to consider the current proposal with a firm foundation upon which to make a decision.

CR RICK GAROTTI Grimshaw Ward

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

8.6

Notice of Motion


8.6 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT GRANTS Author: Cr Craig Langdon

File: F2014/492


That a report be presented to Council to consider options to develop further grant round opportunities for the community of Banyule through an expansion of the Community Development Funding Program. This report is to include:

1. Opportunities to develop new rounds of funding opportunities for the Community Development Funding Submissions, including timetable

2. Cost to Council to expand the program including advertising, presentation evening and grant pool considerations,

3. Opportunities to review assessment process including the formulation of an assessment panel that reports back to Council.

Explanation

Traditionally Banyule City Council invites applications from community groups, non-profit organisations and individuals for the Community Development Grant funding round. This funding round occurs once per year generally beginning in July each year. Council seeks applications that address clearly identified community needs and support Council objectives as identified in the City Plan 2013-2017. Council has identified 5 key objectives in its City Plan: People, Planet, Place, Participation and Performance. Funding is provided on the basis of applicants meeting eligibility criteria. Successful applications will provide a detailed description of how the project will be developed and managed and a clear and accountable budget. In the last funding round, strong applications provided a detailed understanding of how the project would work and a clear and accountable budget. The grant pool is $140,000 and is a very successful and beneficial program for many organisations across Banyule. A report is required to consider the current proposal to expand this funding pool opportunity and offer a further round of funding to the community.

CR CRAIG LANGDON Olympia Ward

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

8.7

Notice of Motion


8.7 INSTALLATION OF SOLAR PANELS TO NETS STADIUM

Author: Cr Tom Melican

Ward: Ibbott

File: F2014/492


“That Council officers prepare a report regarding the possible installation of solar panels onto the Council owned NETS Stadium in Macleod, so that Council may consider the project in the 2014/15 Financial Year.”

Explanation

During the budget process the possibility of starting to roll out solar panels across Council buildings was discussed and it was agreed that this would be a priority project in the next 2 years budgets. The Banyule Environment Advisory Committee (BEAC) also made a submission into the budget process, requesting that solar panels be installed on Council buildings as part of this Financial Year. The installation of solar panels on all Council buildings would be an expensive and complicated process and therefore a pilot project would ensure that the correct procedures and documentation could be created to ensure a successful project could be undertaken in following years. It would be prudent to complete a demonstration project, prior to allocating significant funds to a larger scale roll out program. This report would enable the demonstration project to proceed within this financial year.

CR TOM MELICAN Ibbott Ward

ATTACHMENTS

Nil

ATTACHMENTS

ORDINARY MEETING OF COUNCIL ON 7 JULY 2014 Page 135

1.2 Laane Avenue, Rosanna - Request for Traffic Management

Attachment 1 Laane Avenue - Petition Cover Letter ............................................ 137

1.3 Studley Road, Ivanhoe - Proposed parking restrictions

Attachment 1 Cover letter for petition .................................................................. 140

3.1 Waste Management Plan 2014 - 2019

Attachment 1 Waste Management Plan 2014 - 2019........................................... 141

4.1 Notice of Decision Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct - Special Charge

Attachment 1 Proposed Declaration .................................................................... 174

Attachment 2 Copy of Public Notice ................................................................... 184

Attachment 3 Letter to Owners and Occupiers .................................................... 185

Attachment 4 Map of Submitters ......................................................................... 189

4.3 Consent to proposed development pursuant to Section 173 Agreement - 9 Lower Heidelberg Road, Ivanhoe

Attachment 1 Section 173 Agreement ................................................................. 190

Attachment 2 Site and Elevation Plans ................................................................ 199

4.5 Ivanhoe Civic Precinct Master Plan

Attachment 1 Ivanhoe Civic Precinct Master Plan ............................................... 209

Attachment 2 Consultation Report ....................................................................... 211

Attachment 3 Consultation Workshops Summary ................................................ 225

4.6 Metropolitan Planning Strategy

Attachment 1 Metropolitan Melbourne Structure Plan.......................................... 232

Attachment 2 Northern Subregion Map ............................................................... 233

Attachment 3 Emerging LaTrobe Employment Cluster Map ................................ 234

4.7 Planning Scheme Review Report

Attachment 1 Banyule Planning Scheme Review Report, June 2014 .................. 235

4.11 Planning Scheme Amendment C94 - Panel Report

Attachment 1 Panel Report - Banyule Planning Scheme Amendment C94 Part 2 10 June 2014................................................................................. 272

Attachment 2 Amended Clause 21.09 - Reference Documents ........................... 284

Attachment 3 Amended map showing the extent of HO for Saxam Homestead .................................................................................... 287

Attachment 4 Amended Schedule to Clause 43.01 - Heritage Overlay ................ 288

Attachment 5 Amended Saxam Homestead Citation ........................................... 308

4.14 School sites redevelopment project update

Attachment 1 Haig Street redevelopment site - concept layout plan .................... 329

Attachment 2 Development Guidelines: Haig Street Redevelopment Project ........................................................................................... 331

4.15 Retrospective Application For Industry and Office - 4 Graeme Avenue, Montmorency

ATTACHMENTS (Cont’d)


Attachment 1 Site and Elevation Plans ................................................................ 337

Attachment 2 State Environment Protection Policy - Consolidated Version (Control of Noise from Industry, Commerce and Trade) ................. 339

Attachment 3 Referral Comments ...................................................................... 358

4.16 Studley Road, Ivanhoe - Proposed parking restrictions

Attachment 1 Survey sent to residents of Studley Road, Ivanhoe, between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road ................................................ 365

5.1 Ivanhoe Public Golf Course-1 Vasey Street, Ivanhoe- Proposed Lease to Leisure Management Services Pty Ltd

Attachment 1 Submissions Summary ................................................................. 366

6.2 Councillor Motions - Status Update

Attachment 1 Councillor Motions Update Report ................................................. 369

Att

ach

men

t 1

1.2

Item: 1.2 Attachment 1: Laane Avenue - Petition Cover Letter


Att

ach

men

t 1

1.2



Att

ach

men

t 1

1.2



Att

ach

me

nt

1

1.3

Item: 1.3 Attachment 1: Cover letter for petition


Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1

Item: 3.1 Attachment 1: Waste Management Plan 2014 - 2019


2014 – 2019

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

PURPOSE

Banyule City Council has developed a new Waste Management Plan with a five year action plan 2014 – 2019. The Waste management Plan sets the key directions and priorities for waste collection, disposal, recycling and drop off services for the next 5 years. The expected outcomes of the Waste Management Plan will include:

A new five year Waste Management Plan that provides direction for Council to develop and improve the provision of waste management services.

A list of goals and strategic focuses and emerging community needs.

A five year action plan which will be revised and reviewed annually.

RELATIONSHIP WITH THE CITY PLAN

The role of the Waste Management Plan is supported and closely aligned with Council’s key policy objectives and strategies including:

City Plan 2013 -2017 contains five interlinked objectives:

People - Community strengthening and support

Planet - Environmental sustainability

Place - Sustainable amenity and built environment

Participation - Community involvement in community life

Performance - Use our resources wisely The Banyule City Plan has adopted the following strategic indicators for waste management activities:

CSI - Waste management

Percentage of waste diverted from landfill

Percentage of ‘consumer waste’ diverted from landfill (ie excludes greenwaste)

Attendance at Council’s Rethink Centre waste education programs

(Note: CSI – Community satisfaction indicators measured by the Department of Transport, Planning and Local Infrastructure survey for Local Governments)

RELATIONSHIP WITH PLANET:

Banyule Planet: Environmental Sustainability Policy & Strategy – provides the framework for achieving environmental sustainability in Banyule. It provides guidance and direction for supporting action plans that are reported in the annual State of the Environment Report. PLANET ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY Conduct Council activities in a sustainable manner, and practice sound stewardship of the natural environment to ensure its diversity, protection and enhancement. ‘Planet’ is about the natural and formed environment and the ecosystems that sustain the community. Our community is an integral part of the environment and together we are the custodians of our shared home.

GOALS (WHAT WE WANT TO ACHIEVE)

The actions contained within the waste management plan include:

Reduction in the amount of waste generated,

Increased diversion of waste from landfill,

Improvements in kerbside, hard waste and public place collection services,

Ongoing targeted education programs.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



CURRENT APPROACH

The process used in the preparation of the 2014 – 2019 Waste Management Plan included the following:

1. Review of previous plan and city policy objectives and strategies. 2. Survey residents to obtain data on current services and opportunities for

improvements. 3. Workshops with key stakeholders. 4. Development of this draft plan. 5. Advertisements and workshops on the draft plan.

FUTURE PRIORITIES AND CHALLENGES

The challenges in the implantation of the Waste Management Plan include the rapidly changing waste sector with rapid changes in State and Federal Government Policy, changes in technology and increasing demands from the community for better and more sustainable services.

NEXT STEPS

Improvements in the delivery of waste services will be achieved by:

Targeted education programs where surveys show need and where changes in service delivery are proposed.

Changes to bin sizes to reduce the numbers of large waste bins and increase recycling bin and green waste bin sizes where there are capacity issues.

Improvements to the Banyule Waste Recovery Centre.

Other improvements to hard waste and public place collection systems.

BENEFITS (WHAT WE WILL ACHIEVE)

The benefits of having a Waste Management Plan:

A Waste Action Plan which is reviewed annually

Enables Council to plan for future priorities and be aware of the trends at the national and state levels that will impact on waste management in Banyule.

Have a working document that supports the reduction of the environmental impacts of waste on the planet.

Capital Works priorities and challenges.

Improved understanding of waste in Banyule.

CONCLUSION

Waste management is a core responsibility for Banyule. Waste management has a significant financial impact on the Council as well as being the single greatest greenhouse contributor. It is essential that waste management is carried out in a manner that meets the needs of residents and minimises the environmental and financial impacts. This plan provides a framework to achieve these outcomes.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ....................................................................................................... 2

Purpose ............................................................................................................................. 2 Relationship with the City Plan ........................................................................................... 2 Relationship with PlanEt: ................................................................................................... 2 Goals (What we want to achieve) ...................................................................................... 2 Current approach ............................................................................................................... 3 Future Priorities and Challenges ........................................................................................ 3 Next Steps ......................................................................................................................... 3 Benefits (What we will achieve) ......................................................................................... 3 Conclusion ......................................................................................................................... 3

CONTENTS .......................................................................................................................... 4 1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................ 7

1.1. PURPOSE .............................................................................................................. 7 1.2. OVERVIEW OF MUNICIPALITY ............................................................................. 7

1.2.1. Local residential properties (households) and population characteristics.......... 8 1.2.2. Non-residential properties and commercial and public sector organisations operating in the municipality ........................................................................................... 8 1.2.3. Key Issues for the Municipality of Banyule City Council .................................... 8

1.3. WASTE MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW ..................................................................... 8 1.3.1. Local Waste Management ................................................................................ 8 1.3.2. Previous Waste Management Plan .................................................................. 9

2. INDUSTRY STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK ......................................................................11 2.1. STRATEGIC CONTEXT .........................................................................................11 2.2. SIGNIFICANT FEDERAL AND STATE LEGISLATION AND POLICIES .................11

2.2.1. Federal government ........................................................................................11 2.2.2. State of Victoria ...............................................................................................12

2.3. METROPOLITAN WASTE MANAGEMENT GROUP .............................................12 2.1.1. MWMG Objectives and Targets ......................................................................12 2.1.2. Metropolitan Waste Resource and Recovery Strategic Plan............................12

Banyule City Council PLANS, POLICIES AND STRATEGIES ..............................................13 Relationship with PlanEt: ..................................................................................................14 Intregrated planning approach ..........................................................................................15 2.2. STAKEHOLDER IDENTIFICATION AND ENGAGEMENT .....................................16 2.3. key findings ............................................................................................................17

Community satisfaction with waste collection services .........................................................18 2.4. INTRODUCTION TO WASTE MANAGEMENT OPERATIONS ..............................19

2.4.1. Residential waste collection services ..............................................................20 2.4.2. Non-residential waste collection services ........................................................20 2.4.3. Other waste collection services .......................................................................21 2.4.4. Overview of current council waste contracts ....................................................22

2.5. WASTE COMPOSITION AND QUANTITIES..........................................................23 2.5.1. Waste and recyclables collected at the kerbside in the municipality ................23 2.5.2. Banyule Waste Recovery Centre.....................................................................24 2.5.3. Total Waste and Recyclables managed by Banyule City Council ....................24

2.6. WASTE DISPOSAL AND RESOURCE RECOVERY FACILITIES ..........................24 2.8. LITTER MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................26

3. FUTURE DIRECTIONS .................................................................................................27 3.1. OBJECTIVES AND PRIORITIES ...........................................................................27 3.2. KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ....................................................................28 3.3. ACTION PLAN .......................................................................................................29

4. FINANCIAL CONSIDERATIONS ...................................................................................32 REFERENCES .....................................................................................................................33

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



List of Tables Table 1 Population and Households – Current and Projected ........................................... 8 Table 2 Table of Identified Stakeholders ..........................................................................17 Table 3 Current council waste services to residential properties ......................................20 Table 4 Current council waste services to Non-residential properties ..............................20 Table 5 Summary of Other waste collection services .......................................................21 Table 6 Overview of Waste Contracts..............................................................................22 Table 7 Quantities of waste and recyclable materials collected from residential properties in 2011/2012 ........................................................................................................................23 Table 8 Composition of kerbside collected Garbage ........................................................23 Table 9 Composition of kerbside collected Recyclables ..................................................23 Table 10 Composition of kerbside collected Green Organics .............................................23 Table 11 Materials received and recycled at the Banyule Recovery Centre .......................24 Table 12 Key Performance Indicators ................................................................................28 Table 13 Action Plan .........................................................................................................29 Table 14 Financial Projections ...........................................................................................32

List of Figures Figure 1 Waste Management Hierarchy Figure 2 Geographical Boundaries of Metropolitan Local Governments (Source:

Victorian Government, 2009, ‘Metropolitan Waste and Resource Recovery Strategic Plan’)

Figure 3 Banyule Planet: Environmental Sustainability Strategy 2013-2017 Structure Figure 4 Waste Management Plan Development

List of Appendices Appendix A Key Federal and State Legislation and Policies and Other Initiatives Appendix B Multi Unit Dwelling Waste Management Plan Appendix C Customer Satisfaction Survey Appendix D Litter Strategy (in development)

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



List of Acronyms used ARRT Advanced Resource Recovery Technology BWRC Banyule Waste Recovery Centre C&D Construction and Demolition (waste) C&I Commercial and Industrial (waste) CPRS Carbon Pollution Reduction Scheme DPCD Department of Transport, Planning and Local Infrastructure (Victoria) DSE Department of Sustainability and Environment (Victoria) Hh Household (as in per Household) EPA Environment Protection Authority Victoria KPIs Key Performance Indicators MGB Mobile Garbage Bin (i.e. wheelie bin) MAV Municipal Association of Victoria MRF Materials Recovery Facility MSW Municipal Solid Waste MUD Multi Unit Development MWMG Metropolitan Waste Management Group NPC National Packaging Covenant PPR Public Place Recycling pP per Person or Resident SIWMP Solid Industrial Waste Management Plan SMEs Small to Medium Sized Enterprises SV Sustainability Victoria TZW Towards Zero Waste VLAA Victorian Litter Action Alliance VARRI Victorian Advanced Resource Recovery Initiative WMP Waste Management Plan

1.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



INTRODUCTION

1.1. PURPOSE

The Waste Management Plan (WMP) has been developed as part of the commitment Banyule City Council has made to provide sustainable solutions for the collection, disposal and resource recovery from waste generated within our community. The WMP describes strategies and measurable actions to be undertaken by Banyule City Council over the next five years (2014 – 2019) and its key aims are to guide the development and improvement of current waste management practices. Sustainable approaches to waste management need to be integrated into all future policies, strategies and planning decisions made by Council. The future directions of waste management within this municipality need to be consistent and work towards those of the region and Victoria as a whole. As such, the key drivers for this plan are:

Government policies relating to waste;

The need to deal with the projected population increases and economic growth of Melbourne, in terms of sustainability outcomes for waste and materials recovery;

The need to manage and reduce greenhouse gas emissions and energy and water consumption in response to climate change risk; and

Government policies and strategies seeking to increase energy generation from renewable sources.

The management of waste including kerbside collection and disposal, hard waste, street sweeping and litter, and other waste clearance activities is a major component of councils annual budget, therefore it needs to be appropriately managed and the risks mitigated to the fullest extent possible. Similarly the management of waste can be the biggest single greenhouse gas generator by council, including pollution from waste collection and transport and methane emissions from waste decomposing in landfill.

1.2. OVERVIEW OF MUNICIPALITY

The City of Banyule is located between 7 and 22 kilometres northeast of central Melbourne. It includes all or part of the suburbs of Bundoora, St Helena, Greensborough, Watsonia, Watsonia North, Yallambie, Montmorency, Briar Hill, Lower Plenty, Eltham, Eltham North, Macleod, Rosanna, Viewbank, Heidelberg West, Heidelberg Heights, Bellfield, Ivanhoe, Ivanhoe East, Heidelberg, and Eaglemont. The municipality has an area of approximately 63 square kilometres. At 2011 Banyule had a population of approximately 118,305 persons (48,201 households). The Municipality is almost fully developed and is mainly residential in character, however it does have pockets of industrial and commercial land. Characteristics, as shown by the Australian Bureau of Statistics Census 2011, for the City of Banyule include:-

The ‘average’ age of Banyule residents is 39 years. .

The most common ancestry is Australian, English, Irish and Scottish.

The United Kingdom, Italy and China are the most common birthplaces outside Australia.

Those who do not speak English at home are most likely to speak Italian, Greek or Chinese.

The median household weekly income is $1,394. 1.2.1. Local residential properties (households) and population characteristics

Table 1 Population and Households – Current and Projected

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



2011 (last census) 2016 (Projected) 2021 (Projected)

Residents Households Residents Households Residents Households

Number 118,305 48,201 127,6586 49,701 131,447 51,700

1.2.2. Non-residential properties and commercial and public sector organisations

operating in the municipality

Banyule City Council provides some waste collection services to non-residential properties such as schools, care facilities (elderly and child) and small commercial premises such as shops and offices. By providing a commingled recyclables drop-off service to these properties and organisations this increases the amount of waste diverted from landfill which is generated within the municipality. 1.2.3. Key Issues for the Municipality of Banyule City Council

The key issues that are faced by Banyule City Council in relation to waste management into the future are:

Waste Generation – Increased disposable income and more accessible technology improvements will continue to result in increased waste generation.

Transport – The increase of the urban sprawl has resulted in a large increase in the amount of traffic passing through the municipality which impacts on the ability and safety of trucks in collecting on major roads at peak times. In some instances on sub-arterial roads there are no optimum collection times.

Parking - Increased use of public transport and the zoning structure of fares has resulted in increased parking around railway stations which impacts on access to bins while collecting. Major infrastructure such as the Austin Hospital has also increased parking in surrounding streets

Development – Increased Medium Density development has resulted in the need for more waste collections. Waste collection requirements in new developments needs to be effectively considered during planning approvals so as to address storage and collection requirements.

1.3. WASTE MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW

The WMP incorporates the objectives and actions for the management of a variety of waste materials. The focus of the Plan is on Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) although, where appropriate, the Plan addresses Commercial and Industrial (C&I) waste and Construction and Demolition (C&D) waste. 1.3.1. Local Waste Management

Waste management in Banyule City Council covers the strategic planning and management of a wide range of activities including:

Collection of waste and recyclables at the kerbside in MGBs (wheelie bins), including:

Commingled recyclables;

Green organics;

Garbage (residual waste); and

Waste and recyclables from a diverse range of residential, mixed use properties

(such as schools, care facilities, council run facilities and small commercial properties);

Hard waste, including metals and mattresses

Bundled green waste (branches, shrubs etc.)

Street litter collection (including street litter bins);

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



Street sweeping;

Public Place Recycling (PPR);

Collection of illegally dumped waste, usually hard rubbish;

Collection of waste and recyclables generated at local Festivals and Events;

Management and operation of the Banyule Waste Recovery Centre (BWRC);

Solid inert and organic (green waste and timber) waste and recyclables from residential properties disposed of at the BWRC;

Collection of E-waste through the BWRC; and

Management of a drop-off for motor oils, paint, car batteries, gas bottles and fluorescent tubes.

The cost of providing the following services for the 2013/2014 year is expected to be;

Cleansing $2.96 m

Garbage, Recycling & Green Waste Collection $10m

Waste Education $220k

Hard Waste Collection $620k

Banyule Waste Recovery Centre $3.66m Totalling in excess of 17.4 million dollars. This cost is expected to grow in time due to factors such as landfill levies, increasing landfill regulations, carbon taxes and population growth. 1.3.2. Previous Waste Management Plan

Since Banyule City Council’s formation in 1994, a consistent and effective approach has been taken to the provision of waste management, litter management and associated education services. Strategies for each of these components were developed and corresponding action taken. Banyule City Council’s previous Waste Management Strategies built on earlier strategies with the specific objective of meeting State and Council objectives:

Conserving Resources – to encourage the efficient and sustainable use of resources within Banyule

Minimising Waste – to prevent unnecessary production of waste within Banyule and meet Towards Zero Waste (TZW) targets

Controlling Pollution – to minimise the impacts of pollution on Banyule’s environment Main programs undertaken have included:

Reviewing all collection services in light of best practice collection systems

Undertaking trial public place recycling in selected shopping centres

Developing a best practice Recycling and Waste Station

Undertaking a trial food waste collection service from Council facilities

Implementing an educational plan that is focussed on achieving waste and litter management objectives.

Developing Banyule into a Best Practice Waste Wise Organisation Banyule has successfully implemented these actions and consolidated them through annual planning processes:

Implementation of commingled recycling and bin based green waste collection.

Additional collection of codes 4-7 plastics

Upgrade of the Waste Recovery Centre increasing recycling and diversion of waste

Implementation of food waste recycling within key Council facilities

Development and implementation of a waste minimisation education strategy

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



Whilst Banyule City Council has not achieved the earlier key diversion targets set by the State Government and the previous Northern Regional Waste Management Group, Banyule undertook a comprehensive kerbside service trial in 2001 of various organic waste and recyclables container combinations to monitor collection costs, the amount of waste diverted from landfill and residents feedback. This trial clearly identified that to achieve the TZW targets, food waste needs be recycled by removing it from the garbage waste stream. This trial was an important step in strategic planning of future waste systems and has informed various Melbourne municipalities as well as the current Metropolitan Waste and Resource Recovery Strategic Plan.

2.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



INDUSTRY STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK

2.1. STRATEGIC CONTEXT

The WMP has been developed in line with relevant legislation and policies that have been developed at both the Federal and State level. These documents include:

Environment Protection Act (EP Act) 1970,

Federal Government’s National Waste Policy, launched in late 2009;

Victorian State Government’s Waste and Resource Recovery Policy 2013. The objectives and targets developed in these overlying policies and strategies have been utilised to form the Metropolitan Waste and Resource Recovery Strategic Plan (the Strategic Plan). The Banyule City Council’s Waste Management Plan has been developed to ensure that the objectives and targets of the Federal and State Government policies will influence waste management activities in the community and can be implemented at a local level. The key principle underpinning the waste management Plan is the waste management hierarchy, which was disseminated under the Environmental Protection Act. The waste management hierarchy places waste avoidance as the most preferred option and waste disposal the least preferred. All the policies developed by all levels of government are based on this principle.

Avoid

Reduce

Reuse

Recycle

Recover

Treat

Dispose

Least Preferable

Most Preferable

Figure 1 Management Hierarchy

2.2. SIGNIFICANT FEDERAL AND STATE LEGISLATION AND POLICIES

Key legislation and policies of the different levels of government, which are detailed further in Appendix A, include, but are not limited to: 2.2.1. Federal government

National Waste Policy: Less Waste, More Resources – the policy sets the outcomes, directions and strategies for action for the next ten years with regard to waste management in Australia.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



Carbon Pricing Mechanism (CPM) – framework for reducing carbon pollution in Australia. The CPM is a scheme which will require emitters of greenhouse gases over the annual threshold of 25,000 tonne of carbon dioxide equivalents (CO2-e) to pay a tax for every tonne they emit.

National Packaging Covenant (NPC) - voluntary initiative by government and industry to reduce the effects of packaging on the environment.

2.2.2. State of Victoria

Victorian Waste and Resource Recovery Policy 2013 - objectives of the policy are to reduce Victoria’s growing waste generation, better manage the environmental and public health impacts of waste, and make the best use of opportunities that resource recovery offers.

Victorian Litter Strategy – Creating Cleaner, Safer Places – strategy to prevent litter and improve litter management practices to meet the TZW littering behaviour target and achieve clean and safe public places.

Solid Industrial Waste Management Plan - developed to establish goals and targets for solid waste management (e.g. C&I and C&D waste) in Victoria. Development of the SIWMP is a responsibility of Sustainability Victoria who are yet to produce plan.

Other waste issues or initiatives include, but are not limited to:

Eco-Buy or similar programs that encourages the purchasing of environmentally

preferable products and services;

current and future disposal costs and landfill levies;

other EPA policy initiatives;

product stewardship programs;

contaminated soils and hazardous waste initiatives; and

occupational health and safety, WorkCover and Worksafe guidelines and standards.

2.3. METROPOLITAN WASTE MANAGEMENT GROUP

The Metropolitan Waste Management Group (MWMG) is a Victorian state agency, established under the Victorian Environment Protection (Amendment) Act 2006. 2.1.1. MWMG Objectives and Targets

In general terms, MWMG is responsible for coordinating municipal waste management activities in Melbourne on behalf of the 30 metropolitan councils it represents. Fulfilling this function involves:

advising metropolitan councils on best practices in municipal waste management and resource efficiency;

entering into and managing contracts and arrangements to develop and facilitate waste management services for metropolitan councils; and

assessing the need for, and planning for, municipal waste management infrastructure and landfills in metropolitan Melbourne.

2.1.2. Metropolitan Waste Resource and Recovery Strategic Plan

The Strategic Plan has been developed in three separate parts: the Metropolitan Plan, the Municipal Solid Waste Infrastructure Schedule and the Metropolitan Landfill Schedule. MSW consists primarily of material discarded by households for collection from the kerbside. By weight between 40 and 50 per cent of the contents of the average household bin for residual waste (or “garbage”) consists of food and garden organics. Accordingly, the Strategic Plan has a focus on MSW, and the organics component in particular. The plan assesses the current waste management situation in metropolitan Melbourne and sets out a framework for the future management of municipal and commercial wastes in

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



metropolitan Melbourne. The framework and recommendations included in the Strategic plan aim to influence the waste management programs and activities of the thirty councils of

metropolitan Melbourne (see Figure 2). Figure 2 Geographical Boundaries of Metropolitan Local Governments

(Source: Victorian Government, 2009, ‘Metropolitan Waste and Resource Recovery Strategic Plan’)

3. BANNYULE CITY COUNCIL PLANS, POLICIES & STRATEGIES

The role of Waste Management and Education Services is reflected in and closely aligned with Council’s key policy objectives and strategies: City Plan 2013 - 2017 contains five interlinked objectives: People - Community strengthening and support Planet - Environmental sustainability Place - Sustainable amenity and built environment Participation - Community involvement in community life Performance - Use our resources wisely The Banyule City Plan has adopted the following strategic indicators




Attendance at Council’s Rethink Centre waste education programs (Note: CSI – Community satisfaction indicators measured by the Department of Transport, Planning and Local Infrastructure survey for Local Governments)

Banyule City Council’s waste services also have a role in the implementation of a range of current Council Plans (which support the objectives in the City Plan). These include:

Banyule People: Health and Wellbeing Policy and Strategy 2013 – 2017 – provides the framework to achieve social and health sustainability. The four-year strategy is supported

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



by an annual action plan, and has been developed in partnership with participating agencies and our community.

Banyule Planet: Environmental Sustainability Policy and Strategy 2013 - 2017 – provides the framework for achieving environmental sustainability in Banyule. It provides guidance and direction for supporting action plans that are reported in the annual State of the Environment Report.

Banyule Participation: Policy and Strategy 2013 - 2017 – provides the framework for Council to strive for good governance by supporting community involvement, encouraging participation, advocating on behalf of the community, and using our resources wisely.

Asset Management Strategy – Provides objectives, principles and recommended actions for good asset management.

Local laws on littering and waste dumping.

Design provisions such as waste management requirements for multi unit dwellings

3.1. RELATIONSHIP WITH PLANET:

Banyule Planet: Environmental Sustainability Policy & Strategy – provides the framework for achieving environmental sustainability in Banyule. It provides guidance and direction for supporting action plans that are reported in the annual State of the Environment Report. PLANET ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY Conduct Council activities in a sustainable manner, and practice sound stewardship of the natural environment to ensure its diversity, protection and enhancement. ‘Planet’ is about the natural and formed environment and the ecosystems that sustain the community. Our community is an integral part of the environment and together we are the custodians of our shared home.

Figure 3: Banyule Planet: Environmental Sustainability Strategy 2013-2017 Structure

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



3.2. INTREGRATED PLANNING APPROACH

In addition to the Planet Avoid Waste Generation objective, the Waste Management Plan has close links with the other strategic objectives in the City Plan. These include:

City Plan Objective

Relevant key direction

Waste is about:-

Planet: Environmental Sustainability

Protect and enhance our natural environment

Act as environmental stewards

- public open space to be

accessible and clean - waste education - advocate for

sustainability regarding waste

People: Community Strengthening and support

Promote and support health and wellbeing

- removal and disposal of

rubbish in the community

Place: Sustainable Amenity and Built Environment

Maintain and improve Banyule as a great place to live

Enhance Banyule’s public and open space

- maintain the amenity of

Banyule’s public and open space

Participation: Community Involvement in Community Life

Provide outstanding communications and customer service.

- involve community in

development and review of Banyule’s Waste Plan

- waste education

Performance: Use Our Resources Wisely

Develop and deliver best value services and facilities

Provide responsible financial management and business planning processes.

Plan manage the systems and assets that support Council’s services delivery

- review the waste service - responding to customer

concerns - raising awareness of

waste issues

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



CONSULTATION AND ENGAGEMENT

2.2. STAKEHOLDER IDENTIFICATION AND ENGAGEMENT

Figure 1 below displays the process followed by Banyule City Council in developing the WMP. This involved the identification and engagement of stakeholders to get their input into the Plan.

Figure 4 Waste Management Plan Development

1. Identify Key Stakeholders

2. Survey the community on the current service to identify area of improvements

3. Conduct workshops to discuss WMP and Council objectives and issues

4. Develop draft WMP

5. Conduct workshops on draft WMP

6. Finalise Plan

7. Advertise and distribute Final Plan

Issues identified

through the City Plan

consultation

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



Table displays potential stakeholders that could be engaged in the development process. Table 2 Identified Stakeholders

Internal stakeholders External stakeholders

Services/operations (Parks, roads, rates)

Waste management

Senior Management/Executive

Environment

Events/Arts/Culture

Planning

Councillors

Local Laws

Communications

Economic development

Leisure services

Local community/residents

Local Community Reference Groups and Committees

MWMG

Sustainability Victoria

EPA Victoria

Parks Victoria

DSE

Waste Service providers

Visy Recycling

Office of Housing

Adjoining councils

Costumer Request Management System

2.3. KEY FINDINGS

Feedback has been included throughout the document and full details are included in the Appendix. Key Issues from residential survey The residents survey conducted as part of development of this Plan obtained feedback about a range of waste related issues. The key findings of the survey were:

Residents surveyed had a high level of satisfaction with kerbside waste services with 88% satisfied with the residual bin service, 90% satisfied with the recycling service and 80% with the green waste service.

Two thirds of the comments where residents were not satisfied with kerbside collection was the small size of the bin, in particular the 120 litre green waste bin.

Compost bins are used by 42% of respondents.

Two thirds of respondents thought that Banyule was doing enough to minimise waste.

There was a lack of clear support for increased charges to support waste minimisation.

Six percent of residents supported reducing waste collection frequencies to support waste minimisation.

54% of residents were aware of increases in landfill charges compared to only 34% being aware of green waste processing cost increases.

57% of residents have used the Banyule Waste Recovery Centre (BWRC).

Only 15% of residents were aware of the detox facility at the BWRC.

60% of residents did not know that recyclables could be dropped off for free.

70% indicated that more information on disposal fees would be useful.

48% or respondents had used the hard waste service in the last 12 months.

5% of respondents indicated that they were dissatisfied with the hard waste service.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



Key Issues raised from stakeholder consultation

Introduce recycling for community groups and sporting clubs

Public place recycling

Community education on recycling, littering, detox your home etc

Food waste reduction - communities onsite composting

Dumped rubbish around the Department of Housing properties

Littering – consider establishing a task force to address the issue.

Identify the difference between dumped waste and booked hard waste collection

Strengthening the Local Law to curb littering and dumped rubbish

Bin placement in parks and reserves

Waste management conditions for new buildings / development

Provide on line hard waste booking

Opportunities for Improvement

The size of recycling and green waste bins was identified as an issue. A move towards a 240 litre green waste bin may be useful for some residents with an option for a 360 litre recycling bin also to be considered.

Ongoing education about services at the Banyule Waste Recovery Centre are required with a particular focus on Detox Your Home drop-off, recycling services and fees.

Further education about green waste processing fees is also necessary.

Develop on line hard waste booking service

Develop a plan to introduce public place recycling around sporting clubs

Develop a litter / education plan

Develop standard conditions to assist the planning department for new developments.

Community satisfaction with waste collection services

Council participated in the Victorian Local Government Community Satisfaction Survey for 2013 (CSS 2013), co-ordinated by the Department of Transport, Planning and Local Infrastructure. This was the second year of the re-vamped survey, which builds further on the 14 previous years in which Banyule City Council has participated in the all-Council State-wide survey. Banyule’s CSI score for ‘Waste Management performance’ (79) in the CSS 2014 was higher than the Inner Group average (76) and significantly higher than the State-wide average (73).

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



CURRENT WASTE MANAGEMENT

2.4. INTRODUCTION TO WASTE MANAGEMENT OPERATIONS

Banyule City Council is regarded as a leader in waste minimisation and recycling in Victoria. This is a result of a well-planned and delivered suite of services, with a strong community education focus. Banyule's current Waste Management and Education Service includes:

Kerbside collection of garbage, recycling and green waste plus pre-booked hard waste or bundled collections per year

Waste Recovery Centre: free drop-off of some recyclables and chargeable disposal or recycling of general waste, greenwaste, white goods, tyres, etc. The Waste Recovery Centre also facilitates the collection of some low level hazardous waste through Sustainability Victoria’s Detox Your Home program.

Council has developed a state of the art Material Recovery Facility (MRF) and Education Centre (Rethink Centre) which complement the existing Waste Recovery Centre. These facilities provide a sustainable, commercially viable and efficient long term recycling and education program for the City, surrounding municipalities and other private sector providers. The MRF is operated by Visy Recycling. The Banyule Waste Recovery Centre operates as a permanent collection centre for some national and state recycling schemes. eWaste is collected under the national industry funded television and computer recycling scheme. In the first 6 months 136 tonnes of televisions, equating to approximately 4,500 televisions, have been recycled. This compares favourably to the 27 tonnes of eWaste recycling in the previous 12 months. Household paint, fluorescent tubes, batteries and gas bottles are collected under the state Detox Your Home program. Over 88 Tonnes of the waste streams were collected in 2012-13. Ongoing promotional activities to increase awareness of these services will be required. Brotherhood Fridges, an initiative of the Brotherhood of St Lawrence, runs a free refrigerator collection service in Banyule. Refrigerators and collected and either repaired and reused or recycled. Mattress recycling at the Banyule Waste Recovery Centre is carried out by HiCity. Approximately 5,500 mattresses were recycled in the last 12 months. The rethink Education Centre and Outreach programs focus on promoting the environmental benefits of waste minimisation, with a view to encouraging the community to adopt waste wise attitudes and actions. The programs link with and embellish other environmental programs. A Commercial Waste service is offered to all businesses within the City on a user pays basis. Council also provides open space waste management through mechanical sweeping of roads and gutters, clearance of litter from shopping centres and Council litter bins, cleaning and waste collection at Festivals, collection of waste from parks and sporting grounds and collection of litter from specified main roads and ‘hot spots’. 2.4.1.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



Residential waste collection services

Information on the kerbside collection services provided to residential properties by Banyule City Council is included in Table 4: Table 3 Current council waste services to residential properties

Waste type Type of service

Type of container

Frequency Type of waste materials and

exclusions

Number of services in 2009/2010

& Participation

rate

Garbage Kerbside collection

Mostly 80L MGB, with option for 120L

Weekly All household, not hazardous waste such as asbestos, chemicals

Garbage Multi-unit dwellings (MUD)

Mostly shared 240L MGB or individual 80L MGB

Weekly All household, not hazardous waste

Commingled Recyclables

Kerbside collection

Mostly 240L MGB, option for 120. MUDs have option for shared 240

Fortnightly Dry paper and cardboard, Plastics containers 1-7, Glass bottles & jars, Metal containers etc.

Green Organics

Kerbside collection

Standard 120L MGB, option for 240L. MUDs have option for shared 240

Fortnightly Organic garden/green waste only, no other contaminants etc.

Hard waste At call Collected from nature strip

At call, booked through Council 2 per year

Pile to be no larger than 1m³, mattresses to be piled separately, no green organics, hazardous waste or chemicals, etc.

2.4.2. Non-residential waste collection services

Information on the kerbside collection services provided to non-residential properties by Banyule City Council is provided in Table 5 below. Non-residential properties include schools, care facilities (elderly/child), council run facilities and small commercial properties (shops, offices etc.) where relevant. Table 4 Current council waste services to Non-residential properties


Type of container


exclusions

Number of services in 2009/2010

& Participation

rate

Garbage Commercial properties

Mostly 240L MGB, with option for 120L

Weekly All small business, not hazardous waste such as asbestos, chemicals

Garbage Other non-residential

Mostly 240L MGB, with options for 120L

Weekly All household, not hazardous waste such as asbestos, chemicals

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



2.4.3. Other waste collection services

Council also provides a range of other waste collection services within the municipality. Details of these services are provided in Table 6 below: Table 5 Summary of Other waste collection services


Type of container


exclusions

Street sweeping Collection N/A Programmed as required

Street cleaning and dumped rubbish

Collection N/A Programmed as required

Hard waste, mattresses, tyres, TVs etc.

Litter bins Collection Various Programmed as required

Events (festivals, local markets, cultural/community events etc.)

Collection 240L MGB During and/or after event

All waste from event, which fits in a 240L MGB. Other waste collection arranged by event organiser

2.4.4.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



Overview of current council waste contracts

Council should provide a summary of current waste contracts. This section needs to provide an understanding of the contractual arrangements for the collection and management of waste materials, including facilities management, e.g. landfills and transfer stations. The following table can be used. Table 6 Overview of Waste Contracts

Service Contractor

(or internal) Address of facility

Contract

Expiration (plus

extensions)

Kerbside Collection

Garbage collection In-house Service n/a

Garbage disposal to landfill Hanson Landfill

Services

Bridge In Road

Wollert April 2015 +2+2+2

Green Organics collection In-house Service n/a

Green Organics receival Sita Environmental

Solutions

Cooper Street

Epping

2012

(Veolia at Bulla

2015)

Bundled green waste In-house Service BWRC n/a

Commingled recyclables

collection In-house Service n/a


receival Visy Recycling

Visy Heidelberg

MRF 2014 +3+3+3+3

Hard waste

WM Waste

Management Services

Pty Ltd

BWRC Oct 2016

+2 x 2 Year

Non-residential collections

Garbage collection In-house Service n/a

Garbage disposal to landfill In-house Service BWRC n/a


receival Visy Recycling

Visy Heidelberg

MRF 2014 +3+3+3+3

Other waste collections

Street sweeping and

disposal In-house Service BWRC n/a

Street Cleaning and dumped

rubbish collection and

disposal

In-house Service BWRC n/a

Litter bins Collection and

disposal In-house Service BWRC n/a

Public Place Recycling

(PPR) bins Collection In-house Service n/a

PPR receival Visy Recycling Visy Heidelberg

MRF 2014 +3+3+3+3

Events waste collection and

disposal In-house Service n/a

Operation and Management

of Banyule Waste Recovery

Centre

In-house Service n/a

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



2.5. WASTE COMPOSITION AND QUANTITIES

2.5.1. Waste and recyclables collected at the kerbside in the municipality

Quantities and composition of waste and recyclable materials collected from across the municipality are detailed below: Table 7 Quantities of waste and recyclable materials collected from residential properties in 2012/2013

tonnes kg/hh %

Garbage 20520 426.6 43.80%

Recyclables 13697 284.7 29.24%

Green Waste 10657 221.5 22.75%

Inert Hard Waste 1484 30.8 3.17%

Recyclable Hard Waste 488 10.1 1.04%

Total Diverted 24842 516.4 53.03%

Total Diverted ex green 14185 294.9 30.28%

Total 46846 973.9 100.0%

Table 8 Composition of kerbside collected Garbage

Waste Type % Composition

Food organics 44.0

Garden organics 3.6

Paper and cardboard 6.8

Other recyclables 4.3

Plastics 2.1

Nappies and sanitary 8.5

Other 30.7

Total 100%

Table 9 Composition of kerbside collected Recyclables

Waste Type % Composition Weight (tonne)

Paper & Cardboard 53.05 7348

Plastics 6.46 895

Containers (other than plastic) (Glass) 30.72 4255

Steel 2.51 348

Aluminium 0.53 73

Contaminants/waste 6.73 932

Total 100% 13851

Table 10 Composition of kerbside collected Green Organics

Waste Type % Composition

Green organic material recovered 98.5

Contaminants/waste 1.5

Total 100%

2.5.2.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



Banyule Waste Recovery Centre

Table 11 The Materials received and recycled at the Banyule Recovery Centre 2012-2013

Material Cost Recycled

Material Cost Recycled

Paper / Cardboard Free Yes

Corks Free Yes

Plastics Free Yes

Motor oil Free Yes

Glass Free Yes

Paints Free Yes

Metals Free Yes

Household chemicals

Not available

White goods $ Yes

Fluorescent tubes Free Yes

Polystyrene $ No

Gas bottles Free Yes

Garden organics $ Yes

Car batteries Free Yes

Timber $ No

Other batteries Free Yes

Concrete $ Yes

Textiles Free Yes

TVs Free Yes

Tyres $ Yes

Computers Free Yes

Mattress $ Yes

Other electronic equipment

$ No

Mobile phones Free Yes

CDs / DVDs Free Yes

Resale centre Not available

Note – does not include kerbside green waste handled and transported by BWRC. Key Issues

Waste separation at source.

Landfill levy increases

New processing facility locations

Local impact of operations

Transport costs Opportunities for Improvement

Education to improve recycling through waste separation

Transport options – internal and external

Improve data collections systems to more accurately reflect waste streams handled. 2.5.3. Total Waste and Recyclables managed by Banyule City Council

The diversion rate for the kerbside collected waste is 55.3% including green waste and 42.2% not including green waste. These rates compare favourably to the Metropolitan average in 2009/2010 of 45% including green and 34% without green waste. Other comparisons including hard waste collections and transfer station data are of less relevance due to differences in collection and measurement techniques.

2.6. WASTE DISPOSAL AND RESOURCE RECOVERY FACILITIES

The Visy MRF operated at Banyule will continue to provide a processing service for kerbside recyclable collected in Banyule. Amcor Heidelberg closed in October 2012. The closure of this facility has resulted in additional waste paper disposal at the Banyule Waste Recovery Centre.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



2.7. EDUCATION STRATEGY The waste education service provides programs that encourage a waste wise ethic within the Banyule community and empowers the community with knowledge and skills to keep their waste to a minimum. The scope of this service includes:

Education Programs (development and implementation).

Waste Minimisation Information

Waste Minimisation Practice

Litter Prevention Education

Waste Management Service Support

Residential kerbside collection

Commercial collection

Council offices and depots

Council services and facilities, eg. community halls

Community groups and other.

Public Place Recycling

Government and Industry Links The key focus areas of the Waste Education Service are:

Develop Waste Minimisation Education Programs

Provide a Rethink Centre Experience

Deliver an Outreach Program and Litter Prevention Programs. The Rethink Education Centre and outreach programs focus on promoting the environmental benefits of waste minimisation, with a view to encouraging the community to adopt waste wise attitudes and actions. The programs link with and complement other Banyule and Regional environmental programs. Key Issues

Community lack of motivation to decrease consumption and to avoid waste.

Packaging choices make it difficult to reduce waste and recycle.

Reaching our diverse community is limited because of resourcing and budget.

Council needs to act as a role model and fully support Waste Avoidance

Community apathy to litter and dumped rubbish Opportunities for Improvement

Develop education tools that assist residents to self-assess their behaviour and make informed choices to reduce their waste and increase resource recovery

Foster mutually beneficial internal and external partnerships, to increase the effectiveness and accessibility of waste education programs.

Increase targeted waste services and waste avoidance specific information in Council’s Newsletters, Local Newspapers, Community Groups, Festivals and Local Meeting Places.

Increase Banyule schools participation in the Aussi Vic Resource Smart Program to embed Waste Wise Actions into the schools and their communities.

Research ways to foster community waste management resourcefulness

Increase Rethink Centre attendance

Promote food waste recycling.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



2.8. LITTER MANAGEMENT

Local governments are the major players in controlling, cleaning up and trying to prevent litter. The 2006 Victorian Litter Action Alliance (VLAA) survey found that 76% of local governments or RWMGs reported that they had run a litter prevention program, dropping from around 95% in 2005. Litter reduction programs conducted by local government have been shown to be effective in reducing littering behaviour. Around the world it is agreed the most effective litter prevention behaviour change programs include a mix of approaches across the three critical areas of education, infrastructure and enforcement. The mix of these elements needs to be adapted to the local conditions and include incentives, communications and evaluation. These are the elements that characterise Victoria’s approach to litter prevention. The new Victorian litter strategy, Creating Cleaner, Safer Places, was issued in August 2009. Clothing bins continue to be a litter and waste dumping issue. Many of these bins are serviced by commercial enterprises who use the name of a charity under a licence fee arrangement. These commercial operators seek to increase profits by passing on the cleanup costs to Banyule for the bins that they service. Other municipalities have banned use of clothing bin except on private land or at transfer station where they can be regulated.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



3. FUTURE DIRECTIONS

3.1. OBJECTIVES AND PRIORITIES

The objectives of Council’s waste management service are in accordance with Council’s City Plan. Council will establish policies that support a reduced footprint for the use and development of land and will encourage the use of environmentally sound technologies, goods and services. We will also work with the wider community to promote the reduction of its ecological footprint. The Banyule City Plan has adopted the following strategic indicators




Attendance at Council’s Rethink Centre waste education programs (Note: CSI – Community satisfaction indicators measured by the Department of Transport, Planning and Local Infrastructure survey for Local Governments)

The 2012-2013 Annual Report has adopted the following performance for waste avoidance:

Banyule achieved a result of 79 for ‘Waste Management (performance)’ in the State Government’s Annual Community Satisfaction Survey 2013. The result of 79 was the highest for all the Inner Group whose average was 74. In addition, Banyule achieved a result of 67 for Environmental sustainability (performance) – this was significantly higher than the average for the Inner Group (65).

Work with 10 municipal Councils in the northern and western suburbs was finalised to enter into a contract for the long-term (15 year) processing of green organic waste collected within Banyule.

Council has worked with the Metropolitan Waste Management Group to ensure due diligence to the impact of the Carbon Price on landfill gate fees and negotiated a good result.

The Rethink Centre hosted over 4,400 visitors in the past twelve months, which brings the total attendance to more than 55,000 since its opening in 2000.

The Districts, Lifestyles and Avoiding Waste Project will develop tools to understand behaviours in the household with regard to food waste. The project has engaged 28 households over three areas to assist with the research by providing food use and purchasing behaviour information.

Council held a School Waste Conference involving 8 schools and 150 students to assist schools in developing waste programs and activities.

Council continued to provide a responsive and effective cleansing service to streets, drains, shopping centres and public toilets, and maintain these assets with a high level of cleanliness.

An early draft of the Waste Management Plan has been developed. Consultation with the community has been undertaken with key outcomes to be included in the plan.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



3.2. KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

The following key performance indicators have been developed and are to be used to enable easy assessment of Banyule City Council’s current waste management performance. They also enable comparison with other councils in the metropolitan region. Table 12 Key Performance Indicators

KPIs Tonnes Number of

Households tonnes/ Hh / year

Tonnes to landfill 20,520

48.371

424.221

Tonnes of Commingled recycling

13,697 0.283

Tonnes of green organics processing

10,657 0.220

Other 1,972 40.768

Total waste generation

46,846 48.371 465.492

KPIs Rate (%)

Community Satisfaction 79

Diversion rate – recycling 33.8

Diversion rate – organics 20.8

Diversion rate – total (recycling plus organics)

54.6

Diversion rate – hard waste 28.5

Commingled recycling contamination rate

6.7

Organics contamination rate 1.6

3.3.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



ACTION PLAN

The following Action Plan has been developed to achieve identified long term objectives, detailed above, and address identified issues and opportunities for improvement detailed throughout the WMP: Table 13 Action Plan

FUTURE DIRECTIONS ACTIONS RESPONSIBILITY COMPLETION

DATE

Reduction strategies

Reduce household and council waste generation rate

Targeted Community Education Programs

Support Metro Wide home composting and worm farms education programs

Sustainable shopping/consumption programs to reduce food wastage

Encourage existing users of 240litre MGB’s to downsize to smaller bin.

Look at ways to reduce waste at Councils festivals

Introduce recycling at sporting clubs

RCC, WEC WEC RCC, WEC MO WEC MO

Waste processing

Support upgrade of processing infrastructure to improve resource recovery

New contracts for processing facilities must focus on odour and product quality requirements being met

MO

Improved kerbside collection

Develop and support specialised collection services for used and unwanted household products

Continue to expand education and behavioural change programs in support of proper source separation of household waste and recyclables

Development of a waste communication schedule

Support standardised metrowide recycling sorting criteria with education program.

Participate in forums and support programs for improving resource recovery from multi unit dwellings

Work with the Planning unit to develop site specific waste management plans as required

Option for larger recycling bin

Develop standard procedures for developers and planners.

WEC WEC MO WMC, MO MO MDS, MO

Other Council Hard waste Collect performance MO, OPC

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1




DATE

Collections collection systems to maximise resource recovery and provide safe collections systems

Away from home recycling - Improved collection of recyclables at events and public places

data on resource recovery rates.

Monitor hard waste collection system to ensure compliance with Worksafe guidelines

Work with MWMG on away from home recycling programs.

Develop an on line hard waste booking service.

WMC MO MO

Waste Recovery Centre

Residents to have adequate access to transfer stations with range of opportunities for reuse and resource recovery

Review and update the Waste Recovery Centre Business Plan.

Investigate a pricing structure that encourages users to separate their load prior to visiting the centre.

Improve data collection of material that pass through the WRC.

MO, OPC MO MO

Community engagement and education

The new waste infrastructure requires an effective communications and engagement strategy if maximum benefits are to be obtained

Ensure any new waste services include effective communications programs that explain benefits and requirements of the new system.

MO

Market development

Further market and industry development is required to promote the sale of higher value organics products

Improved education and organics processing facilities to reduce contamination

Development of bin audit programs in conjunction with targeted education to reduce contamination of organics.

MO

Procurement of waste services

Procurement guidelines will be based on an MWMG led model. Clusters

Work with the MWMG to establish the most appropriate current solution to enable the accomplishment of

MO

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1




DATE

of councils and/or the MWMG may enter into contracts for the provision of appropriate infrastructure and services.

waste diversion goals.

Product Stewardship

Prioritise processes for recovery including waste, household chemicals

Document current waste recovery options for priority wastes.

Provision of additional waste management options for priority wastes if necessary.

RCC, WEC MO

Action Plan will be reviewed on an annual basis and the WMP every five years. Key: MO – Manager Operations RCC – Rethink Centre Coordinator WEC – Waste Education Coordinator WMC – Waste Management Coordinator OPC – Operations Project Coordinator MDS – Manager Development Services

4.

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



FINANCIAL CONSIDERATIONS The following table documents the proposed financial implications of the Action Plan. Table 14 Financial Projections

Action/Issue Current Annual

Cost Projected Cost

2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 Comments

Landfill Levy $2,047,949 $2,252,744 $2,252,744 $2,252,744 $2,252,744 The levy is capped from 2015/16

Green waste / Organics Processing

$897,336 $933,229 $970,558 $1,009,381 $1,049,756 Assume 4% CPI

Landfill Receival

$2,288,694 * TBD TBD TBD TBD *Forecast

Att

ach

men

t 1

3.1



REFERENCES Banyule City Plan 2013 – 2017 Banyule Planet: Environmental Sustainability Policy & Strategy 2013 – 2017 Banyule People: Health & Wellbeing Policy & Strategy 2013 – 2017 Banyule Place Policy & Strategy 2013 – 2017 Banyule Participation Policy & Strategy 2013 – 2017 National Waste Policy 2009 Victorian Getting Full Value Waste and Resource Recovery Policy 2013 Sustainability Victoria Draft Statewide Waste & Resource Recovery Infrastructure Plan 2013 Victorian Litter Strategy 2012 – 2014 Metropolitan Waste & Resource Recovery Strategic Plan 2009 Environment Protection Act 1970 Local Government Act 1989

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

Item: 4.1 Attachment 1: Proposed Declaration


Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

Item: 4.1 Attachment 2: Copy of Public Notice


Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1

Item: 4.1 Attachment 3: Letter to Owners and Occupiers


Our Ref: NM Contact Officer: File: 26/045/005 Nicole Maslin Tel 9457 9813 Fax 9457 4690

23 April 2014 Dear Property Owner/Occupier Re: Notice of Intention to Declare a Special Charge Scheme 2014 to 2021 Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct Property Address: Insert Proposed Amount Payable per Year – insert relevant amount As you are probably aware, the current Special Charge Scheme for the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct expires on the 30 June, 2014. The Heidelberg Central Traders’ Association (“Association”) has formally requested that Council renew the current Special Charge for a further seven year period, commencing on 1 July 2014. The Association has undertaken a review of their current program to identify future activities that will guide the expenditure of any future Special Charge funds. This has included:

A survey to all tenants and owners to gain feedback on past activities and ideas for the future; and

An invitation to tenants and owners to attend a workshop to discuss the future proposal, priorities and areas for improvements that will be finalised in the Business Pan. (see attached invitation for workshop 6 May.)

The information obtained by the Association will be used to assist in the development of a Business Plan for the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct. Based on this review, consultation and initial indication of support, Council resolved, on 14 April, 2014 , of its intention to declare a Special Charge for the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct in accordance with Section 163 of the Local Government Act 1989 (“Act”). A copy of the Council report in relation to this matter can be viewed on Council’s website on www.banyule.vic.gov.au or by contacting Council’s Economic Development Unit on 9457 9865. The Special Charge: An investment fund to facilitate effective business and marketing activities The re-establishment of the Special Charge, raising $99,852 per annum over the next seven years, will be a partnership between the business operators, property owners and Council. The Partnership will proactively encourage commerce and business activity within the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct. Council considers that this will enable the entire retail precinct to be strongly positioned through joint promotion, marketing and business development activities. A Special Charge can play a critical role in helping to fund these activities.

…/2

http://www.banyule.vic.gov.au/

Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1



How is the amount proposed per property calculated? Council has a total of 11 shopping strips with Special Rate or Special Charge Schemes in place, with varying models for calculating the levied rates and charges. The proposed model for the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct is based on a flat charge that is dependent on whether the property is located in a “primary”, “secondary” or “tertiary” special benefit area. Council believes that the property which you own or occupy (together with all of the properties included in the Scheme) will derive a ‘special benefit’ from the expenditure of the Special Charge funds. If Council proceeds to declare the Special Charge, each person liable to pay the Special Charge will receive a levy notice to pay the amount of the Special Charge each year over a period of seven years. This is in addition to the normal Council General Rates and Charges. What is Council’s contribution? Special Rate and Special Charge Schemes operate in many shopping strips throughout Melbourne. Banyule City Council is one of the few councils that provide a significant contribution on top of the amount collected. If this Special Charge Scheme is successfully declared, Council will contribute $88,797 to provide a total annual budget of $188,649. The funding provided by Council enables the Association (with Council’s assistance) to address a number of other budget items such as beautification, safety and security, maintenance and streetscape improvements.

What will the money be spent on? The expenditure of the proceeds of the Special Charge will be guided by the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct Business Plan, which is currently in draft format. The Business Plan identifies strategic directions for the entire precinct, and there will be a range of marketing, promotion, business support, community development and capital works actions which may include:

Continue to market the Shopping Precinct, through community sponsorship, trader directory, newspaper advertising, street banners and the Traders’ Association web site;

Continue to celebrate public event days including Mothers’ Day, Fathers’ Day, Easter, Christmas, Spring Carnival and Valentine’s Day.

Promote businesses to the public and take every opportunity to bring awareness to the Heidelberg Central brand and the great diversity of businesses on offer;

Advocate for installation of a pedestrian crossing in Burgundy Street, between Cape and Rosanna Roads;

Grow customer database to fully utilise social media to promote the centre;

Upgrade the public toilet block next to Leo’s Supermarket;

Upgrade public open space in Mount Street, near the railway station;

Continue to look at ways to increase parking in our public car parks; and

Improve street directional signage to include Warringal businesses. The Association welcomes your feedback and ideas for the focus of future expenditure and hopes that you can attend the workshop on 6 May (invite attached).

Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1



The Association has been appointed by Council to administer the proceeds of the Special Charge. Council requires the Association to have a high level of financial and management accountability of the funds. This will include requirements such as the submission of an annual budget at the beginning of each year, quarterly reports and an audited financial report at the conclusion of each year. Additionally, the Association will be required to enter into a funding agreement with Council to confirm that the Association will be acting:

In an administrative capacity only on behalf of Council; and

Only in accordance with the requirements and purposes for which the Special Charge Scheme has been declared.

Who will pay the Special Charge? The owner of a property is primarily liable to pay the Special Charge. However, many landlords have leasing arrangements which allow the Special Charge to be passed on to the tenant (for example, if the tenant is responsible for all out-goings). The decision about who is ultimately liable to pay the Special Charge is a matter between the landlord and the tenant under the terms of any lease arrangements. Council wants you to be fully informed Enclosed for your information is a copy of the Public Notice of Intention to declare the Special Charge that appeared in the “The Weekly Review Ivanhoe and Valley” on 22 April 2014. The Public Notice outlines the purposes for which the Special Charge is being raised and the manner in which it will be collected. Furthermore, Council has written to all property owners and tenants in the Heidelberg Central Shopping Precinct and has provided them with a copy of the Public Notice. It is important that you tell Council how you feel about this proposal now Council would like to hear from as many persons as possible in relation to this proposal, so that it is able to make an informed decision about whether or not to declare the Special Charge. You can give your opinion to Council about the proposal by making a submission under sections 163A and 223 of the Act and/or an objection under section 163B of the Act in relation to the proposal. You can make a written submission or objection to the Council Please make your submission and/or objection in relation to the proposed declaration of Special Charge in writing and lodge it with the Council by Monday 26 May 2014 at 5pm. Submissions and/or objections should be addressed to Mr Simon McMillan, Chief Executive Officer, Banyule City Council, PO Box 51, Ivanhoe, 3079. Please note that a decision not to respond to this letter cannot be interpreted by Council as either an indication of support or objection to the proposal. You can also make a verbal submission at a Council Meeting on 7 July 2014 Council will formally consider any written submissions and take into account any objections received at a meeting of Council to be held at the Banyule City Council Chambers on Monday, 7 July 2014. If you lodge a written submission and request in that submission that you also wish to be heard in support of your written submission, you are entitled to speak on this item at the Council meeting. We ask that you kindly indicate on your submission whether you would like to speak to your written submission at the Council meeting.

Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1



Council will make a decision at its meeting on 7 July 2014 Following the consideration of any submissions and the taking into account of any objections, it is proposed that Council will decide whether or not to declare the Special Charge at its meeting on 7 July 2014. You are welcome to attend this meeting and will be advised, in due course, of Council’s decision. Do you need more information? Please contact the Economic Development Unit on 9457 9865 for further information regarding this matter. The President of Heidelberg Central Traders’ Association, Lyle Hanvey can also be contacted on 9457 6023 or Centre Manager Kim Gibb on 0408 561 093 Yours faithfully

Daniel Kollmorgen Manager, Strategic and Economic Development enc. Public Notice and invite Information Forum Invitation

Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

Item: 4.1 Attachment 4: Map of Submitters


Att

ach

men

t 1

4.3

Item: 4.3 Attachment 1: Section 173 Agreement


Att

ach

men

t 1

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.3

Item: 4.3 Attachment 2: Site and Elevation Plans


Att

ach

men

t 2

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.3



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.5

Item: 4.5 Attachment 1: Ivanhoe Civic Precinct Master Plan


Att

ach

men

t 1

4.5

Item: 4.5 Attachment 1: Ivanhoe Civic Precinct Master Plan


Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5

Item: 4.5 Attachment 2: Consultation Report


Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.5

Item: 4.5 Attachment 3: Consultation Workshops Summary


Att

ach

men

t 3

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.5



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.6

Item: 4.6 Attachment 1: Metropolitan Melbourne Structure Plan


Att

ach

men

t 2

4.6

Item: 4.6 Attachment 2: Northern Subregion Map


Att

ach

men

t 3

4.6

Item: 4.6 Attachment 3: Emerging LaTrobe Employment Cluster Map


Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7

Item: 4.7 Attachment 1: Banyule Planning Scheme Review Report, June 2014


Banyule

Planning Scheme

Review Report

June 2014

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 3

1. INTRODUCTION 4

2. COMPLETED PROJECTS 2010-2014 6

3. PLANNING ISSUES FOR BANYULE 17

4. FUTURE STRATEGIC WORK TO BE DONE 20

5. STATE PLANNING POLICY AND PROJECTS 25

6. CONSULTATION 28

8. DRAFT ACTION PLAN 29

Appendix A – Action Plan 2010-2014 28

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This review has confirmed that Council’s strategic direction for the City is

effectively reflected in the Banyule Planning Scheme and work program for

prioritising changes. These priorities include the C71 fix up amendment which is

ensuring that Council’s 2013 - 2017 City Plan is effectively reflected in the

Municipal Strategic Statement.

The review report gives:

A summary of the projects completed between 2010 and 2014, to illustrate

implementation of the previous 2010 review.

The identification of the major planning issues facing Banyule, to generally

confirm that the existing strategic direction in the Planning Scheme is on track.

A summary of the strategic planning work completed and a suite of future

strategic planning work to support continued improvement for the Planning

Scheme.

A draft action plan summarising the strategic planning projects and work for the

period 2014 to 2018, which will be reviewed and refined through future annual

planning process.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



1. INTRODUCTION

The review of the Planning Scheme is a statutory requirement of the Planning and

Environment Act 1987. It provides an opportunity to ensure that the format and

content of the Planning Scheme is functional and delivers outcomes that are

consistent with the objectives of planning in Victoria.

In doing this review, Council has also considered the State Government’s work to

improve planning schemes across the state; in particular, ‘Writing a Municipal

Strategic Statement’ (October 2013) and ‘Writing a Local Planning Policy’

(September 2013).

Council’s restructuring of the Municipal Strategic Statement (MSS) was achieved

through Planning Scheme Amendment C61 which was approved in October 2009.

This restructuring brought the MSS up to best practice guidelines prepared by the

State’s planning authority.

The current framework of planning themes in Banyule’s MSS is:

21.01 - Municipal Profile

21.02 - Vision and Strategic Framework

21.03 - Cultural Heritage

21.04 - Land Use

21.05 - Natural Environment

21.06 - Built Environment

21.07 - Transport and Infrastructure

21.08 - Local Places

This framework provides a clear outline of the key planning themes in Banyule.

Over the last five years it has also provided a sound basis to describe the key

planning issues facing Banyule and the scope of future work that may be required

to refine and improve a strategic direction for the Banyule’s Planning Scheme.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Proposed changes to the State Planning Policy Framework (SPPF)

The State Policy Planning Framework (SPPF) is in all planning schemes across

Victoria and sets overarching state policy direction. The SPPF has recently been

updated for Plan Melbourne, to give metropolitan policy direction.

The Government is currently doing a review of the SPPFs structure that will have

an impact on the current MSS framework.

The Government’s review of the SPPF is aiming to have all state policy matters

reframed under key strategic themes that have emerged for the new metropolitan

planning strategy, Plan Melbourne. This new restructure will position local policy

statements under their associated State Policy theme.

It is anticipated that Banyule’s existing MSS can be restructured into the new

structure for the Planning Policy Framework in the future, after it has been

reformatted and adopted by Council. However, restructured LPPs, such as the

Neighbourhood Character Policy, will require further detailed consideration before

they can be readily translated in to the new PPF structure. Consequently any future

priorities for a restructured LPPF should focus on the MSS first.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



2. COMPLETED PROJECTS - 2010-2014

The last MSS Review Report included an Action Plan for Strategic Planning

Projects for 2010-2014. The plan listed the projects, gave a short description of

each one and an update of progress. Appendix A shows the progress made on

these projects, illustrating that much progress has been made.

More information on the strategic projects done by Council in the last five years is

shown below. Each project is shown under the lead MSS theme that was

established by Planning Scheme Amendment C61.

Clause 21.03 - Cultural Heritage

Amendment C64 – Heritage Review

Planning Scheme Amendment C64 was gazetted on 6 September 2012. This

Amendment included a Heritage Review and updates to the schedule to the

Heritage Overlay (Clause 43.01) by adding an additional 66 individual places and 1

precinct of heritage significance. The amendment also updated place names and

corrected the addresses for 18 Heritage places in the schedule to the overlay.

Planning Scheme Amendment C77 was gazetted on 30 May 2013. The

amendment changes parts of Clause 21 – Local Planning Policy Framework of the

Banyule Planning Scheme by updating Clause 21.03 -Cultural Heritage and Clause

21.09 – Reference Documents.

The additional Reference Documents proposed to be included in the planning

scheme are:

Banyule Heritage Places Review (2011)

Banyule Heritage Guidelines Beaumont Estate (2005)

Banyule Heritage Guidelines Beauview Estate (2005)

Banyule Heritage Guidelines Glenard Estate (2005)

Banyule Heritage Guidelines Ivanhoe Views Estate (2005)

Banyule Heritage Guidelines Mount Eagle Estate (2005)

Banyule Heritage Guidelines Sherwood Grove/Thoresby Avenue (2005)

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Banyule Heritage Guidelines Warringal Village (2005)

Heidelberg Conservation Study (1985)

The Mount Eagle Estate Common Parks Conservation Management Plan

(2011)

The Glenard Estate and its Parks (2008)

The amendment also changes Clause 22 – Local Planning Policy Framework by

introducing a Cultural Heritage Conservation Policy to Clause 22.06, which applies

to heritage places and precincts affected by the Heritage Overlay at Clause 43.01.

Clause 21.05 - Natural Environment

Council has done several Amendments to improve vegetation controls, with a

focus on substantial trees and significant trees, these include:

Amendment C67 – Significant Trees Register

Amendment C67 included a review and update of the Banyule Significant Tree and

Vegetation Register. The review of the Register identified the need for corrections

to the maps and schedule 4 to the Environmental Significance Overlay for existing

trees, various redundant controls and the new trees and vegetation worthy of

protection for inclusion in the overlay. Planning scheme amendment C67

implements the outcomes of this review. Amendment C67 was gazetted on 26

August 2010.

Amendment C70 Part 1 – Significant Trees (ESO4)

The updated Significant Tree Register supported the preparation of Amendment

C70 Part 1. This Amendment removed the interim status from most properties

affected by the interim provisions of schedule 4 to the Environmental Significance

Overlay (ESO4) and applied the control on a permanent basis. As per subclause 7

of the ESO4, the interim status on the following properties was retained:

Alandale Road road reserve, Eaglemont;

Montmorency Station, 45 Station Road, Montmorency;

1 Ford Street, Ivanhoe;

3 Ford Street, Ivanhoe;

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



8 Donaldson Street, Ivanhoe;

92 Alexandra Street, Greensborough;

Burgundy Street road reserve, Heidelberg.

Amendment C70 part 1 was gazetted on 17 March 2011.

Amendment C70 Part 2 – Significant Trees (ESO4)

Amendment C70 Part 2 removed the interim status from all properties affected by

the interim provisions of schedule 4 to the Environmental Significance Overlay and

applies the control on a permanent basis. The amendment also updated schedule

4 to the Environmental Significance Overlay by deleting a number of properties

from the Table of significant vegetation at Clause 5.0. These trees have been

legally removed. Amendment C70 Part 2 was gazetted on 11 August 2011.

Amendment C80 – Substantial Trees (VPO5)

The VPO5 was introduced to the Banyule Planning Scheme as a temporary tree

control in 2010. Analysis and review of the temporary control showed that it

resulted in an increased awareness of tree protection. This is because the VPO5

required existing trees to be considered early on in the design process for

residential developments. It was successfully tested at VCAT and has not had a

significant impact on development yields.

Between November 2010 (when the temporary VPO5 was introduced) and

November 2012 there were 416 applications which triggered a planning permit

application for tree removal and/or tree lopping by VPO5. Of these applications

87.5% were solely for removal of a Substantial Tree.

Some of these applications did not require a permit as they were not Substantial

Trees, and Council’s arborist was able to give advice about appropriate tree care.

Most were given approval for tree removal or lopping. In other cases the

applications were amended to become tree pruning proposals, as Council’s

arborist found that retention could be achieved with correct management. Only 6%

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



of applications were refused by Council’s arborist. When a permit was given to

allow removal, a ‘2 for 1’ principle for replacement planting was required.

Council’s Planning Scheme Amendment C80 proposed that the VPO5 be made a

permanent control in the Banyule Planning Scheme. The Vegetation Protection

Overlay Schedule 5 (VPO5) is a planning scheme control that requires a planning

permit for the removal or lopping of Substantial Trees so that they can be protected

where appropriate, and effectively considered when development is proposed.

The proposal was supported by the “Strategy for Substantial Trees in Banyule’s

Garden Court and Garden Suburban Neighbourhoods”. This document reviewed

the use of the temporary control and recognised the contribution that Substantial

Trees make to the local character, environment, natural heritage and habitat.

The Amendment C80 proposal was publically exhibited and was then considered

by a Planning Panel, who recommended it be approved with some refinements. At

a Council meeting on 16 December 2013, Council adopted the refined proposal

and resolved to request the Minister for Planning’s approval.

Amendment C80 was approved on 8 May 2014 and was published in the

Government Gazette on 15 May 2014. It is now a permanent part of the Banyule

Planning Scheme.

The approval of the permanent VPO5 means that a permit is required for the

removal or lopping of Substantial Trees which are over 12 metres high, and/or with

a diameter of 40cm or more at 1.4m above the trunk base. It affects residentially

zoned properties in parts of Bundoora, Greensborough, Watsonia, Watsonia North,

Macleod, Yallambie, Viewbank, Rosanna, Heidelberg, Heidelberg Heights,

Heidelberg West, Bellfield and Ivanhoe.

Clause 21.06 - Built Environment

Council established a Housing Strategy in 2009 which informed the definition of a

Residential Areas Framework. This framework encourages future housing growth

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



and housing types towards accessible places such as activity centres and key

transport corridors. This framework provides for less growth, away from accessible

neighbourhoods and where there is important heritage, environment or significant

local design attributes for the preferred future character of these areas.

Amendment C63 – Residential Areas Framework

Amendment C63 changed the Local Planning Policy Framework to implement

strategic objectives and strategies in accordance with the Banyule Housing

Strategy (2009). The amendment removed clause 22.06 ‘Housing Policy’ as these

issues are addressed within the revised Municipal Strategic Statement.

The amendment addresses a range of issues that influence the management of

housing growth, including:

Encouraging a larger portion of housing growth to occur in preferred

locations

Encouraging housing design that is more environmentally sustainable

Improve housing affordability

Improve the diversity of housing opportunities to meet the needs of the

community

Continue to protect valued neighbourhood character

Ensure that there is infrastructure, services and transport to meet the needs

of the community.

Within clause 21.06 ‘Built Form’, the amendment introduced a Residential Areas

Framework and accompanying Housing Framework Map. The Residential Areas

Framework describes preferred housing outcomes for various locations across the

municipality. It encourages higher density housing growth to occur within and close

to accessible places such as activity centres, where there is good access to public

transport and services. The Residential Areas Framework also acknowledges

various distinctive neighbourhood characteristics of established residential areas

and provides direction as to how these areas may accommodate further growth

without diminishing valued local characteristics. Amendment C63 was gazetted on

18 November 2010.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Amendment C68 – Residential Neighbourhood Character Policy

Following the review of Council’s 1999 Neighbourhood Character Strategy, a new

Strategy was adopted in 2012. This new strategy informed the preparation of

Amendment C68.

Amendment C68 updated the previous, temporary Clause 22.02 ‘Residential

Neighbourhood Character Policy’ to reflect Council’s Neighbourhood Character

Strategy 2012. The amendment also removed Clause 22.02-8, which lists 30 June

2013 as the expiry date of the policy, making the policy permanent. It also updated

various sections of the planning scheme to reflect the changes to Clause 22.02.

Amendment C73 – Environmentally Sustainable Development

A collaborative approach emerged in the last four years, to share local planning

policy improvements for environmentally sustainable development. This was done

with the cities of Moreland, Port Phillip, Stonington, Yarra and Whitehorse to run

concurrent planning scheme amendments. For Banyule, this was Amendment C73.

Amendment C73 aimed to strengthen the ability for the Planning Authority to

consider environmentally sustainable design (ESD) in the Local Planning Policy

Framework (LPPF). The proposed Clause 22.07 Environmentally Efficient Design

(EED) provides policy objectives and application requirements for residential,

mixed use and non-residential development to further implement environmentally

sustainable design policy contained within the State Planning Policy Framework

(SPPF) and the Municipal Strategic Statement (MSS). However, fundamentally, the

EED policy provides guidance in regards to achieving best practice

environmentally sustainable development.

The report of the Independent Panel/Advisory Committee regarding Amendment

C73 has been received. The Amendment is with the Minister for Planning awaiting

approval.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Amendment C100 – New Residential Zones

In 2013 the Victorian Government released three new residential zones into the

Victorian Planning System. They are called the Neighbourhood Residential Zone

(NRZ), General Residential Zone (GRZ) and the Residential Growth Zone (RGZ).

The Government asked all Councils to give their local, tailored proposals for

introducing these zones, before the Government’s July 2014 deadline for making a

decision.

On 18 November 2013 Council adopted its approach, including mapping, so a new

residential zones proposal could be prepared and sent to the Minister for Planning

(the Minister), for a decision to be made. The proposal, known as C100, was sent

on 8 January 2014. The proposal used existing planning scheme information and

Council’s adopted strategies to describe a local, tailored response to the

Government’s new zones.

After a period of consultation with the community, Council officers received

enquiries and had various meetings with interested parties. Arising from the

consultation done, priorities for refining the zones in the future have been done

under three broad categories, these are:

Managing Housing Growth by creating residential design frameworks for

housing growth around shopping streets and other accessible places.

Achieving this can test options and would include further consultation for

expanding the RGZ and revising the GRZ.

Protecting Neighbourhoods by doing a future review of Council’s 2013

Neighbourhood Character Strategy for targeted locations, where revisions to

the NRZ may be appropriate.

Considering significant locations and key sites: By reviewing past mapping

for significant landscapes and identifying more key sites across the City.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



The recommended priority for the New Residential Zones is to review the zones for

Heidelberg West and those parts of Bellfield and Heidelberg Heights that are part

of the emerging LaTrobe Employment Cluster.

Heidelberg West Renewal

Following the Government’s decision to sell former school sites, Council has

proactively sought to implement its housing strategy by enabling housing growth

for key strategic redevelopment sites in the area. This has involved rezoning three

former school sites to the Government’s new Residential Growth Zone, with

Amendment C96. This rezoning is giving impetus to Council setting up future

property redevelopment opportunities at these sites.

Clause 21.08 - Local Places

Banyule has a number of local places that are of strategic significance to the

municipality. These places include activity centres and employment precincts.

These places have been reviewed and an updated list is provided below. This list

highlights the importance of the LaTrobe Employment Cluster, which has recently

been established by Plan Melbourne. These places include:

National Employment Cluster

The Emerging La Trobe Cluster

Activity Centres

Greensborough Activity Centre

Heidelberg Activity Centre

Ivanhoe Activity Centre

Neighbourhood Centres

East Ivanhoe Neighbourhood Centre

Bell Street Mall Neighbourhood Centre

Rosanna Neighbourhood Centre

Macleod Neighbourhood Centre

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Watsonia Neighbourhood Centre

Bundoora Neighbourhood Centre

Montmorency Neighbourhood Centre

Lower Plenty Neighbourhood Centre

St Helena Neighbourhood Centre

Diamond Village Neighbourhood Centre

Industrial Precincts

Heidelberg West Industrial Area

Para Road Industrial Area

Grimshaw Road Industrial Area

This updated list illustrates that the small Eaglemont shopping street is no longer

considered as a Neighbourhood Centre. This is because heritage prioritises a

desire for protecting a highly valued neighbourhood character and guiding growth

to other centres, means that Eaglemont has lower level significance for attracting

growth and more housing at its core.

Activity Centre Structure Planning for some of these places has continued since

the last Review Report in 2010.

Greensborough Principal Activity Centre

Amendment C59 applied a Public Acquisition Overlay (PAO7) to land at 2-4 & 6

Stubley Court Greensborough. This has enabled Council to acquire the land, which

is needed for car parking, access roads and associated landscaping and

streetscape purposes, within the Greensborough Principal Activity Centre.

The development of the land for car parking, access roads and associated

landscaping and streetscape purposes will require further planning approval. This

will ensure that issues such as the protection of nearby residential amenity and

traffic management are addressed as part of the final car park design. Planning

Scheme Amendment C59 was gazetted on 16 June 2011.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Amendment C82 was gazetted on 14 February 2013 when Banyule gave support

to the State’s introduction of the Activity Centre Zone. This new zone involved a

translation of the former controls that emerged from the Greensborough Structure

Plan.

Heidelberg Major Activity Centre and Specialised Activity Centre

Amendment C59 implemented the Heidelberg Structure Plan into the planning

scheme by making changes proposed to the MSS, zones, overlays and supporting

documents. Amendment C59 was gazetted on 16 June 2011.

Ivanhoe Major Activity Centre

The Ivanhoe Activity Centre Structure Plan was adopted on 17 December 2012

and revised to make corrections and minor editorial changes on 3 June 2013.

Planning scheme amendments have been progressed to implement the Ivanhoe

Structure Plan into the planning scheme.

Amendment C91 – Introduced the Design and Development Overlay Schedule 11

and 12 on an interim basis. Amendment C91 was gazetted on 28 November 2013.

Amendment C93 – Seeks to make changes to the MSS, introduce a new schedule

11 and 12 to the DDO and rezone some properties on a permanent basis. A Panel

Hearing was held on 13 and 14 May 2014 to hear submissions in relation to this

Amendment. Council is awaiting a report and recommendations from the Panel.

Ivanhoe Major Activity Centre – Heritage

Amendment C94 Part 1 sought to apply a Heritage Overlay to land at:

Kenilworth Parade Precinct: 17-23 and 10- 36 Kenilworth Parade, Ivanhoe.

Toora Street Precinct: 14-20 and 11-23 Toora Street, 17-25 and 18 Young

Street, and 19-21 Linton Street, Ivanhoe.

Former Darebin Post Office, 1041 and 1041A Heidelberg Road, Ivanhoe.

The amendment introduces a Heritage Overlay to two new heritage precincts and

one new heritage place. All heritage places have external paint controls. The

Amendment was submitted to the Department for Approval 24 March 2014.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Amendment C94 Part 2 sought to apply Heritage Overlays to the Kenilworth

Parade Precinct in Ivanhoe and the Saxam Homestead at 108 - 130 Diamond

Creek Road (St Helena) on Greensborough. The panel’s Report in relation to this

Amendment was received on 11 June 2014. The findings and recommendations of

the Panel will be reported to Council on 7 July 2014.

Bell Street

The Bell Street Mall Urban Design Framework and Master Plan was adopted by

Council on 23 November 2009. This plan sets out a vision for a vibrant future for

the Mall.

The Mall is at the heart of Heidelberg West. Neighbourhood renewal, health,

education, employment, housing and better connections to other places and

spaces are some of the opportunities to better integrate the Mall site into a

regenerated suburb. There are also issues to be resolved in the Mall if the aging

building stock is to be retained into the longer-term future. This supports an

opportunity to master-plan the Mall's rejuvenation.

Without the necessary funding commitment from the State Government the project

has expanded into a project about ‘West Heidelberg’ rather than just focussing on

‘The Mall’ including the redeveloped of the former school sites. Council has

however received a grant to undertake place making work at The Mall to make

public space improvements. These improvements are now Council’s priority for the

Mall, along with an ongoing relationship with the trader association, working on a

business hub with Australia Post.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



3. PLANNING ISSUES FOR BANYULE Banyule established a new four year plan in 2013. This plan emerged from

community consultation and the development of a community plan as well. The

new City Plan reviewed key themes and established a new framework that can be

taken into the Banyule Planning Scheme.

Banyule's new City Plan for 2013-2017 has several key elements:

a) An overall vision that tells us what we are striving for.

b) Principles that help Council achieve its vision.

c) Five key themes with objectives to encapsulate Council's efforts in delivering

the vision:


Performance – Use our Resources Wisely


People – Community Strengthening and Support

Participation – Community involvement in Community Life

Under the theme of Place in the City Plan 2013-2017 there are three Key

Directions and several focus areas to guide the framework. This City Plan process

now gives direction to future priorities for the planning scheme. Further information

is given below:

3.1 Key Direction: Maintain and improve Banyule as a great place to live 3.1.1 Focus Area: Promote the preferred character of neighbourhoods and

preferred places for development.

Key initiatives under this focus area include:

Guide development growth to key sites, including within Greensborough,

Heidelberg, Ivanhoe and Heidelberg West

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Achieve a final outcome for Banyule’s C100 New Residential Zones

Amendment to align Council’s Municipal Framework Plan and the Victorian

Government’s new residential zones for planning schemes, including:

Work with the metropolitan Planning Authority for Banyule’s part of the

Northern Employment Cluster, which is in the State Government’s planning

strategy for Melbourne.

Deliver a long-term strategic plan for Council’s potential influence and land

use planning on Watsonia station and the surrounding precinct

Make a nomination to Heritage Victoria and pursue feedback for Banyule

Flats and Warringal Parklands to be considered for State heritage

significance.

Consider options for amendments to the planning scheme to provide a basis

for development contributions for community facilities, infrastructure etc.

Proceed with a Planning Scheme Amendment for a special building overlay

(SBO) for Local Drainage Network.

Provide technical assistance in the preparation of a Special Building Overlay

in the Planning Scheme for flood prone areas.

3.1.2 Focus Area: Encourage greater diversity and sustainability of housing


Use the Banyule Banner to communicate positive messages for

Environmental Sustainable Design (ESD) Amendments and practices.

Complete planning for environmentally efficient design guidelines in the

planning scheme

Implement and expand Council’s Liveable Housing Guidelines to improve

the accessibility of new housing.

Improve residential housing accessibility

Continue to implement and expand Council’s Liveable Housing Project to

improve residential housing accessibility.

Ensure compliance with state and federal sustainable building codes

through Banyule’s Building Control Service.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Undertake planning scheme amendment to create a special building

overlay.

3.1.3 Focus Area: Promote the improved design of local neighbourhoods to

enhance ease of movement and access to goods, services and employment


Complete the vehicle crossovers planning scheme amendment.

Deliver structure planning priorities, including:

Complete a draft Watsonia 2050 vision for Watsonia Shopping Street

and Railway Station area

Commence a review of areas of the Greensborough PAC structure plan.

Support the Metropolitan Planning Authority to progress a vision for the

LaTrobe Employment Cluster.

3.3. Key Direction: Support thriving commercial and retail activity

3.3.1 Focus Area: Support activity centres to enhance local retail and commercial

activity. Key initiatives under this focus area include:

Achieve a final report to Council for the Ivanhoe Activity Centre Planning

Scheme Amendments following a Planning Panel.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



4. FUTURE STRATEGIC WORK TO DONE This section describes further work to strengthen the strategic direction of the

Banyule Planning Scheme.

4.1 THE PROPOSED PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK

The Minister for Planning has appointed an Advisory Committee to report on the

review of the State Planning Policy Framework (SPPF) to align with the review of a

number of state policy matters. The review will ensure that all state policy matters

align and integrate with the key strategic directions and strategic maps that have

been identified in the newly developed Plan Melbourne and eight regional growth

plans.

The further strategic planning work that is required has been identified through a

combination of the Focus Areas and Key Initiatives identified in Council’s City Plan

and Budget. These initiatives have been grouped under the new planning themes

being promoted by the State as outlined above.

02 CONTEXT

02.02 Local Context

Municipal Profile

The Municipal Profile included in the Planning Scheme will be updated to better

align with the 2011 Census data and Council plans including the City Plan,

Community Plan and the “5P” policies and strategies.

The Municipal Profile will be drafted as a Reference Document rather remaining

embedded in the planning scheme. As a Reference Document it will be much

easier to keep the profile up to date to reflect changing demographic information

and statistics, without the need of running an amendment process for each

change.

The MSS will retain a section called ‘Banyule in Brief.’ This section will contain

information that is unlikely to change such as ‘significant rivers and diverse

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



typography’, ‘high quality vegetation and landscape’ and ‘extensive high quality

open spaces’.

A new Municipal Profile document has been drafted and will be included in the

Planning Scheme as a Reference Document at Clause 21.09 through Banyule

Planning Scheme Amendment C71.

Banyule City Plan 2013 - 2017

Banyule's new City Plan for 2013-2017 has several key elements:

a) An overall vision that tells us what we are striving for.

b) Principles that help Council achieve its vision.

c) Five key themes with objectives to encapsulate Council's efforts in delivering

the vision:


Performance – Use our Resources Wisely


People – Community Strengthening and Support

Participation – Community involvement in Community Life

The Vision and Strategic Framework at Clause 21.02 of the MSS is currently being

amended to integrate reference to the new City Plan. These changes will be

made through Banyule Planning Scheme Amendment C71.

Planning Scheme Review

Section 12B of the Planning and Environment Act1987 requires a planning

authority to regularly review the provisions of the planning scheme. A

comprehensive Municipal Strategic Statement review will need to be done in the

next 2-3 years. The purpose of the review is to enhance the effectiveness and

efficiency of the planning scheme in achieving:

The objectives of planning in Victoria

The objectives and strategies of the planning scheme including the State

Planning Policy Framework and the Local Planning Policy Framework.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



The review should assess whether the scheme provisions, such as local planning

policies, zones, overlays and schedules have been effective and efficient in

achieving the objectives and strategies of the planning scheme.

The review is an audit of the performance of the planning scheme at a point of time

and will inform the continuous improvement of the planning scheme by addressing:

• What has been achieved since the last review?

• Where are we now?

• Where to from here?

The review is also likely to identify changes or additional strategic work that would

improve the performance of the planning scheme. Any proposed improvements to

the planning scheme that flow from the review should be carried out as planning

scheme amendments separate to the review.

‘The

Planning Scheme Amendment C71

Council’s 2010 Planning Scheme Review highlighted the need to fix-up the

planning scheme for corrections and anomalies. Since 2010, progress on various

separate Amendments means an opportunity can now be taken to consolidate

various fix-ups into one Amendment.

Council has the option of ‘fast-tracking’ correctional amendments. This is done

under section 20(4) of the Planning and Environment Act (Act) and enables the

Minister for Planning to amend a Planning Scheme, with exemption from notice

requirements.

Collation of various opportunities has revealed that an administrative tidy-up of the

Banyule Planning Scheme may include:

Municipal Strategic Statement (MSS) updated to align with Banyule’s City

Plan 2013-2017.

Overlay and Zone Map anomalies, including incorrect addresses, property

boundaries, grammatical errors, and use of up-to-date terminology.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



MSS and Overlay schedule tidy-up to enable improved consistency and

clarity. This includes refined structure and content of permit requirements,

decision guidelines and reference documents.

03 THE PLANNING VISION

3.10 Planning for local areas

Deliver a long-term strategic plan for Council’s potential influence and

land use planning on Watsonia station and the surrounding precinct

Deliver structure planning priorities, including:

Complete a draft Watsonia 2050 vision for Watsonia Shopping

Street and Railway Station area

Commence a review of areas of the Greensborough PAC

structure plan.

Achieve a final report to Council for the Ivanhoe Activity Centre

Planning Scheme Amendments following a Planning Panel.

05 ENVIONMENTAL RISKS

5.02 Flooding and coastal inundation

Proceed with a Planning Scheme Amendment for a special building

overlay (SBO) for Local Drainage Network.

Provide technical assistance in the preparation of a Special Building

Overlay in the Planning Scheme for flood prone areas.

Undertake planning scheme amendment to create a special building

overlay.

06 LANDSCAPE AND BUILT ENVIRONMENT

6.04 Environmentally sustainable design

Complete planning for environmentally efficient design guidelines in

the planning scheme

6.05 Infrastructure design

Complete the vehicle crossovers planning scheme amendment.

07 HERITAGE

7.01 Landscape and natural heritage

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Complete Amendment C94 once a report and recommendations have

been received from Planning Panels Victoria

Make a nomination to Heritage Victoria and pursue feedback for

Banyule Flats and Warringal Parklands to be considered for State

heritage significance.

08 HOUSING

8.01 Location of residential development

Achieve a final outcome for Banyule’s C100 New Residential Zones

Amendment to align Council’s Municipal Framework Plan and the

Victorian Government’s new residential zones for planning schemes

09 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

9.01 Location of employment

Work with the metropolitan Planning Authority for Banyule’s part of

the emerging LaTrobe Employment Cluster, which is in the State

Government’s planning strategy for Melbourne (Plan Melbourne).

10 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

10.01 Distribution of social and cultural infrastructure

Consider options for amendments to the planning scheme to provide

a basis for development contributions for community facilities,

infrastructure etc.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



5. STATE PLANNING POLICY AND PROJECTS

State Government Review of SPPF

The Government is currently doing a review of the SPPFs structure. The review

aims to have all state policy matters aligned and integrated with the key strategic

direction that is emerging for the metropolitan planning strategy, Plan Melbourne. It

is also looking to restructure the SPPF so stronger nexus is achieved between

State and local policy.

The Minister for Planning established an Advisory Committee to review the SPPF

in July 2013. This committee has prepared a report to show how a revised State

framework can integrate local frameworks as well and is calling for comments on

the proposed Planning Policy Framework (PPF).

Council’s sent its submission to the Committee and to the MAV on 20 May 2014.

State Government Review of Middle Yarra River Corridor

The Victorian Government is reviewing planning scheme requirements for

developing land near the Yarra River in Banyule, Manningham and Nillumbik. The

State’s work will look at whether any planning scheme changes are needed for this

middle section of the river.

Public consultation on the draft strategy has been done. The State’s consultants

(Planisphere) are currently preparing a final version, with draft planning scheme

VPP tool-kit (no detailed provisions). Further public consultation will happen in

May/June before the Minister considers a final strategy and toolkit. The State is

intending to run a combined amendment.

State Government new Metro Strategy

The Victorian Government has prepared a new planning strategy for Melbourne.

Plan Melbourne sets out the Victorian Government’s vision that will guide the city’s

growth to 2050. After a thorough consultation process, Plan Melbourne has been

amended to bring the strategy up to date, improve clarity and further explain some

of its concepts and policies. The Final Strategy was released on 19 May 2014.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Associated changes to the State Planning Policy Framework were gazetted on 30

May 2014.

New Residential Zones

The Victorian Government is making changes to the zones found in planning

schemes. These changes are being staged. Some changes have already

happened and more is expected.

The State's changes are also prompting Councils to consider three new residential

zones. These new zones are called General Residential Zone, Residential Growth

Zone and the Neighbourhood Residential Zone. Most of Banyule's residential

streets and neighbourhoods are currently in a Residential 1 Zone in the Banyule

Planning Scheme.

The State Government has said to all Councils across Victoria that, unless

approval is given to a local approach for introducing these three new residential

zones, the General Residential Zone will be introduced into planning schemes on

the 1st July 2014. Council is progressing Planning Scheme Amendment C100 to

apply the New Residential Zones in the most appropriate locations. The

Government’s decision on Amendment C100 will inform Council’s future priorities

for the new zones.

Emerging LaTrobe Employment Cluster and the MPA

The emerging cluster for the Northern Subregion has been established by Plan

Melbourne and is an emerging cluster with strengths in education, research, health

and retail. It includes a number of significant employment activities (such as La

Trobe University and its industrial surrounds, Northland Shopping Centre and

Austin Biomedical Alliance Precinct) and a concentration of other health, research,

commercial and retail activities in and around the Heidelberg Activity Centre. There

are currently 25,700 jobs in the cluster.

The cluster represents an opportunity to increase the number and diversity of jobs

in the subregion. Each location in the cluster has different strengths and

contributions to make to the economy. La Trobe University has an expanding

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



education and research role, including a growing student and research population

and the recently completed AgriBio Centre. The Heidelberg precinct has a

significant presence of health services, training and research institutions such as

the Melbourne Brain Centre. Due to Austin Health’s critical mass of roughly 8000

staff, there is specialisation in some health services (such as toxicology and

respiratory support) in Heidelberg, which sees the area providing state wide

services. There are urban renewal opportunities for mixed-use transit-oriented

development in the Heidelberg precinct.

Council is currently working with the Metropolitan Planning Authority (MPA) and

Darebin Council to create a Framework for the cluster. This framework will give

precincts and direction that can be picked up through future work, advocacy and

funding opportunities for local planning priorities.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



6. CONSULTATION

Council continues to capture community information and do consultation for local

priorities to be identified and reflected through its City Plan. This City Plan process

also ensures a transparent approach for identifying priorities for achieving the

vision for the City.

Household surveys were done in 2008 and 2011. These surveys helped inform the

City Plan priorities and also confirm that priorities for achieving the City’s vision are

adequately expressed within the 2013 – 2017 City Plan.

In addition to household surveys, Council has worked with the local community to

establish a Community Plan. This community planning leveraged off further

consultation which has helped to check-in with Council’s strategic direction.

Arising from the completed consultation, Council has established a new City Plan

that transparently reflects priorities for improving the planning scheme to achieve

progress on the City Plan.

The priority to capture this outcome, in the planning scheme, is Amendment C71

which is imbedding the 2013 – 2017 City Plan Framework into the planning

scheme’s MSS.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



7. DRAFT ACTION PLAN

Future amendments to the Banyule Planning Scheme will be done as strategic

planning work is completed.

The table below gives a list of existing and proposed future strategic planning

projects. These projects will be progressed (subject to funding) over the next four

years. This table will be reviewed and revised over the next 12 months, to give

effect to a final four year Action Plan. The final table will then be used to prepare

annual budget proposals. Final annual priorities will then emerge through Council’s

annual planning for budget allocation.

The priorities for 2014/15 correspond with those in the 2013/17 City Plan. Future

priorities for between 2015 and 2018 will be continually reviewed and refined

through Council’s annual planning.

THEME ACTIVITY 14/15 15/16 16/17 17/18

Future years

Council

Acting on Council resolutions arising from Notice of Motions and other strategies (e.g. Integrated Transport Plan)

Customer

Acting on customer enquiries, landowner and other authority proposals for changing the planning scheme

State Gov and Others

State Government planning system projects (Metro Strategy, LaTrobe Employment Cluster, State Planning Framework, Yarra River Controls)

Planning Scheme Review

4 yearly Planning Scheme Review and Planning Scheme Amendment (PSA)

4 yearly clean-up of planning scheme for minor revisions, formatting and improved clarity

Housing & Neighbourhoods

Completing PSA for intro of new residential zones

Analysis to improve future use of new residential zones

PSA to refine the new residential zones

Olympia Ward Design Framework for housing growth

PSA for Olympia Ward Framework

Strategy for Strategic Redevelopment Sites and PSA

Activity Areas GPAC structure plan review and PSA

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



PSA for Greensborough Car Parking Plan (start after plan created)

Heidelberg Structure Plan Review & PSA

PSA for Heidelberg Car Parking Plan (start after plan created)

Ivanhoe Structure Plan update & PSA for Civic Precinct

PSA for Ivanhoe Car Parking Plan

Watsonia Vision

Watsonia Design Framework for future development opportunities

PSA for Watsonia Design Framework

Rosanna Vision, Design Framework & PSA

MacLeod Vision, Design Framework & PSA

Montmorency Vision, Design Framework & PSA

Plenty Road Vision, Design Framework & PSA

Ivanhoe East Vision, Design Framework & PSA

Stormwater PSA for stormwater mapping SBO

Heritage Priority State heritage register nominations (e.g. Banyule Flats and Warringal Parkland)

10year Heritage Precincts Review & PSA

10 year Heritage Strategy Review & PSA

Trees 10 year Substantial Trees (VPO) Strategy Review & PSA

5 year PSA for Significant Trees

Landscapes 10 year Significant Landscapes Review & PSA

Funding Contributions

Support creation of a funding strategy, to inform future priorities for developer contributions and special rates

PSA for any priority DCP (start after funding strategy created)

PSA for Open Space Contributions (start after rnew Open Space Strategy created)

Note: Final priorities for 2014/15 will also be informed by pending decisions on amendments in progress. Currently, the amendments with potential to inform the 14/15 priorities are:

C100 – Introducing the New Residential Zones

C93 – Ivanhoe Activity Centre Structure Planning

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Appendix A – Action Plan 2010-2014

Subject Description of Strategic

Work / Project

2010-2014

Progress

June 2014

Progress

1 Greensborough

PAC

A Public Acquisition Overlay to the

land at 2-4 & 6 Studley Court

Greensborough. This will enable

Council to acquire the land for car

parking, access roads and

associated landscaping and

streetscape purposes, within the

Greensborough Principal Activity

Centre.

Amendment C59 has been exhibited.

Negotiations ongoing with landowners.

Completed. C59 Gazetted on 16 June 2011.

Amendment C82 introduces the Activity

Centre Zone into the Banyule Planning

Scheme and applies Schedule 1 of the

Activity Centre Zone to the

Greensborough Principal Activities Area

to accord with the adopted structure

plan for the area.

Completed. C82 Gazetted on 14 February 2013.

2 Heidelberg MAC

and SAC

Amendment to implement the

Heidelberg Structure Plan into the

planning scheme. Changes

Exhibition of the Amendment C60 has

been completed. Panel Hearing

February 2010 and Panel Report

Completed. C60 Gazetted 11 November 2010.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



proposed to the MSS, zones,

overlays and supporting

documents.

Received. Council adopted revised

Amendment. Approval request for

Amendment to be sent to Minister.

Undertake the Heidelberg Central

Public Car Parking design project

to help implement the Heidelberg

Structure Plan.

Study work underway.

3 Ivanhoe MAC Undertake structure planning for

Ivanhoe MAC and progress a

Planning Scheme Amendment

Draft Structure Plan prepared as a first

draft. Consultation to start in mid-2010.

A Planning Scheme Amendment would

follow.

Interim controls approved. Planning Scheme

Amendment C91 Gazetted on 28 November 2013.

Panel Hearing for Amendment C93 (permanent

controls) held on 13 & 14 May 2014.

A heritage amendment was undertaken

for the Ivanhoe Activity Area that

Includes two heritage precincts and

places in the Schedule to the Heritage

Overlay

Amendment C94 (Part 1) is before the Minister

awaiting approval. The findings and

recommendations of the panel in relation to

Amendment C94 (Part 2) was received by Council

on 11 June 2014. This is scheduled to go to a

Council Meeting on 7 July 2014.

Undertake Master Planning for the

Civic Precinct in Ivanhoe and

prepare site design guidelines

Study work started. Consultation on the Civic Precinct Masterplan has

been undertaken. The time for accepting

submissions has now closed. A report will be

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



presented to Council for consideration by the end

of June 2014.

4 Heidelberg West

Accessible Area

Prepare a structure plan for Bell

Street Mall and associated

Planning Scheme Amendment.

The Urban Design Framework and

Master Plan will provide the basis

for a structure plan. Include a

Development Contributions Plan.

Design Framework and Master Plan

adopted by Council.

Structure Plan and funding model being

explored.

The Bell Street Mall Urban Design Framework and

Master Plan was adopted by Council on 23

November 2009.

Work has been done to rezone three

former school sites in Heidelberg West

from the Public Use Zone to the

Residential Growth Zone.

Amendment C96 was Gazetted on 23 January

2014.

Heidelberg West Industrial Estate

Kingsbury Drive. Analysis work

(economic, marketing, built form

and landuse) and design

guidelines to be prepared.

Planning Scheme Amendment.

5 Neighbourhood

Activity Centres

Undertake structure planning for

the priority Neighbourhood Activity

Centre of Rosanna.

Background and study work underway.

The area along Turnham Avenue is a

priority.

Amendment C76 to rezone part of the land at 44

Turnham Gazetted on 16 February 2012.

6 New Residential In 2013 the Victorian Government

Council has prepared its approach to On 18 November 2013 Council adopted its

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



Zones released three new residential

zones into the Victorian Planning

System. They are called the

Neighbourhood Residential Zone

(NRZ), General Residential Zone

(GRZ) and the Residential Growth

Zone (RGZ). The Government

asked all Councils to give their

local, tailored proposals for

introducing these zones, before

the Government’s July 2014

deadline for making a decision.

the New Residential Zones and

undertaken consultation with the

Banyule community.

approach for Amendment C100. Amendment C100

was sent to the Minister on 8 January 2014.

7 Housing and

Neighbourhood

Character

Amend the MSS to reflect the

intent of the Housing Strategy,

particularly the Housing

Framework.

Amendment C63 has been exhibited.

Progress towards a Panel Hearing if

required.

Amendment C63 Gazetted on 18 November 2010.

Review the existing

Neighbourhood Character Strategy

(1999) to ensure a new policy is in

place before 31 March 2011. PS

Amendment may include changes

to zones and overlays.

Review started. Draft reviewed

Strategy underway.

Council has resolved to pursue an

extension of the existing

Neighbourhood Character Policy in the

Planning Scheme. Request sent and

Amendment C68 Gazetted on 20 June 2013.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



awaiting a response.

Amendment C68 is being prepared.

Complete housing capacity work to

support the implementation of the

Housing Framework Map, to

support any reviewed

neighbourhood character strategy.

Housing capacity work underway. The

draft Housing Opportunities Analysis

Report (Oct 2009) has been prepared.

Further work will be done to refine the

capacity work in connection with the

State Government housing capacity

work and the outcomes of the

neighbourhood character review. This

work is important so as to support any

Planning Scheme Amendment to

implement the reviewed Neighbourhood

Character Strategy.

8 Vegetation

Protection

Improve vegetation controls

including improved protection for

substantial trees and significant

trees.

Amendments C67 and C70 are being

prepared to update ESO4 t in line with

the reviewed Significant Trees Register.

Amendment C80 was prepared to

introduce an overlay into the planning

scheme to protect Substantial Trees on

a permanent basis

Amendment C67 Gazetted on 26 August 2010.

Amendment C70 Part 1 Gazetted on 17 March

2011.

Amendment C70 Part 2 Gazetted on 11 August

2011.

Amendment C80 Gazetted on 15 May 2014.

9 Heritage Do the Heritage Review and Review has started and is due to be Amendment C64 Gazetted 6 September 2012.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



update precinct guidelines to

better protect heritage Places in

Banyule.

completed by mid-2010. Public

consultation will follow for an updated

Heritage Overlay in the Planning

Scheme.

Amendment C64 to be prepared.

Review of precinct guidelines is a lower

priority that should be done after

Council’s Heritage Review has been

updated for additional buildings and

places

Amendment C77 Gazetted on 30 May 2013.

10 Environmentally

Sustainable

Development

Provide clear guidance on

Council’s expectations for

achieving environmentally

sustainable design. In the

absence of State Planning Policy

progress the introduction of a

Local Planning Policy for

Environmentally Sustainable

Development.

Amendment C73 prepared including

draft ESD local planning policy.

Authorisation request sent to DPCD.

The report of the Independent Panel/Advisory

Committee regarding Amendment C73 has been

received. The Amendment is with the Minister for

Planning awaiting approval.

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.7



11 MSS Review Review the MSS to reflect recent

Council strategies, policies and

plans e.g. City Plan, Community

Plan, proposed 5P Strategies, new

Environment Strategy etc. This

includes reviewing the MSS for

improved ESD.

MSS restructured through Amendment

C61.

Preparing Amendment C71 for an

updated MSS to incorporate the new

City Plan.

Further Amendment to follow to update

MSS.

Planning Scheme Amendment C71 was sent to the

Minister for Planning on Friday 27 June 2014.

12 Planning Scheme

Tidy Ups

Various tidy up Planning Scheme

amendments including minor fix

ups, anomalies and minor

updating.

Amendments will be brought forward as

required.

13 Monitoring Establish a planning scheme

monitoring system to aid the future

reviews and to inform various

projects. Include data collection

related to housing, neighbourhood

character and vegetation as a

priority.

No started

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11

Attachment 1: Panel Report - Banyule Planning Scheme Amendment C94 Part 2 / 10 June 2014


Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

1

Item: 4.11

Attachment 2: Amended Clause 21.09 - Reference Documents


21.09 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

While Reference Documents have been categorised to correspond with the most relevant

Key Element, this does not preclude a Reference Document from being relevant to other

Key Elements.

21.09-1 Cultural Heritage (clause 21.03)

Aboriginal cultural resource management grid map (Aboriginal Affairs Victoria)

Banyule City Council. Aboriginal Heritage Study, July 1998

Banyule Heritage Places Study. (July 1999)

City of Banyule Cultural Strategy 2007-2011 (2007)

Ellender, I. 1989, The Plenty Valley Corridor: Archaeological Survey of Aboriginal Sites

Ellender I. 1994, The Aboriginal Heritage of the Shire of Eltham

Lower Plenty River Concept Plan, October 1994

Lower Darebin Creek Concept Plan, March 1995

Middle Yarra River Concept Plan, Dights Falls to Burke Road, August 1990

The Middle Yarra Concept Plan - Burke Road to Watsons Creek, December 1993

Weaver, F. 1989, Plenty Valley Corridor: The Archaeological Survey of Historic Sites

Weaver, F. 1991, Lower Plenty River Archaeological Survey (for Board of Works)

Weaver, F. 1991, Report as part of the Lower Darebin Creek Concept Plan

Gasparato, N. & Levi, C. 2011, Saxam Homestead- Heritage Assessment

21.09-2 Housing (clause 21.04-1)

Banyule Housing Strategy 2009

Banyule City Council Neighbourhood Character Strategy 2012.

21.09-3 Commercial (clause 21.04-2)

An Overview of Commercial/Retail Centres in the City of Banyule (February 1997)

Banyule City Council - Outdoor Advertising Policy (September 2001)

Banyule Economic Development Strategy 1999-2004 (July 1999)

City of Banyule Economic and Transport Profile (September 1996)

21.09-4 Industrial (clause 21.04-3)

Banyule City Council - Outdoor Advertising Policy (September 2001)

Banyule Economic Development Strategy 1999-2004 (July 1999)

Banyule Environment Policy and Strategy: Protecting and Enhancing our Local

Environment (January 1997)


Heidelberg West Industrial Estate Traffic and Parking Study (November 1996).

Heidelberg West Industrial Estate Business and Development Plan (March 1998)

Lower Darebin Creek Concept Plan (March 1995)

21.09-5 Community Facilities (clause 21.04-4)

Banyule Health Plan 2004-2007 (2004)

City of Banyule Cultural Strategy 2007-2011 (2007)

15/05/2014 C80

08/10/2009

C61

20/06/2013

C68

08/10/2009

C61

08/10/2009

C61

08/10/2009

C61

Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



21.09-6 Natural Environment (clause 21.05)

Banyule City Council Drainage Policy (March 1998)

Banyule City Council Annual State of the Environment Report

Banyule Environment Strategy (2003)

Banyule Weed Management Strategy (2006)

Banyule Wildlife Corridor Program (2000)

Biosites – Sites of Biodiversity Significance in Port Phillip and Westernport Region (DSE,

2005)

City of Banyule Significant Trees and Vegetation Study (2000)

Banyule City Council Greenhouse Action Strategy (June 2002)

Plenty River Stream Flow Management Plan (2007)

National Local Government Biodiversity Strategy (ALGA,2000)

National Biodiversity & Climate Change Action Plan 2004-07

Planning Measures for Environment Protection (Environment Protection Authority, 1996)

Port Phillip and Westernport Regional Catchment Strategy (2004-09)

Sites of Faunal and Habitat Significance in North East Melbourne (1997)

State Environment Protection Policy (Waters of Victoria) (2003)

Banyule City Council Stormwater Quality Management Plan (2002)

Urban Stormwater – Best Practice Environmental Management Guidelines (CSIRO, 1999)

Vegetation Communities of the City of Banyule (2000)

Victoria’s Native Vegetation Management – A Framework for Action (2002)

Yarra River Action Plan (2006)

Yarra Valley Parklands Management Plan (2008)

Banyule City Council Municipal Bicycle Strategic Statement (1996)

Banyule City Council – Outdoor Advertising Policy (September 2001)

Melbourne Riverlands Tourism Development Plan (November 1996)

Banyule’s Waste Management Strategy 2000-2004

Banyule City Council Public Open Space Strategy (2008)

21.09-7 Built Environment (clause 21.06)

Banyule City Council Building Site Code of Practice (2007)

Banyule City Council Drainage Policy (1998)

Banyule City Council Municipal Fire Prevention Plan (1996)

Banyule City Council Outdoor Advertising Policy (September 2001)

Banyule Housing Strategy 2009

Banyule City Council Neighbourhood Character Strategy 2012.

Banyule City Council Tree Planting Zone Guidelines 2011.

Landscape Assessment for Significant Ridgelines in Banyule 2012

Banyule City Council Vehicle Crossing Policy 2012

AS 4970-2009 Protection of trees on development sites

Banyule Weed Management Strategy (2006).

Advisory List of Rare or Threatened Plants in Victoria, DSE 2005.

Construction Techniques for Sediment Pollution (Environment Protection Authority, 1990)

08/10/2009

C61

15/05/2014 C80

Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Environmental Guidelines for Major Construction Sites (Environment Protection Authority,

1996)

Urban Design Guidelines for Ivanhoe Shopping Centre (April 2002)

Design and Development Guidelines - 11 Casey Crescent, Viewbank (2002)

Design and Development Guidelines - 30-80 Seymour Road, Viewbank (2003)

Banyule City Council Strategy for Substantial Tree’s in Banyule’s Garden Court and

Garden Suburban Neighbourhoods (2013)

21.09-8 Transport (clause 21.07)

Banyule City Council: Local Area Traffic Management Strategy (February 2000)

Banyule City Council Municipal Bicycle Strategic Statement (1996)

Banyule City Council: Road Safety Strategy (August 2000)


North Eastern Metropolitan Regional Roads Strategy (March 1997)

21.09-9 Greensborough Principal Activity Centre (clause 21.08-1)

Greensborough Principal Activity Centre Plan (The Greenbook) (2007)

08/10/2009

C61

08/10/2009

C61

Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1

1

Item: 4.11

Attachment 3: Amended map showing the extent of HO for Saxam Homestead


Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1

Item: 4.11 Attachment 4: Amended Schedule to Clause 43.01 - Heritage Overlay


SCHEDULE TO THE HERITAGE OVERLAY

The requirements of this overlay apply to both the heritage place and its associated land.

PS Map Ref

Heritage Place External Paint Controls Apply?

Internal Alteration Controls Apply?

Tree Controls Apply?

Outbuildings or fences which are not exempt under Clause 43.01-3

Included on the Victorian Heritage Register under the Heritage Act 1995?

Prohibited uses may be permitted?

Name of Incorporated Plan under Clause 43.01-2

Aboriginal heritage place?

HO1 Walter Burley Griffin’s Glenard Estate

(Balance), Lower Heidelberg Road, Glenard

Drive, Mossman Drive and The Boulevard,

Eaglemont

No No No No No No - No

HO126 Glenard Estate

Lower Heidelberg Road, Glenard Drive,

Mossman Drive and The Boulevard, Eaglemont

- - - - Yes. Ref. H

2103

No - No

HO2 Walter Burley Griffin’s Mount Eagle Estate

(Balance), Lower Heidelberg Road, Outlook

Drive, Summit Drive, Maltravers Road, Burley

Griffin Place and The Eyrie, Eaglemont


HO127 Mount Eagle Estate

Lower Heidelberg Road, Outlook Drive, Summit

Drive, Maltravers Road, Burley Griffin Place and

The Eyrie, Eaglemont

- - - - Yes. Ref. H

2104

No - No

HO3 Eaglemont Shopping Centre, Eaglemont

Silverdale Road, including Eaglemont Train

Station, from The Eyrie to Alandale Road,

Eaglemont

Yes No No All buildings and

works including

fences,

roadworks and

associated street

furniture.

No No - 66

21/11/2013

C92

Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO4 A.V. Jennings Beaumont Estate, Ivanhoe


works including

fences,

roadworks and

associated street

furniture.

No No - No

HO5 Marshall Street/ Thoresby Grove/ Sherwood

Road Precinct, Ivanhoe


works including

fences,

roadworks and

associated street

furniture.

No No - No

HO6 Warringal Village Precinct

St John’s- Heidelberg Park

Yes No No No No No - No

HO7 “Attilof” - House

39 Abbotsford Grove, Ivanhoe


HO8 “La Rundel” - House now reception rooms

109-11 Banksia Street, Heidelberg


HO9 “Coverley” - House



HO10 Viewbank Homestead

290 Banyule Road, Viewbank

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H1396

No - No

HO11 Ravenswood

40 Beauview Parade, Ivanhoe East

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H199

No - No

Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO12 “Rosehill” Homestead

56 Bonds Road (Lot 7, LP 82133), Lower Plenty


HO13 Banyule

60 Buckingham Drive, Heidelberg

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H926

No - No

HO14 St John’s Church of England

1 Burgundy Street, Heidelberg

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H197

No - No

HO15 Charterisville

77 Burke Road North, Ivanhoe

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H1140

No - No

HO16 House/Restaurant

57 Cape Street, Heidelberg


HO17 Former Head Teacher’s Residence

Heidelberg Government School No. 294


- - - - Yes. Ref.

H1617

No - No

HO18 “Ellington” - House



HO123 Marshall Garden

40 Carlsberg Road, Eaglemont

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H1962

No - No

HO19 “Mandra Bell” - House


Yes No Yes All outbuildings

including wash

house, workshop

and stables

No No - No

HO122 The Delbridge House


- - - - Yes. Ref.

H1871

No - No

Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO20 “Carn” - House

41 Carn Avenue, Ivanhoe


HO21 House

2-4 Charmian Close, Ivanhoe


HO22 Napier Waller House

9 – 9A Crown Road, Ivanhoe

- - - - Yes. Ref. H

617

No - No

HO23 “Toryburn” - House

50 Darebin Street, Heidelberg

Yes No No Fernery No No - No

HO24 Murray Griffin House


- - - - Yes. Ref.

H1324

No - No

HO25 “Burtonholme” - House


Yes No Yes No No No - No

HO26 “Ivanhoe Manor” - House

134 Ford Street, Ivanhoe


HO119 Lippincott House

21 Glenard Drive, Eaglemont

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H2091

No - No

HO27 Pholiota


- - - - Yes. Ref.

H479

No - No

HO28 “Ar Mbaile Fein” - House

2 Green Street, Ivanhoe

Yes No No Timber fence and

gate

No No - No

HO29 Maharishi Vedic College (Loyola College)

345 Grimshaw Street, Watsonia

Yes Yes Yes Iron gates No No - No

Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO30 “Cintra’ formerly “Lis Escop” - House

121 Hawdon Street, Heidelberg


HO31 Former Darebin Bridge Hotel - Offices

899 Heidelberg Road, Ivanhoe


HO32 “Koonung” - House

1 Ivanhoe Parade, Ivanhoe


HO33 “Easton” - House



HO34 “Ericton” - House



HO35 “The Gables” - House



HO36 Snelleman House (or Coil House)

40 Keam Street, Ivanhoe

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H2282

No - No

HO37 “St Leonards” - House

12 Latham Street, Ivanhoe


HO38 “Warrigundi” - House

137 Lower Heidelberg Road, Ivanhoe East


HO40 House

56 Keam Street, Ivanhoe East


HO41 “Old England Hotel”

459-465 Lower Heidelberg Road, Heidelberg


Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO42 Masonic Temple former Recreation Hall

472 Lower Heidelberg Road, Heidelberg


HO43 East View

16 Martin Street, Heidelberg

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H1033

No - No

HO44 “Raellein” - House

26 Melcombe Road, Ivanhoe

Yes No No Front fence No No - No

HO45 “ Glenarde House”

73 Mount Street, Heidelberg


HO46 Shops, offices and dwelling

124-130 Mount Street, Heidelberg


HO47 ‘Mollison Lodge” - House

32 Old Lower Plenty Road, Viewbank


HO48 The Officer House

55 Outlook Drive, Eaglemont

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H2082

No - No

HO49 “Woburn Cottage”

6-8 Redesdale Road, Ivanhoe

Yes No Yes Glasshouse No No - No

HO50 House

12 Redesdale Road, Ivanhoe


HO51 Macgeorge House

25 Riverside Road, Ivanhoe

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H2004

No - No

HO52 “Rockbeare” - House

8 Rocke Street, Ivanhoe


Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO53 Former Novitiate of the Sisters of Mercy

206 - 230 Rosanna Road, Rosanna


HO54 House

206 - 230 Rosanna Road, Rosanna


HO55 House

234 Rosanna Road, Rosanna

Yes Yes No No No No - No

HO56 Office and dwelling

10 Seddon Street, Ivanhoe


HO57 Ivanhoe RSL formerly “Clarivue”

3-5 Studley Road, Ivanhoe


HO58 “Thenford Hill” – House

9 Studley Road, Ivanhoe


HO59 “Lakemba” - House



HO60 Heidelberg Railway Station building and

platform

154 Studley Road, Heidelberg


HO62 Former Marian Drummond Nurses Home,

Austin Hospital

Studley Road, Heidelberg


HO63 Former Lodge, Austin Hospital

Studley Road, Ivanhoe


Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO64 “Yallambie” – House

14-18 Tarcoola Drive, Yallambie

Yes No Yes All outbuildings

including dairy,

laundry, garage

and water tower

No No - No

HO65 “Featherstone House”

22 The Boulevard, Ivanhoe

Yes Yes Yes No No No - No

HO66 Chadwick House

32-34 The Eyrie, Eaglemont

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H1156

No - No

HO67 Desbrowe Annear House

36-38 The Eyrie, Eaglemont

- - - - Yes. Ref.

H1009

No - No

HO68 “Coolarin” – House

6 The Ridgeway, Ivanhoe

Yes No No Garage No No - No

HO69 “Sherwood House” formerly “Ivanhoe House’

Ivanhoe Boys’ Grammar School,

41 The Ridgeway, Ivanhoe

Yes No No Bluestone

retaining walls

No No - No

HO70 “Coranderk” – House

47 The Righi, Eaglemont

Yes No Yes Front fence,

pergola

No No - No

HO71 House


Yes Yes Yes Pergola portal No No - No

HO72 Former Ivanhoe Metropolitan Fire Brigade

Station

75-77 Upper Heidelberg Road, Ivanhoe


HO77 Former Heidelberg Town Hall


- - - - Yes. Ref.

H2077

No - No

Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO78 St James Anglican Parish Hall



HO79 House

304 Upper Heidelberg Road, cnr Marshall

Street, Ivanhoe


HO80 ‘Novar” – House



HO81 “Serendip” formerly ‘Hilston” - House

456 Upper Heidelberg Road, Heidelberg


HO82 Officer Memorial Hostel formerly “Taruna”

579-583 Upper Heidelberg Road, Heidelberg

Heights


HO83 House

7 Walker Court Viewbank


HO84 House

1 Warringal Place, Heidelberg


HO85 “Wilmaunor” – House

62 Waterdale Road, Ivanhoe

Yes No Yes Fence No No - No

HO86 Baptist Church and Sunday School

1 Livingstone Street, Ivanhoe


HO87 Ivanhoe State School (SS 2436)

124 Waterdale Road, cnr Ailsa Grove, Ivanhoe


Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO88 St John’s Roman Catholic Church and

Presbytery

52 Yarra Street, Heidelberg

Yes Yes Yes Bluestone wall

and iron gates

No No - No

HO89 “Rangeworthy” – House

39 York Avenue, Ivanhoe


HO90 Ivanhoe Shopping Centre, Upper Heidelberg

Road, Ivanhoe


works including

fences,

roadworks and

associated street

furniture.

No No - No

HO91 A.V.Jennings Beauview Estate, Ivanhoe


works including

fences,

roadworks and

associated street

furniture.

No No - No

HO92 Elliston Estate, Rosanna


works including

fences,

roadworks and

associated street

furniture.

No No - No

Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO93 Montmorency Shopping Village, Were Street,

Montmorency


works including

fences,

roadworks and

associated street

furniture.

No No - No

HO94 Christian Brothers Training College (Amberley)

7 Amberley Way, Lower Plenty

Yes Yes Yes Tennis court,

stone-walled

terrace and

swimming pool.

No No - No

HO95 Odyssey House, 28 Bonds Road, Lower Plenty Yes Yes Yes Cemetery,

cemetery wall

and gates

No No - No

HO96 Former Anglican Vicarage



HO97 “Kalkallo” – House



HO98 “Peroomba” – House

80-82 Castle Street, Heidelberg


HO99 “Woodlands” – House and outbuildings

11 Doon Court, Greensborough


HO100 The Eagles

32 Eaglemont Crescent, Eaglemont

Yes No No Brick and chain

fence

No No - No

Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO101 Adobe Houses and dam

132-134 Grand Boulevard and 12, 14-16, 59,

67-71, 68-70, 72-74 and 73-75 Napier Crescent,

Montmorency

Yes Yes Yes Horse drawn

caravan

No No - No

HO102 “Ashmead” – House

43 Grimshaw Street (cnr Eldale Road),

Greensborough


HO103 “Awaba” – House

33 Castle Street, Eaglemont


HO104 Former Workshop and Stables

18A Ivanhoe Parade, Ivanhoe

Yes No No Shed No No - No

HO105 House

3 Latham Street, Ivanhoe


HO106 Old Lower Plenty River Bridge

Lower Plenty Road, Viewbank


HO107 “Ostara” – House

102 Marshall Street, Ivanhoe


HO108 Former St Stephen’s Anglican Church

22 Merton Street, Ivanhoe


HO109 House

16 Mount Street, Eaglemont


HO110 Victor & Peggy Stone House

22 Mount Eagle Road, Eaglemont

Yes Yes Yes No No No - No

Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO111 House

30 Mount Eagle Road, Eaglemont


HO112 “Annandale” – House


Yes No Yes Front fence No No - No

HO113 House



HO114 House

2 Rockbeare Grove, Ivanhoe


HO115 St Katherine’s Anglican Church & Cemetery

279 St Helena Road, St Helena


HO116 “The Bent Tree” – House


Yes No Yes Garden wall and

iron gate

No No - No

HO117 House

5 Waverley Avenue, Ivanhoe

Yes No No Front fence No No - No

HO118 Ivanhoe Views Estate, Eaglemont Yes No No All buildings and

works including

fences,

roadworks and

associated street

furniture.

No No - No

HO120 “Yarrowee” – House

6/7 Rosehill Road, Lower Plenty


HO121 Warringal Cemetery No No Yes No No No Plan No.1

(Warringal

Cemetery)

No

Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO124 Greensborough Cemetery

Hailes Street, Greensborough

No No Yes No No No Plan No. 2

(Greens-borough

Cemetery)-

No

HO125 Hawdon Street Cemetery

189 Hawdon Street, Rosanna

No No Yes No No No Plan No. 3

(Hawdon Street

Cemetery)-

No

HO128 Chimney

24 Sherbourne Road, Briar Hill

Yes No No No No No No No

HO129 “Aringa” - House

23 Castle Street, Eaglemont

No No Yes No No No No No

HO130 “Appledore Garden” – Garden,

45 Devon Street, Eaglemont


HO131 “Eothern” – House

65-67 Mount Street, Eaglemont

Yes No Yes No No No No No

HO132 “Moorakyne” – House

69-71 Mount Street. Eaglemont


HO133 “Wana” – House

135 Studley Road, Eaglemont


HO134 Yarra Flats

340-680 The Boulevard, Eaglemont

No No Yes No No No No Yes

HO135 Browns Nature Reserve

92-118 Albion Crescent, Greensborough


Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO136 House

10 Alexandra Street, Greensborough

No No No No No No No No

HO137 Greensborough Primary School No. 2062

130 Grimshaw Street, Greensborough


HO138 “Dunbaris” – House

38 Hailes Street, Greensborough


HO139 Greensborough War Memorial Park

203 Henry Street, Greensborough


HO140 Greensborough Hotel

73-81 Main Street, Greensborough


HO141 Andrew Yandell Habitat Reserve

37 St Helena Road, Greensborough


HO142 Pioneer Reserve



HO143 House



HO144 House

93 Banksia Street Heidelberg


HO145 House

16 Maltravers Road, Eaglemont

Yes No Yes Front fence and

garage

No No No No

HO146 House



Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO147 “Hollyoak” – House

2 Central Avenue, Ivanhoe


HO148 “Holford House” – House

14 Hardy Terrace, Ivanhoe


HO149 ‘Afton” – House

16 Rose Street, Ivanhoe

Yes No No Fence and

Pergola Entrance

No No No No

HO150 Keddington Flats

25 Rose Street, Ivanhoe


HO151 Ivalda Masonic Temple

40-42 Salisbury Avenue, Ivanhoe


HO152 Flats

83-85 The Boulevard, Ivanhoe


HO153 “Lakemba” – House


Yes No Yes Front fence No No No No

HO154 “Brooklyn” – House



HO155 House



HO156 “Thelma” – House



HO157 Warncliffe Road Treescape,

Warncliffe Road, Ivanhoe East


Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO158 Macleod Park

50 Chapman Street, Macleod


HO159 House

1/11 Hughes Street, Montmorency


HO160 “Joseph Simpson House” – House

35 Douglas Street, Rosanna

Yes No No Courtyard wall No No No No

HO161 Ivanhoe East Primary School No. 4386

35 Warncliffe Road, Ivanhoe East


HO162 House

2 Hardy Terrace, Ivanhoe


HO163 House

209 Main Road, Lower Plenty


HO164 Strathalan

2-34 Erskine Road, Macleod


HO165 House and shop

3 Cherry Street, Macleod


HO166 Rosanna Metropolitan Fire Brigade Station

230 Lower Plenty Road, Rosanna


HO167 Wilson Reserve

78-100 The Boulevard, Ivanhoe

No No Yes Sea Scout den No No No No

HO168 Chelsworh Park

18-28 Irvine Road, Ivanhoe


Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO169 Yallambie Parklands

2 Moola Close, Yallambie


HO170 Sparks Reserve

10 The Boulevard, Ivanhoe


HO171 Former Shire Offices and Library

60 Beverley Road, Heidelberg


HO172 House

1/51 Mountain View Road, Montmorency


HO173 Shop and residence

8-12 Binns Street, Montmorency


HO174 Houses

7 and 9 Latham Street, Ivanhoe


HO175 Aminya Reserve

28 Kenmare Street, Watsonia

No No Yes Gate pillars No No No No

HO176 Harry Pottage Memorial Reserve

128-150 Wungan Street, Macleod


HO177 “Leatarn” – House

413 The Boulevard, Ivanhoe East

No No No Retaining wall

bordering

driveway

No No No No

HO178 Odyssey House Suspension Bridge

Bonds Road, Lower Plenty


HO179 Heidelberg Golf Clubhouse

8 Main Road, Lower Plenty


Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO181 St Bernadettes Roman Catholic Church

89-91 Bond Street, Ivanhoe


HO182 Uniting Church

8-10 Noel Street, Ivanhoe


HO183 Uniting Church

1-19 Seddon Street, Ivanhoe


HO184 Olympic Village Green

15 Alamein Road , 1-17 Moresby Court and 180

Southern Road, Heidelberg West

No No Yes All buildings and

works including

fences,

roadworks and

associated street

furniture.

No No No No

HO185 Ivanhoe Public Golf Course Club House

1 Vasey Street, Ivanhoe


HO186 Ivanhoe Park Croquet Club

132 Lower Heidelberg Road, Ivanhoe


HO187 House

1 Rockbeare Grove, Ivanhoe


HO188 Former Heidelberg Baby Heath Centre

208 Burgundy Street, Heidelberg


HO189 Sea Scout Hall

2 Norman Street, Ivanhoe


HO190 Ivanhoe Train Station

2-40 Norman Street, Ivanhoe


Att

ach

men

t 4

4.1

1



PS Map Ref









HO191 Former Commercial Bank of Australia



HO192 Former Coles Store



HO193 Beauview Estate Centre Shops

253- 263 Lower Heidelberg Road, Ivanhoe


HO194 Houses

11 - 23 and 14 – 20 Toora Street, Ivanhoe

17 - 25 and 18 Young Street, Ivanhoe

19 - 21 Linton Street, Ivanhoe

Yes No No No No No No

HO195*

#1

Houses

10 - 36 and 17 - 23 Kenilworth Parade, Ivanhoe

Yes No No No No Yes No

HO196 Former Darebin Post Office

1041-1041A Heidelberg Road, Ivanhoe

Yes No No No No No No

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11

Attachment 5: Amended Saxam Homestead Citation


SAXAM HOMESTEAD

108 Diamond Creek Road

Greensborough

Picture Courtesy of Claire Levi

PREPARED FOR

BANYULE CITY COUNCIL

October 2011

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Saxam Homestead

Prepared by:

Nadia Gasparetto

Conservation/Heritage Architect

92 Munro Street, Ascot Vale Victoria 3032 Australia

Phone: (03) 93262554

Mobile: 0418 354 163

Fax: (03) 93262353

E-mail: [email protected]

And

Claire Levi

History Smiths Pty Ltd

PO Box 1444 Carlton, VIC, 3053, Australia

Tel: (03) 9663 9889

E-mail: [email protected]

[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]



Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Contents

Page

Heritage Assessment prepared by Nadia Gasparetto 1

Appendix 1:

Historical and Cultural Assessment prepared by Claire Levi 5

Appendix 2:

Photos of Saxam Homestead 16

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Introduction

This is a short heritage report which provides Banyule City Council with

recommendations, following the historical research prepared by Claire Levi, historian

(see Appendix 1 of this report), to include Saxam Homestead into the Heritage

Overlay of the Banyule Planning Scheme.

The advice is based on the historical research into the ownership and use of the

place. Claire Levi’s research has highlighted the fact that the remaining homestead

(once the main building and part of a number of buildings on the overall site) is the

only remaining fabric of a place which contributed to the history and development of

St Helena, a significant rural development of the area.

The findings identify this place as being individually significant as one of three

remaining rural places in the area and as a representative of the rural development

local historical theme as well as the “Promoting Settlement” and “Farming” broader

Victorian historical themes.

Heritage Significance

The Place

Saxam Homestead is culturally and historically significant as a place which

contributed to the development of St Helena and the broader Greensborough area1.

It is a representative of the rural development historical theme within the

Greensborough areas and therefore culturally and historically significant because:

- It is one of the remaining homestead places within the St Helena area;

- It was established in the late 1880s and therefore one of the first farming

properties in the area and representative of the rural development local

historical theme;

- It is one of three remaining homestead places and buildings in the

Greensborough area; and

- It displays elements which make it part of the broader Victorian themes

(Promoting Settlement and Farming);

The Homestead

The building has a degree of substance to its scale and detailing, particularly in its breadth and the scale of the bay windows to either side, that enable it to stand out from typical suburban timber houses of its period and that lend it a notable homestead quality2.

The remaining homestead is in a state of neglect. It is so because the building has

not been physically maintained. Works required to restore this building are quite

extensive, however the building can be restored to its original detailing.

1 Claire Levi, Saxam Homestead (appendix to this report) 2 Bryce Raworth advice, 12 February 2014

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Original detailing which still exist are the main door (refer to Appendix 2 for additional

photographs) as well as doors to the rear, bay and general double hung windows, the

front wall ashlar cladding, the weatherboards, round section downpipes, quad gutters

(although the ogee style may have been the original gutters), the eaves details, the

verandah and posts details to the rear, the upper wall vents and the hip roof form.

Intrusive elements relating more to the possible 1950s/60s changes include the steel

post verandah form at the front of the building, the concrete verandah floor, the

replacement of the roof cladding (originally this would have been slate), extensive

internal changes and changes to the rear elevation including the enclosed areas to

the side of the existing verandah. Other changes may have included the removal of

original chimneys and internal joinery although this cannot be fully confirmed without

photographic evidence or further physical investigation.

It would appear that the original hip roof form and the general footprint/layout are

original. It is also assumed that the building is located in its original position and was

not moved as part of the 1960s development (the existing development surrounding

the site).

Even though the main concerns are that the remaining homestead is in a state of

neglect with some of its original features missing or altered, the building is the only

remaining physical fabric which links the site or place to its original rural

development.

So, whilst the architectural significance of this place is not high (in terms of its original

architectural/setting integrity) when compared to the historic or cultural significance

(because of the building’s current physical condition, the lack of other original fabric

and its concealment within the existing 1960s built context), the historical and cultural

significance of the place cannot be quantified or fully substantiated without the

presence of the existing homestead. Therefore it is important that the homestead be

part of the place if Council is to include this site in the Banyule Planning Scheme.

The Context

The context as previously highlighted has also been altered and the homestead is no

longer visible from many viewpoints around the property or surrounding

roads/highways. Therefore the context in which the building exists has a very low

integrity when viewed singularly.

Integrity of the site

The architectural integrity of Saxam Homestead as viewed today is low. This rating is

based on the building being assessed solely for its architectural merit. As a

contributor of the rural development of the area, however, the historical, cultural and

architectural integrity and therefore overall significance of the place is relatively high.

It is therefore important that the building remain so that the historical and cultural

significance of this place is retained for future generations.

The homestead requires extensive repairs and restoration works but these are works

which can be completed with the assistance of photographic or physical evidence.

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Once restored the building could be utilised for community purposes and its

contributory place communicated to future generations with the aid of computerised

or interactive displays within the building.

Any possible future developments for this site should ensure that buildings which are

visually intrusive, to the original homestead’s setting, are removed and new buildings

are designed in a sympathetic manner so that the original homestead is not further

compromised, that is, if the building is to be retained and the place listed as an

individually significant place.

Conclusion

This assessment has been quite challenging because of the building’s current

condition and because of its compromised setting (caused by the 1960s

development)3.

Given, however, the high level of cultural and historical significance of this site and

the remaining built form/fabric, it is recommended that:

- The place be listed for its historical, cultural and architectural significance:

- Any future works proposed for the existing homestead building include

restoration works in accordance with the Australia ICOMOS Burra Charter;

and

- Any future development of the site is sympathetic to the original homestead

and views of the original homestead are reinstated where the opportunity

arises.

Final Statement

It is well known that places listed at local level are not always architecturally pristine

or complete in their form or setting, an argument which is constantly challenged by

owners and tribunals etc. However, places which are important to the local

community are so because the buildings become part of their culture and their

retention enables generations to pass on that history to future generations. They are

essentially culturally and historically significant places where their significance is

strengthened by the remaining built evidence. They simply provide the evidence of a

past which no longer exists or has changed for whatever reason.

I therefore recommend that Saxam Homestead be included as an individually

significant building in the Banyule Planning Scheme for its historical, cultural and

architectural significance, based on the development of the site as a farm and its

contribution to the area.

By including this property in the Schedule to the Heritage Overlay, council should

encourage the owners to retain and restore the homestead, if the place is to retain its

historical, cultural and architectural significance.

3 Claire Levi, Saxam Homestead (appendix to this report)

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



It is therefore recommended that:

- The building have external controls and that the elements highlighted as

missing or altered be restored as part of any future works;

- Encourage restoration of the building in accordance with any photographic or

physical evidence and in accordance with the Australia ICOMOS Burra

Charter;

- External colours controls apply;

- The citation ensure that the aim is to retain the built form as evidence of this

farming place;

In addition, Council could encourage the owners to consider:

- Using the building for community functions;

- Planning future development of the site by incorporating sympathetic

structures/designs and in appropriate locations so as not to further impact on

the integrity of the place;

- Removal of buildings which encroach on the view of the homestead from

various points, should the opportunity arise; and

- Installing plaques close to the homestead to displaying information regarding

the local history of the place.

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Appendix 1: Historical and Cultural Assessment prepared by Claire Levi

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Saxam Homestead 108 Diamond Creek Road St Helena

Figure 1: Saxam Homestead

Project Background In August and September 2011, the author, Claire Levi, BA (Hons), MA (Public History), MPHA, carried out the commission of the Banyule City Council to conduct a brief project to research the history of Saxam Homestead. This project aimed to investigate Saxam Homestead to determine whether it possesses any historical and/or cultural significance and whether a Statement of Significance is warranted. This resulting report contains sections including: brief background history, property description, architect, building design, use of the place, alterations and chronology. It must be noted at the outset that despite investigation, certain questions about some components listed above (e.g. architect), could not be answered as no information could be located. The report also contains a comprehensive list of sources consulted during the research phase.

Brief Background History In 1839, the survey of land to the east of the Plenty River began. The land upon which Saxam Homestead is located was sold to F.D. Wickham (1060.0.0 acres) on 5 February 1840. It is known as Crown Allotment XIV, Parish of Nillumbik. The land in this area sold slowly. In the 1840s and ’50s, settlement was sparse and the larger land holdings supported pastoral and agricultural activities.4

4 Allom Lovell & Associates in association with John Patrick Pty Ltd, Banyule Heritage Places Study (1999), vol.

1, p. 21. [Note: I looked at this document as PDF on disc.]

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



The area remained distinctly rural in character until well into the twentieth century. A 1933 souvenir guide to the area notes, ‘St Helena has no pretensions to “progressiveness”, but rests content in its peaceful and picturesque setting’.5 Development boomed after World War II and the Shire of Diamond Valley experienced a major population growth between 1956 and 1964, but St Helena still remained rural until housing development occurred in the late 1990s.6

St Helena The area’s unusual name comes from the island of St Helena, the birthplace of Major Anthony Beale who was one of the first settlers in the area. He is recorded as having, in 1839, a pastoral lease north of Greensborough where he built St Helena Cottage. He lived here with his large family.7

Property Description Saxam Homestead is currently located within the grounds of Churinga, a day centre for intellectually handicapped adults run by St John of God. Churinga, on 8.6 ha of land, has been variously described as being located in Greensborough and St Helena. The Banyule Heritage Places Study describes Saxam Homestead as ‘a single storey weatherboard building with a corrugated iron hipped roof, with ashlar pattern boards on the front (north) facade. The present verandah appears to date from the 1950s, and has a concrete slab floor and circular steel columns supporting a corrugated iron skillion roof. Semi-octagonal bays with double-hung sash windows flank the entrance door, which has glazed sidelights and highlight. The rear of the building has a recessed verandah with timber posts.’8 In the Shire of Heidelberg Rate Books, the land description of Saxam Homestead is given as ‘part XIV, parish of Nillumbik’. (This report has not investigated the subdivision of this allotment.) There is no street number or address beyond this descriptor, which was employed right up until the 1943 rates were assessed. The land upon which the homestead is built was originally 46.3.0 acres in area. This specific land area as a descriptor has been used to ensure that the correct piece of land is being investigated. A 1945 aerial photograph depicting Saxam Homestead (and the neighbouring homestead, Worthing) shows that Saxam was not the only building on the property: there were outbuildings. Unfortunately the quality of the photograph does not allow for better identification of these buildings.9 An advertisement of the clearing sale after Saxam Homestead had been sold in 1924 (see Chronology) noted there was a ‘dairying and pig-raising plant’ on the property.

5 The Compiler (J.W.V.), Back to Heidelberg Municipality Souvenir: Heidelberg Old and New 1860–1933, n.pag.

6 J. Barnard, ‘Greensborough’ and ‘St Helena’, in http://www.emelbourne.net.au/home.html.

Greensborough < http://www.emelbourne.net.au/biogs/EM00673b.htm> St Helena < http://www.emelbourne.net.au/biogs/EM01302b.htm> 7 Major Anthony Beale’s pioneering life is recalled in his son’s (John Lindsay Beale’s) memoirs, held at the State

Library of Victoria. There are also articles about it in The Age (12.1.1929, ‘Victoria’s Link with Napoleon’) and The Argus (15.5.1940, ‘St Helena. Victoria’s Link with Napoleon’). 8 Allom Lovell & Associates in association with John Patrick Pty Ltd, Banyule Heritage Places Study (1999), vol.

2, part 2, section 2, p. 108. [Note: I looked at this document as PDF on disc.] 9From the collection of Mr Noel Withers, President, Greensborough Historical Society. Department of Lands &

Survey, Aerial Survey of Victoria 1945, Yan Yean C3B. http://www.lib.unimelb.edu.au/collections/maps/historical/1945melb/l_sheets/839c3b.jpg

http://www.emelbourne.net.au/home.html

http://www.emelbourne.net.au/biogs/EM00673b.htm

http://www.emelbourne.net.au/biogs/EM01302b.htm

http://www.lib.unimelb.edu.au/collections/maps/historical/1945melb/l_sheets/839c3b.jpg

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Figure 2: Rear of property showing recessed verandah

Date of Construction A conservation study of the area was conducted in 1999.10 This reference believed the original owners of the property to be Mr and Mrs Kaye. An analysis of The Shire of Heidelberg Rate Books shows that Charles Walter Kaye was indeed the owner/occupier of the house, but that he had apparently purchased it from George Anstey some time after October 1895.11 George Anstey’s name was present in the 1888 Rate Books (the residence and postal address being described as ‘Greensboro’ (sic). The description and situation of rateable property was ‘House and Land’ near Greensboro. There was no entry mentioning Anstey in the rate books of 1886, when the rates were taken on 8 September. (I consulted the 1886 Rate Books to see if Anstey’s name had been pencilled in over another, but Anstey’s name was not present. Unfortunately, there was insufficient property description information in the books to match up Saxam Homestead with any other properties by property descriptions alone.) Therefore, Saxam Homestead was probably built sometime between 1886 and 1888.

Alternative Names

10

A study was also completed in 1992, but there is no individual entry for Saxam Homestead. 11

The 1895 Rate Books – rates that year were recorded on 12 October 1895 – show that Charles W. Kay’s (sic) name was penciled in over George Anstey’s name.

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



No original homestead name was recorded in the documents researched for this report. Saxam Homestead’s name appears to be linked to the second owner of the house: in fact, Charles Walter Kaye’s childhood home. Kaye’s death notice in The Advertiser noted he was the ‘son of the late Squire Kaye, of “Saxham,” Bury St. Edmunds, England . . .’ 12 It is not known when the ‘h’ was dropped from the spelling of the name. Coolyarra was the name given to the building by the St John of God Brothers who gave each of the buildings on the site an Aboriginal name. No information could be found giving the meaning of this word. Information from the Heidelberg Historical Society notes that ‘Churinga’ means ‘Sacred Place’, but this information is not substantiated in any other researched documents.13

Architect No information could be found.

Building Design As the date of construction has been narrowed down to the late 1880s, the house is of late Victorian design.

Use of the Place The first-recorded entry in the rate books lists the occupant as farmer, so it is a reasonable assumption that Saxam Homestead was used, exactly as its name suggests, as a farmhouse. This is borne out with an advertisement alerting the public to the clearing sale after Saxam Homestead had been sold in 1924 (see Chronology). Charles Walter Kaye was well known for breeding Berkshire pigs and, it would appear, had entered his pigs in the Royal Melbourne Show. In 1908 The Argus advertised the sales of stud pigs with ‘an extensive catalogue of high-class swine, comprising drafts from all the foremost breeders of Victoria . . .’ of which C.W. Kaye, Saxham, Greensborough was one. 14 When St John of God purchased the property, it was still being used as a farm home. The occupants, from whom the land was bought in 1966, served the St John of God Brothers morning tea on the verandah. According to one brother, the homestead was in the middle of the purchased land. 15 Once the property had been purchased, the homestead was used first as a life skills training centre and, subsequently, an opportunity shop. It is not currently in use.

Alterations An internal inspection of the property suggests that building alterations have occurred. Four internal doors have been boarded up (they can be seen from one side of the wall, but no doorways are visible from the other side of the wall), and once-complete walls have had spaces knocked into them to enable direct access between rooms. This has occurred between all the rooms not otherwise

12

Charles Walter Kaye’s death notice in The Advertiser (15.7.1932), p.2. 13

Information from Heidelberg Historical Society Walk (12.11.1978). 14

‘Sales of Stud Pigs. Royal Show 1908’, The Argus (29.8.1908), p.2. There was another sale advertisement in The Argus in 1917 where Saxham was again mentioned as a stud (22.9.1917), p.4. Kaye won third prize at The Royal Melbourne Show for one of his Berkshire pigs in 1919. The Argus (23.9.1919), p.8 15

Telephone communication with Br Ray Hornby (26.8.2011).

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



divided by passageways. The alterations are crude and detract significantly from the overall integrity of the house.

Chronology 1886–1888 Construction of the Homestead probably occurs during this two-year period. 1885 George Anstey, farmer, is listed as the owner/occupier of the Homestead. He later stands for election in the Greensborough Riding of the Shire of Heidelberg (1891).16 1890 George Anstey is listed as owner/occupier. 1895 Charles W. Kaye purchases the Homestead from George Anstey. Charles W Kaye later stood for Council.17 The name Saxam (originally spelled ‘Saxham’) comes from Charles W. Kaye. 1900 Charles Walter Kaye is listed as owner/occupier. 1905 Charles Walter Kaye is listed as owner/occupier; (six people were living in the house). 1910 Charles Walter Kaye is listed as owner/occupier. In this rate book entry his occupation is recorded as farmer. 1915 Charles Walter Kaye is listed as owner/occupier. 1920–21 Charles Walter Kaye is listed as owner/occupier. 1924 (February) A clearing sale was held as Saxam had been sold. The Eltham and Whittlesea Shires Advertiser and Diamond Creek Valley Advocate ran an advertisement noting:

Messrs McPhail, Anderson and Co. will hold a clearing sale on Tuesday next at one o’clock, at “Saxham” on account of Mr W.A.Santon, who is offering everything for sale, as the property has been sold. The farm is well known in the district, and the stock includes Jersey dairy herd, horses, farming, dairying and pig-raising plant, furniture, sundries and 30 tons of wheaten hay.18

1925–26 Horace E. Clarke (occupier); Sand Supply Co. Ltd, 346 Flinders Street, Melbourne (owner). 1930–31 Mrs Agnes Jones (occupier); Swanton & Batchelder (owner). The property is described as a homestead. 1935–36 Mabel G. Wood (occupier); Swanton & Batchelder Wm. H & E.G. (owner). 1937–43 William Sinclair (occupier); William David Watson, 57 Leicester Street, Preston (owner). However, during this period there had apparently been three occupants at various times, because two other names are recorded: Mabel G. Wood (occupation home duties) and William White (occupation farmer). Both these names are crossed out. The owner also changed from Swanton & Batchelder, William and E.G. 488–90 Collins Street Melbourne. This name is crossed out and Watson’s replaces it. 19 1966 Beresford-Smith family own Saxam Homestead. Land surrounding the homestead was used as a farm. Cattle and horses were being agisted.20 There were no other buildings on the property, but there was another homestead on the next property.21 1966 (August 9) Saxam Homestead and land is purchased by St John of God.22 The Brothers purchased the land as it was: the land has been neither deducted from nor added to in the forty-five years since this date.

16

The Argus, Tuesday 4 August 1891, p. 8, column 1. 17

Personal communication with Mr Noel Withers, President, Greensborough Historical Society (19.9.2011). 18

The Eltham and Whittlesea Shires Advertiser and Diamond Creek Valley Advocate (1,2,1924), p.2. 19

Researching the rate books becomes increasingly difficult after this date. Information is recorded on cards rather than in books and due to a large number of cards (over 3300 for each year) researching this way is ineffective. Sands and McDougall directories were consulted in place of the rate books; however residents of Greensborough are listed alphabetically with no address details. Researching residents could not be done using this source. There are no entries for St Helena up to 1966. 20

Email communication with Br Brian O’Donnell (29.8.2011). 21

Personal communication with Marie (26.8.2011).

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



1967 Churinga Special School opens at St Helena occupying the property upon which Saxam Homestead is located. 2011 The homestead is no longer is use.

Nineteenth Century Buildings in Greensborough Two other nineteenth century buildings remain in Greensborough: Woodlands and Dunbar. Both were constructed during the 1880s.

Heritage Listings Woodlands – 11 Doon Court, Greensborough

Dunbar – 38 Hailes Street, Greensborough

Banyule Planning Scheme House and Outbuildings (HO99) No listing

Banyule Heritage Database Yes No listing

Banyule Heritage Places Study (1999)

‘B’ significance ‘C’ significance

Victorian Heritage Database No listing No listing

National Trust of Australia (Victoria)

No listing No listing

Register of the National Estate No listing No listing

Both properties are more intact than Saxam Homestead.23

Criteria for Assessing Significance New assessment criteria were adopted by the Heritage Council of Victoria on 7 August 2008, superseding the previous criteria that had been adopted on 6 March 1997. The updated criteria are listed below, and a brief discussion regarding Saxam Homestead included where applicable.

Criteria Criterion A: Importance to the course, or pattern, of Victoria’s cultural history Not applicable Criterion B: Possession of uncommon, rare or endangered aspects of Victoria’s cultural history. Not applicable Criterion C: Potential to yield information that will contribute to an understanding of Victoria’s cultural history. Not applicable Criterion D: Importance in demonstrating the principal characteristics of a class of cultural places or objects. St Helena developed as a rural area and maintained a primarily rural development pattern almost until the end of the twentieth century. Saxam Homestead is a physical reminder of this principal characteristic (rural settlement and development) as a cultural place.

22

Email communication with Br Brian O’Donnell (29.8.2011). A residential special school had already been established in 1953, moving out to Churinga on 30 June 1967 (School Files no. 1916 Churinga, Greensborough. VPRS 10300, P0001, Unit 13) 23

Personal Communication with Mr Noel Withers, President, Greensborough Historical Society (19.9.2011)

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Criterion E: Importance in exhibiting particular aesthetic characteristics. Not applicable Criterion F: Importance in demonstrating a high degree of creative or technical achievement at a particular period. Not applicable Criterion G: Strong or special association with a particular community or cultural group for social, cultural or spiritual reasons. This includes the significance of a place to Indigenous peoples as part of their continuing and developing cultural traditions. Saxam Homestead is important to the residents of St Helena as a tangible link with their rural past. It was once a ‘well known farm in the district’24. It is St Helena’s oldest remaining homestead and one of only three nineteenth century buildings remaining in the area.25 Criterion H: Special association with the life or works of a person, or group of persons, of importance in Victoria’s history. Not applicable

Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes was developed by Heritage Victoria in 2010. ‘The Framework’s purpose is to highlight what is distinctive about Victoria and to increase awareness and appreciation of the state’s heritage . . . to ensure that objects, places and events can be understood, assessed or presented within the context of a broad theme, rather than as singular items of interest.’26 This section of my report lists only the Framework’s Victorian themes, but relevant to amplifying these are several local themes that were developed through the 1999 Banyule Heritage Places Study such as: pioneer farming, timber cutting, gold mining, rural development, land boom, Heidelberg School Artists and writers, and mud-brick housing and suburban development.27 Of these local themes, rural development is the one which the establishment and early history of Saxam Homestead most accurately reflects. This links with the broader Victorian themes that pertain to Saxam Homestead: 2.7 Promoting Settlement (part of theme two: Peopling Victoria’s places and landscapes) 4.4 Farming (part of theme four: Transforming and managing land and natural resources)

24

The Eltham and Whittlesea Shires Advertiser and Diamond Creek Valley Advocate (1,2,1924), p.2. 25

Anna Whitelaw, ‘Unprotected, Saxam may be lost forever’, Banyule & Nillumbik Weekly (19.7.2011). 26

Heritage Victoria, Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (2010), p. 3. 27

Allom Lovell & Associates in association with John Patrick Pty Ltd, Banyule Heritage Places Study (1999), Vol. 1, p. 9 [Note: I looked at this document as PDF on disc.]

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Heritage Protection Lists Banyule City Council: Saxam Homestead is not included in the Heritage Overlay; not listed for review in the Banyule Heritage Review Final Report (2011) Banyule Heritage Database: no listing Heritage Victoria: no listing National Trust of Australia (Victoria): no listing Register of the National Estate: no listing

Previous Recommendations In the 1999 Conservation Study, Saxam Homestead was listed as being of ‘C’ Signficance. ‘C’ listings are ‘places that contribute to the architectural or historical character and cohesiveness of the City of Banyule and as such are either of local importance or interest. These structures are generally residential buildings, and contribute to the visual cohesiveness of the City. They are structures that are close to Grade B buildings, both in their physical location and their period and type, but have had substantial alterations made to their original fabric, such as the replacement of the original roofing material, the removal of an important architectural element, or alterations made to their decoration. These works are in large part reversible, and if removed their visual contribution would be enhanced. While they do not warrant individual protection under the planning scheme, they should nevertheless be retained.’28

Conclusion There is no doubt that Saxam Homestead has local significance, contributing to the history of St Helena and representing two themes as identified through Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes. It is important because it contributes to the understanding of the area’s past and post-contact European development. However, the poor state of the property has implications for its future: who will ultimately be responsible for its repair and maintenance? The reason to protect Saxam Homestead is that there are very few surviving examples of nineteenth century homesteads in the area. Protecting Local Heritage Places: A national guide for Local Government and the Community discusses why a community might want to protect heritage places. Several reasons are given, but those which are particularly applicable to Saxam Homestead are that it provides a link with the past and is a reminder of special moments in lives, history or culture, and it is part of St Helena’s special identity. The guide sums up the rationale for the retention of buildings as follows: ‘Keeping these places enables the community to experience again and again the pleasures they offer. Once lost, they are gone forever. No record or photograph can ever substitute for an actual place’.29 The author believes that a Statement of Significance is warranted for Saxam Homestead.

28

Allom Lovell & Associates in association with John Patrick Pty Ltd, Banyule Heritage Places Study, vol. 2, part 1, Datasheets A–K (July 1999), p. 2. 29

Australian Heritage Commission, Protecting Local Heritage Places: A national guide for Local Government and the Community (first published 1998; updated online edition 2009), p. 5.

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Sources Consulted Primary Sources Beale, J.L., ‘Memoirs, history 1808–1883’ (Manuscript) held at SLV Sands and McDougall Directories (on microfiche at SLV) Shire of Heidelberg Rate Books (at the Public Record Office of Victoria) Smith, J. (ed.), Cyclopedia of Victoria (1903)

Sutherland, A., Victoria and Its Metropolis: Past and Present (1888) Raworth, B, Letter of advice to Resolution Property Group, 12 February 2014

Secondary Sources Allom Lovell & Associates in association with John Patrick Pty Ltd, Banyule Heritage Places Study (1999) Amor, R.L., Heidelberg Sketches (2005) Australian Heritage Commission, Protecting Local Heritage Places: A national guide for Local Government and the Community (first published 1998; updated online edition 2009) Bick, D. & C. Kellaway, Shire of Eltham Conservation Study (1992) Butler, G. Heidelberg Conservation Study; Part 1 Heidelberg Historic Buildings & Areas Assessment – Individual Building Citations (1985) Context Pty Ltd, Banyule Heritage Review: Final Report (2011) Cummins, C. (ed.), Heidelberg since 1836: a pictorial history (Heidelberg, 1971) Edwards, D.H., The Diamond Valley Story (1979) Garden, D.S., Heidelberg: The Land and Its People (Carlton, 1972) Heidelberg Shire Council, Heidelberg, the beautiful (1921) Heritage Victoria, Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (2010) Marshall, M., Nillumbik Now and Then (2008) Planning Property Report, generated from www.dpcd.vic.gov.au/planning (26.8.2011) The Compiler (J.W.V.), ‘Back to Heidelberg Municipality Souvenir: Heidelberg Old and New 1860–1933’ (1933)

Research at Local Historical Societies Heidelberg Historical Society – no information under ‘Saxam’, ‘Coolyarra’, ‘Churinga’, ‘St

John of God’. There were no relevant maps.

Nillumbik Historical Society – have no documentary information on the homestead.

Greensborough Historical Society – no response to email enquiry, but spoke with the President, Noel Withers, and we discussed the homestead on the adjacent property to the north of Churinga (Worthing) , the internal alterations of Saxam Homestead and the photo of the interior of the homestead reproduced in The Diamond Valley Story. We discussed the other remaining nineteenth century buildings in Greensborough and the 1945 aerial photograph of Saxam Homestead.

Research via Personal Communication Marie ? Receptionist, Churinga; has been working there since 1975

Br Ray Hornby

Br Brian O’Donnell

Phoned the only Victorian-based Beresford-Smith in the White Pages Directory – no relation to the former owner of Saxam Homestead

http://www.dpcd.vic.gov.au/planning

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Phoned O’Callaghan Commercial Pty Ltd (agency from whom the Churinga land was purchased); this led to Peter O’Callaghan, the son of the man who owned McGee O’Callaghan, the business that sold the property to the St John of God Brothers in 1966. Archives from this business have been destroyed.

Anna Whitelaw, author of an article ‘Unprotected, Saxam may be lost forever’, Banyule & Nillumbik Weekly (19.7.2011)

Noel Withers, President Greensborough Historical Society

Michael Lovick, Archives and Information Special Projects Officer, Banyule City Council

Ted Brincat, Archivist, Nillumbik Shire Council

Public Record Office Victoria School Files (Non-Government Schools), no. 1916 Churinga, Greensborough VPRS 10300/P0001/13 Shire of Heidelberg Rate Books (Shire of Heidelberg VPRS 2870; Greensborough ward 1937–1964 VPRS 3791)

Research at State Library of Victoria Miles Lewis’ Australian Architectural Index no relevant entries under ‘St Helena’, ‘Greensborough’ or ‘Kaye’ Local History Index – this led to:

‘Directions for walk from Greensborough to Diamond Creek via Brown’s Hill (10 miles)’ in Melbourne Walker, vol. 20 (1949), pp. 96–8

‘La Trobe Press Cuttings’, vol. 3

Bibliography file under ‘Shire of Eltham’

‘Directions for walk from Eltham to St Helena, Scrubby Creek and Diamond Creek (9 ½ miles)’, in Melbourne Walker, vol. 18 (1947), pp. 57-8

Maps 1. Greensborough 1860 2. Greensborough, Parish of Morang 1860–1880 3. Subdivisional auction sale of Flintoff’s Estate 4. Re-surveys of country lands [in the] parishes of Greensborough and Nillumbik 1877 5. Bonnie Doon estate in the home like village of Greensborough 1908

Note: None of the above sources yielded any useful information about Saxam Homestead

Online Resources Trove (National Library of Australia) website

Victorian Government Gazettes – search under ‘Greensborough’, ‘St Helena’, ‘Kaye’ and ‘Anstey’, ‘Churinga’

Note: No information

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Appendix 2: Additional Photographs

Rear Elevation – Saxam Homestead - July 2011

Side Elevation - Saxam Homestead – July 2011

Att

ach

men

t 5

4.1

1

Item: 4.11



Front Elevation – Door/Bay Window Details – Saxam Homestead – July 2011

Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

4

Item: 4.14 Attachment 1: Haig Street redevelopment site - concept layout plan


Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

4

Item: 4.14

Attachment 2: Development Guidelines: Haig Street Redevelopment Project


Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

4

Item: 4.14



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

4

Item: 4.14



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

4

Item: 4.14



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

4

Item: 4.14



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

4

Item: 4.14



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

5



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

5



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15

Attachment 2: State Environment Protection Policy - Consolidated Version (Control of Noise from Industry, Commerce and Trade)


Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 2

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1

5

Item: 4.15

Attachment 3: Referral Comments


Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 3

4.1

5

Item: 4.15



Att

ach

men

t 1

4.1

6

Item: 4.16

Attachment 1: Survey sent to residents of Studley Road, Ivanhoe, between Carn Avenue and Waldemar Road


Att

ach

men

t 1

5.1

Item: 5.1 Attachment 1: Submissions Summary


Submission List: Ivanhoe Golf Course- 1 Vasey Street Ivanhoe

Date: Submission Writers: Key Points of Submission: Officer Comment:

3-6-14 Friends of Wilson Reserve (FOWR)/ Robert Bender

Concern over areas of weed management within the vicinity of the golf course and the adjacent areas. Raised issues including the effects the lack of weed management has on the waterways on the golf course. Friends of Wilson Reserve are requesting this matter is addressed and further weed management practises are employed.

Acknowledgement letter sent. Contacted Robert and met on the 25 June to go through the issues and the specification in the lease regarding LMS’s obligations in relation to weed control. Council’s Leisure Facilities, Place & Partnerships Coordinator as well as LMS representatives attended the meeting with members of the FOWR group. The meeting was productive and discussed the following:

The previous history of the golf course and past contract responsibilities.

The 20 year leases specification regarding management of the golf course particularly the horticulture specification.

Future planning relating to the golf course.

A further meeting regarding weed management on the golf course is scheduled with all parties for December 2014.

5-6-14 Steve Ashton Concern over areas of weed management within the vicinity of the golf course. There are fears these will spread further on the golf course areas and further into surrounding areas including houses along the Boulevard. Requesting this matter is addressed and further weed

Acknowledgement letter sent. Contacted Mr Ashton and invited him to attend the meeting on the 25 June to go through the issues and the specification in

Att

ach

men

t 1

5.1



management practises are employed. the lease regarding LMS’s obligations in relation to weed control. Mr Ashton declined the offer and the matter was discussed via telephone. Details of the new lease were discussed and the horticulture inclusions with Mr Ashton offered the opportunity to contact Council’s Leisure Facilities, Place & Partnerships Coordinator in the future if follow up on the matter is required.

10-6-14 Lynette Martin (FOWR Member)

Concern over areas of weed management within the vicinity of the golf course. There are fears these will spread further on the golf course areas and further into surrounding areas.

Acknowledgement letter sent. Included the opportunity for Lynette to attend the meeting on the 25 June to go through the issues and the specification in the lease regarding LMS’s obligations in relation to weed control. Council’s Leisure Facilities, Place & Partnerships Coordinator as well as LMS representatives attended the meeting with members of the FOWR group. The meeting was productive and discussed the following:




Att

ach

men

t 1

5.1




6-6-14 David Barr (FOWR member)

Concern over areas of weed management within the vicinity of the golf course and the adjacent areas. Requesting this matter is addressed and further weed management practises are employed.

Acknowledgement letter sent. Included the opportunity for David to attend the meeting on the 25 June to go through the issues and the specification in the lease regarding LMS’s obligations in relation to weed control. Council’s Leisure Facilities, Place & Partnerships Coordinator as well as LMS representatives attended the meeting with members of the FOWR group. The meeting was productive and discussed the following:





Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2

Item: 6.2 Attachment 1: Councillor Motions Update Report


Meeting Item Section Councillor Resolution/Action Officer Manager / Director

Comments

Ordinary Meeting of Council 19 November 2012

Proposed Suburb Name Change – Areas In Heidelberg And Heidelberg Heights

Notices of Motion

Craig Langdon


1. That Council organise meetings with Australia Post or the appropriate Federal authority and The Office of Geographical Names Committee to discuss proposed name change for the areas between Bell Street, Waterdale Road, Banksia Street and Warringal Place. 2. That Council notes the petition received by Council on 24 September 2012 seeking the name change by the areas bounded by Warringal Place, Banksia Street, Upper Heidelberg Road, requesting the name change from Heidelberg to Eaglemont and advise the lead petitioner of this Notice of Motion. 3. That a report be prepared for a future Council meeting outlining the results of the discussions with the authorities and the next steps needed to address these matters.

Michael Hutchison

Scott Walker

Completed 14/03/2013 Investigation proceeding. Initial advice in relation to progressing the proposal received from the Office of Geographic Names 19/02/2013. Letter written to Australia Post. Survey sent to residents 20/08/2013, local newspaper public notice, website information - consultation period closed 27/09/2013. Report to Council after consultation period and analysis of returned surveys. 4/12/2013 Report to Council on the 16

th

December 28/02/2014: Further consultation as resolved by Council on 16/12/2013 closes end of February 2014. Further report to Council expected in March 2014 27/05/2014 Council resolved to change name to Ivanhoe at its meeting of 31/03/20014. Submission lodged with Office of Geographic Names. Awaiting gazettal and formal notification of VicMaps change, expected mid-2014. Affected residents and property owners notified by mail.

Ordinary Meeting of Council 03 December

Ivanhoe Library/Community Learning & Cultural Hub

Notices of Motion

Jenny Mulholland


1. Council commences detailed design drawings immediately to cost a new Ivanhoe Library/Community Learning and Cultural Hub for Ivanhoe located in the civic precinct in keeping with the vision for Civic Precinct contained in the Draft Ivanhoe Structure Plan; 2. Council allocates up to $100,000 dollars out of reserves. 3. Council seek government or philanthropic funding to contribute to the potential construction of a Ivanhoe Library/Community Learning and Cultural Hub.

Allison Beckwith

Allison Beckwith

In Progress Concept designs are being further developed, Concepts were presented to Ivanhoe Structure Plan Consultative Committee Meeting in March 2013. 25/09/2013 Finalising the design brief for detail design. Heritage reports have been received with no concerns regarding the existing library site. 2/12/2013

MGS Concept design brief finalised. Being consolidated into a Request for Tender (RFT) document to go out for tender for detailed design. 6/6/2014

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



The Ivanhoe Civic Master Plan community consultation process has been undertaken with submissions to be considered and final report due to council 23/6/14. Advertising for and engagement of Architect to complete full detailed design of the Learning Hub will occur immediately following the formal adoption of the Master Plan.

Ordinary Meeting of Council 17 December 2012

Consideration Of Naming The Elliott Street Right Of Way, Heidelberg Heights

Notices of Motion

Craig Langdon


That a report be prepared and presented to Council considering the naming of the Right of Way running east off Elliott Street, Heidelberg Heights.

Michael Hutchison

Scott Walker

Completed 14/03/2013, Investigation conducted. Reported back to Council 04/03/2013. Survey sent to local residents 26/06/2013 to consider name for laneway. 4/12/13 Report back to Council in early 28/2/2014: Suitable name being researched for consultation. Report to Council to follow. 27/05/2014: Suitable researched for consultation by Council officers. Consultation on new proposed names closes 11/06/2014. Report to Council with preferred name expected 23/06/2014.

Ordinary Meeting of Council 04 February 2013

Leases / Agreements With Clubs, Associations, Groups Using Council Facilities And Buildings

Notices of Motion

Jenny Mulholland


“That a report be provided on the current status of all leases and agreements for the use of Council facilities and buildings by clubs, associations, neighbourhood houses and other groups throughout the City.”

Jeanette Kringle

Scott Walker

In Progress A councillor briefing conducted on 27 May 2013.

Next steps include preparation of user listings with lease details and leasing policy


Greensborough Principal Activity Centre Review Of Height And Setback Requirements

Notices of Motion

Wayne Phillips


“That officers prepare a project scope for Council consideration to review the heights and setbacks within the pending Activity Centre Zone for Greensborough with a particular focus on building setbacks and increased heights in the Southern Residential, Henry Street East and Flintoff Street Precincts.”

David Cox Scott Walker

Completed 2/06/2014 –

The project scope has been included in the draft City Plan that is now available for public comment.

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



Ordinary Meeting of Council 04 March 2013

Multicultural Advisory Committee

Notices of Motion

Rick Garotti Resolution (CO2013/61)

“That Council investigates the establishment of a Multicultural Advisory Committee, including options for its governance, structure and operation. The purpose of this committee would be to advise Council on the design and implementation of Council policies and programmes to ensure they meet the needs of Banyule’s diverse multicultural communities.”

Theonie Tacticos

Peter Utri Completed 6/2/14 A Councillor Briefing conducted on 6/2/14 approved the terms of reference for the Multicultural Advisory Committee. Expressions of interest for the Committee have been sought and received from the community & local organisations. Two meetings of the Multicultural Advisory Committee have been held. The Multicultural Advisory Committee will continue to assist in the development & implementation of Banyule’s Multicultural Action Plan, and provide advice to Council on the needs of Banyule’s diverse multicultural communities.


Redmond Court Wetlands Study

Notices of Motion

Rick Garotti Resolution (CO2013/80) Council investigate options to determine the feasibility of converting Redmond Court Wetlands into an open space area for public passive recreation;”

Peter Benazic

Geoff Glynn In Progress 2/3/14

Analysis project will be submitted for Works & Services funding in the new year. Awaiting the allocation of funding in order that councils drainage engineers can progress a feasibility report. 2/06/2014

Allocation included in the current draft budget that will allow the Engineering Unit to undertake a drainage review.


Funding Application - Ivanhoe Library - Regional Development Australia Fund Grants

Notices of Motion

Jenny Mulholland


1. “That the motion be deferred until detail drawings are prepared. 2. That a new submission be submitted at that time.”

Giovanna Failla

Allison Beckwith

In Progress - Pending

Motion deferred until drawings are complete see (CO2012/17)

Ordinary Meeting of Council 08 April 2013

Illegal Dumping Of Rubbish In Public Space

Notices of Motion

Craig Langdon


“That the relevant Council Officers report to Council on measures which will: a) police and prevent the dumping of rubbish in public places such as parks, gardens and nature strips;

b) catch and fine the offenders; c) collect and dispose of the rubbish as quickly as possible; d) advertise and promote the Council’s determination to clean up the City.

That the report considers self funding the proposals through increased fines through

Russell Darling / Mark Bernhardt

Geoff Glyn In Progress 2/6/14 A policy relating to CCTV cameras, based on the Ombudsman’s guidelines for use in enforcing dumping is nearing completion. Additional resource to assist with dumped rubbish collection is included in the 2014/15 budget waiting for adoption. Report will be presented to Council when the draft policy has been completed.

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



greater policing and that the revenue also covers increased and more prompt collections. Furthermore, consideration be given to either fining or offering express service (at a cost) to residents who fail to pre-book a hard rubbish collection and only do so after they place the rubbish out for collection.”


Naturestrip Planting

Notices of Motion

Craig Langdon


1. The appropriate council officers develop a management model to trial the implementation of urban agriculture on naturestrips. The trial would be limited growing non invasive food producing plants on a small number of sites across the municipality. The model should include a voluntary expression of interest process that enables interested community members and groups to participate in the trial. The trial period should be limited to a twelve month period. 2. Following the trial council officers shall provide a report to Council detailing the effectiveness of the trial and the associated management issues. 3. Road safety and the protection of underground services must be part of any consideration of any naturestrip planting. 4. A report on any similar policies at other Councils be reported back to Council as part of the trial”

Peter Benazic

Geoff Glynn In Progress 2/3/14 An internal working group has been established to develop a model. An expert has assisted council officers to review industry best practice. The documentation and guidelines are in the process of being finalised in preparation for a council briefing. Draft guide lines presented to EMT and will be presented to a council briefing session. 02/06/2014 Draft guidelines presented to BEAC, currently incorporating the feedback from the consultation session.

Ordinary Meeting of Council 20 May 2013

Festive Celebrations

Notices of Motion

Craig Langdon


1. To better recognise the Festive Season, Council undertake an investigation of how to highlight the two principle Council buildings. They being the Heidelberg Town Hall in Ivanhoe and WaterMarc in Greensborough; 2. The investigation take into consideration the views and plans of the local shopping centre's Committees of Management for the Ivanhoe and Greensborough Shopping centres respectively; 3. Possible sources of funding or “in-kind work" also be part of the investigation.”

Allison Beckwith

Allison Beckwith

In Progress: 25/09/2013 Investigations have begun with various companies and quotations have been requested. A report will be tabled to Council for consideration of funds. 4/12/13: Lights have been installed on the tree between the library and Council office. Quotations are still being sought as Heritage issues need to be considered. A report will be tabled in 2014 for consideration during budget discussions for 2014/15. 28/5/14 Officers have met on site with a number of suppliers to investigate opportunities in relation to The Centre Ivanhoe given the Heritage considerations. Officers are expecting proposals to be returned in July 2014.

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



Ordinary Meeting of Council 17 June 2013

Rosanna Road and Greensborough Highway - Safety and Amenity

Notice of Motion

Tom Melican Resolution (CO2013/217)

1. “That Council officers develop a report detailing the current safety and amenity issues on Greensborough Road, Lower Plenty Road and Rosanna Road. The report will include options to improve or resolve safety and amenity issues that are identified on these sections of roads. 2. That discussion with VicRoads be undertaken on a possible funding partnership for these investigations. If VicRoads are unwilling to assist, then an estimate for the cost of these investigations be undertaken and the item be referred back to Council.”

David Bailey Scott Walker

In Progress - 25/11/13 Initial discussions with VicRoads have commenced. Report back to Council programmed for early 2014. VicRoads currently investigating route and possible safety improvements. 24/01/14 - BCC Contacted VicRoads. The investigation and report by VicRoads still in progress. No report of completion date provided. 21/02/14 – Received advice of considered proposals along Rosanna Rd. Council advice and support sought for Yarra St turn bans. 11/03/14 Following discussions with VicRoads, BCC have received an investigation and are currently reviewing in order to provide feedback by 30/3/2014. A report to Council is to be provided in June 2014. 6/6/14 Report scheduled to go to Council on 7 July 2014

Ordinary Meeting of Council 01 July 2013

Consideration or Prayer/Affirmation at the Commencment of Council Meetings

Notices of Motion

Mark Di Pasquale


1. The inclusion of a prayer/affirmation be considered when the Conduct Meetings Local Law is reviewed; and

2. Officers investigate the prayer/affirmations used at other Councils to find a suitable prayer for Banyule.

3. Officers investigate the history of the prayer/affirmation used at Council meetings at Banyule and the former Councils of Diamond Valley and Heidelberg.

4. Council involve the Banyule Interfaith Network to get a prayer/affirmation that is agreed by all to be read at Council meetings.

Vivien Ferlaino

Scott Walker

In Progress 2/06/2013 Will be investigated as part of the review of the Meeting Procedures Local Law in 2014. 24/02/2014 Investigation of other Council’s use of a prayer has been undertaken along with the former Banyule prayer. New legislation to be introduced into Parliament later this year will see the introduction of the Oath to be recited at the commencement of each Council meeting to be taken into consideration.

Ordinary Meeting of Council 15 July 2013

Petitions Procedure

Notices of Motion

Craig Langdon


1. Officers consider rules and guidelines followed by the Victorian Parliament on the tabling of Petitions and its applicability to Council as a potential procedure.

Vivien Ferlaino

Scott Walker

In Progress Will be investigated as part of the review of the Meeting Procedures Local Law in 2014.

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



2. Refer to the Local Law Review currently being undertaken by Council the introduction of "on-line" Petitions in accordance to the rules and guidelines established by the Victorian Parliament.”

24/2/2014 Current Guidelines being reviewed. Review of State Parliament guidelines being considered. 2/6/2014 Information obtained from other Council's procedures, no other Council allows on-line submission of petitions. There are legal considerations to factor.

Ordinary Meeting of Council 12 August 2013

Naming of Reserve - Fred Lasslett Reserve

Notices of Motion

Jenny Mulholland


“That a report be presented to Council in regard to the naming the reserve opposite the former Heidelberg RSL building “Fred Lasslett Reserve”. As part of this process, noting the land is on Crown land, Council write to the Minister for Transport, the Hon. Terry Mulder for approval.”

Michael Hutchison

Scott Walker

In Progress Initial investigation commenced. 28/02/2014: Letter to Minister sent and positive response received. Consultation with family has been initiated. Awaiting formal response from family before beginning community consultation 27/05/2014 Formal agreement from family received. Community consultation underway and closes 11/06/2014. Report to Council expected 23/06/2014

Ordinary Meeting of Council 23 September 2013

Flooding of the Darebin Creek

Notices of Motion

Craig Langdon


That Council write to: 1. Melbourne Water requesting a meeting with senior officers to discuss strategies for addressing the increasing problem of flooding along the Darebin Creek. 2. The Minister for Planning and to the Minister for Water highlighting the plight of the Darebin Creek due to increased urbanisation of the catchment and request they apply additional pressure on the Growth Area Authority and Melbourne Water to develop strategies to best protect the ecological health and amenity of the Darebin Creek waterway. 3. Darebin City Council, City of Yarra and the City of Whittlesea highlighting the plight of the Darebin Creek due to increased urbanisation of the catchment and request their cooperation in lobbying the Growth Area Authority and Melbourne Water to develop strategies to best protect the ecological health and amenity of the Darebin Creek waterway. 4. The Darebin Creek Management Committee, Darebin Parklands Association, Friends of the Darebin Creek, Department of Planning and Community, Department of Transport, Planning and Local Infrastructure and La Trobe University

Daniel Kollmorgen

Scott Walker

Completed All letters sent to parties. Melbourne Water has acknowledged request and meeting is being organised with Melbourne Water and senior offices. 20/02/14 – Meeting held with all parties on 4 March 2014 and ongoing discussions will occur as part of the Melbourne Water North project.

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



to advise them of this resolution.

Ordinary Meeting of Council 23 September 2013

Victorian Police

Notices of Motion

Craig Langdon


1. That Council honours the Victoria Police Members who lost their lives in the line of duty by: a. Holding an annual event (morning or afternoon tea) as part of the Victorian Police Blue Ribbon day; b. Supporting Council representation and attendance at the Annual Blue Ribbon Foundation Ball; and c. Establishing an award, to be given to a serving Police Member within the City of Banyule as recognition for outstanding service, in the name of Clyde James Smith in honour of Constable Smith who lost his life in 1935 while on duty and who was recently recognised by rededication at the Warringal Cemetery. 2. That Council allow the recipient of the Award to be determined by Victoria Police, and that the award be given at the Council Annual event.

Giovanna Failla

Allison Beckwith

In Progress 4/12/13 This will be progressed in 2014. 6/6/14

Discussions are underway with VicPol to

determine best way to undertake

nomination process. Award event

planned for late 2014.

Ordinary Meeting of Council 21 October 2013

Plenty Road Precinct

Notices of Motion


“That Council: 1. Investigates greater density development outcomes for residential properties abutting and in the vicinity of Plenty Road in Bundoora between Grimshaw Street and to the edge of the City of Banyule close to LaTrobe University. 2. Organises a meeting with the Ward Councillor, the Mayor, officers and residents and property owners of this locality to discuss ways of ensuring better development outcomes for the area.”

Daniel Kollmogen

Scott Walker

Completed 2/06/2014 – Investigations have been completed and meetings held. The outcome of this was reported to Council on 5 May 2014, when Council resolved to continue to its C100 proposal for the new residential zones and progress 14/15 budgeting for future development opportunities in Heidelberg West.

Ordinary Meeting of Council 18 November 2013

Request for Changes to the Zone Ticketing System - MYKI

Notices of Motion


“That: 1. Council writes to Department of Transport requesting information of the possibility of changes to the zone ticketing system, now that MYKI has been installed; 2. Once the information has been provided, Council form a view on the possibility of moving to a more fairer and equitable system for public transport pricing; 3. Council then writes to the MAV and all other councils within Metropolitan Melbourne, seeking support to convert to a fairer fare system; 4. A motion be prepared for the next MAV State Conference, seeking support for a fairer system.”


Completed 6/6/14 Myki Zones proposed to be removed as part of State Government proposal.


Bully Free Australia

Notices of Motion

Steven Briffa Resolution (CO2013/424)

“That Council: 1. Write to all primary and secondary schools in Banyule as follows:

Frances Gianinotti

Allison Beckwith

In Progress 17/02/14 1 - Letters planned for schools early March as they settle into the new school

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



(a) to encourage their ongoing commitment to making schools bully free and to thank them for their efforts to date in tackling this important social issue; (b) schools can contact the relevant Council business units to seek advice on links into support services and to seek advice as required. 2. Hold a forum in 2014 on the issue of bullying, the forum will invite a range of key stakeholders to discuss a range of strategies that will encourage a bully free Banyule community.”

year. 2 – Forum being planned as an element of the School Council initiative

6/6/14

Letter to schools was sent 17 March 14 and Bully Forum is planned for August 2014.


National Container Deposit Scheme

Notices of Motion

Craig Langdon


“That Council Officers provide a briefing to Council on the implications of a national container deposit system in order for Council to consider its position on potential systems.”

Russell Darling

Geoff Glynn Complete Briefing note with detail of positive and negative implications of a container deposit scheme provided to Council for the 7 April 2014 Briefing Session


School Crossing Supervision

Notices of Motion


“That: 1. Council conduct a recount of the warrants for ongoing crossing supervision at the following school crossing sites:

Greenwood Drive, Bundoora; the Grimshaw Street and Plenty Road Intersection, Bundoora; and at Dundee Street, Watsonia North.

2. Council should consult with the respective Primary and Secondary Schools associated with each school crossing to ensure that the recount of the warrants occurs during the times of peak pedestrian and vehicle usage. 3. Upon the recount information being received, Council organise consultation meetings involving the Mayor and Ward Councillor with the schools associated with the crossings that have failed to meet the warrants to discuss potential funding options.”

Bailey Byrnes

Scott Walker

In Progress. March 2014 Counts scheduled for early Term 1 2014 are being finalised. Meetings to be held with schools to discuss the results. 6/6/14 Pedestrian Counts for Grimshaw Street and Dundee Street indicated warrants for supervision are now met. Greenwood Drive has not meet the warrants on recount. Meeting currently being organised with Bundoora PS/SC to discuss potential funding options


Appreciation Greensborough Historical Society

Notices of Motion

Mark Di Pasquale


“That 1. Council acknowledge the Greensborough Historical Society's efforts to compile and publish a book on World War 1. 2. Council facilitate a meeting between the Greensborough Historical Society, interested R.S.L groups in the municipality and Banyule Council to discuss the

Allison Beckwith

Allison Beckwith

In Progress 03/03/14 Officers have sent a letter to the Greensborough Historical Society requesting a meeting to discuss the project. 29/5/14 Officers are planning to meet with the

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



feasibility, compilation and distribution of the document.”

Historical Society in July to discuss the project.


Accessibility and Amenity of Watsonia Station for People with Disabilities

Notice of Motion


"That Council: 1. Write to the Victorian Transport Minister to seek information on the accessibility and amenity of train stations in Banyule for people with disabilities including its compliance with State and Federal Government disability access legislation; 2. Seek advice on any plans the Victorian Government has to improve the accessibility and amenity of the stations for disabled people, the elderly and those with mobility problems; 3. Encourage the Victorian Government to consider improvements to the stations that could significantly enhance access and usage of the Station for all residents such as the installation of a lift; and 4. Provide a copy of this correspondence to all local State Members of Parliament and seek their feedback on this issue."


Completed 21/02/14 Letters being prepared for all parties. 11/03/2014 Letter sent to Victorian Transport Minister and copies sent to State Members of Parliament on 10-02-2014. BCC currently awaiting a response.


Emergency Markers - Darebin Creek Trail

Notice of Motion


“That Council: 1. Refer funding for consideration in the 2014/15 Budget for the cost of installing emergency markers advocated by the State Emergency Services Telecommunication Authority (ESTA) along its section of the Darebin Creek Trail. 2. Write to the Darebin and Whittlesea City Councils and the Darebin Creek Management Committee requesting that they support the introduction of numbered emergency makers along their respective sections of the Darebin Creek Trail. 3. Write to the Yarra City Council requesting that it support the introduction of numbered emergency markers along the proposed section of the Darebin Creek Trail which, once completed, will fall within its boundaries. 4. A report be presented back to Council.”

Peter Benazic

Geoff Glynn In progress 2/3/14 Cost have been sought for the Banyule component of the project and discussion have been had with DCMC to encourage a coordinated along the creek corridor. 2/06/2014 Banyule will proceed with installation as no formal commitment has been received from other agencies regarding a coordinated response. Works expected to be complete in six to eight weeks.


Australian Made Campaign

Notice of Motion


“That Council: 1. Commits to utilise Australian manufacturers and service providers where practicable as our way of supporting Australian jobs in a time of increasing global uncertainty. 2. Explores the opportunity to become a supporter of the Australian Made Australian Grown (AMAG) campaign. 3. Considers a future report about the anticipated benefits of membership and implications for Council’s resource allocation for economic development activity. 4. Considers any resource implications of becoming an AMAG supporter in the

Ben Smith Scott Walker

Completed Report presented to Council on 14 April 2014. Further consideration of Australian Made campaign to be made in context of Council’s economic development approach in emerging Economic Development Plan.

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



2014/15 budget process.”


Live Streaming of Council Meetings

Notice of Motion

Jenny Mulholland


“That a report be presented to Council in regards to providing live streaming of Council meetings. The report to include: 1. 1. Cost to provide live streaming through the Banyule website. 2. 2. Other councils currently providing this service and associated policies. 3. 3. Any other issues relating to providing this service.”

Vivien Ferlaino

Scott Walker

In Progress – 2/06/14 Investigations of other Council's are currently being obtained and initial comments have been received, quotations to be organised for 2016 Budget consideration. 2/06/14 Information obtained from other Council’s who webcast and will be analysed.


Half Masting of Flag at the Municipal Offices, Town Hall Ivanhoe

Notice of Motion

Jenny Mulholland


“That Council officers provide a report on the half-masting of the Town Hall flag as a tribute following death of former Councillors (Banyule or its predecessors), local State or Federal Members or prominent citizens on day of their funeral.”

Vivien Ferlaino

Scott Walker

In Progress 2/06/14 Investigating and Obtaining other Council’s policies in relation to the half masting of the flag. 2/6/14 Flag Policy drafted after benchmarking undertaken with other Council's Policies. Briefing Paper to be presented to Councillors in July.


Support for Banyule's Multicultural Communities

Notice of Motion


“That Council: 1. Explore developing a relationship and referral process with the Department of Immigration and Border Protection. This will enable Council to appropriately refer residents with immigration related visa enquiries to the relevant section of the Federal Government during the appropriate stages of their applications. 2. Work with the Department of Immigration and Border Protection to explore the option to host a community forum to highlight existing visa application and processing procedures. 3. Liaise with the Minister for Immigration and Border Protection and the Federal Members covering Banyule on this matter for their advice and assistance."

Peter Utri Keith Yeo In Progress 24/02/14 Meeting has been held with department Officials to explore the development of the relationship, informal advice has been received that the department will not be pursuing the development of the relationship for this purpose Offers are awaiting a formal response. Further to the community forum that the department is reticent to participate in a forum of this type in conjunction with council. Communication with Minister to occur. 29/05/14 Awaiting response.

Ordinary Meeting of

Transport - Project

Notice of Motion

Craig Resolution (CO2014/26) David Bailey Scott Walker

Completed 14/03/14 Letter sent on 14 March 2014

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



Council 17 February 2014

10,000 Langdon “That: 1. Council write to the State Opposition Leader seeking an explanation of the Oppositions Policy named "Project 10,000." 2. Council notes correspondence circulated by The Hon Jenny Mikakos MP where she states the Opposition alternative transport (Project 10,000) "will dramatically improve road safety and reduce congestion around the State" by undertaking the following: - Remove our 50 worst level crossings including seven in the Northern Suburbs (Bell Street, Coburg, Bell Street, Preston, Camp Road, Campbellfield, Glenroy Road, Glenroy, High Street, Reservoir, Moreland Road, Brunswick & Lower Plenty Road, Rosanna; - Build the Melbourne Metro Rail; - Double the City Loop and build 5 new train stations; - Streamline traffic on Hoddle Street; - Get 5,000 trucks a day off the West Gate Bridge; - Widen the Tullamarine Freeway to six lanes and; - Spend $2 Billion on our roads. 3. Council expresses its concern that much of "Project 10,000" will have minimal impact on traffic congestion within the City of Banyule and also raises the issue of funding implications on other important state transport projects, such as: A. The Doncaster Rail Project; B. The Airport Rail Project; C. The North East Link Project - with direct connection from M80 to EastLink in Ringwood; D. Incremental improvements to the Hurstbridge Rail Line, including duplication of the line between Rosanna and Heidelberg and from Greensborough to Eltham; E. South Morang extension to Mernda and Whittlesea; and F. The connection of the South Morang line from Clifton Hill to Southern Cross Station. 4. Council further notes that Ms Mikakos' letter does not mention the 24hour public transport on Friday and Saturday nights. 5. Council has further concerns that the individual projects within "Project 10,000 have not been considered against other projects and may not represent the best benefit for all of Melbourne. 6. The State Opposition as the alternative Government should provide a commitment, timeline and funding model for the delivery of these other projects as well as details of removing the Rosanna Railway crossing and how the nearby parklands and businesses of the Rosanna Shopping Centre will be protected.

(D14/11256)

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2




State Election 2014 Candidate Debate - Public Meeting with Melbourne Transport Forum

Notice of Motion


“That Council works with the Melbourne Transport Forum (MTF) to organise a public meeting to be held at the Centre Ivanhoe with all candidates in the November State Election. This meeting will occur on a suitable night in August or September.”


Completed 6/6/14 Debate scheduled for August 12 in Streeton Room, Ivanhoe


Banyule Council's Commitment to Strong and Transparent Financial Management

Notice of Motion


“That Council officers prepare a quarterly report that provides an update on the actual financial performance of Council against that budgeted. This report should explain any material variances in financial performance and be included in the Ordinary Council Meeting Agenda Papers so that it is available for public consideration."

Peter Utri Keith Yeo In Progress 29/05/14 Financial Report, in its new format, to be submitted to September 2014 Council meeting.


ANZAC Day in Banyule

Notice of Motion

Jenny Mulholland


“That: 1. Council promote the 2014 ANZAC Day events in a coordinated way by advertising in the local papers the locations and times for ceremonies and marches throughout the City. 2. Council co-ordinate up to two buses for the Heidelberg ANZAC Day event to support those unable to March from the Heidelberg Cenotaph to Warringal Park. 3. Officers liaise with local police to ensure the appropriate road closures are in place for the Heidelberg Anzac Day event.”

Peter Utri Keith Yeo Completed 29/05/14


Birdwood Avenue, Macleod - Macleod Pre-school Parking Issues

Notice of Motion


That Council request an officer report seeking to provide two on-street staff car parking spaces for the Birdwood Pre-school staff adjacent to the facility.


In Progress Officer currently investigating this issue. We are currently awaiting for a neutral day i,e, School holidays to finish, in order to commence parking surveys. 6/6/14 Report scheduled to go to Council on 23 June 2014

Ordinary Meeting of Council 17

Illegal Motor Bikes - Darebin

Notice of Motion

Craig Langdon


That as part of its campaign against illegal motor bikes (monkey bikes) riding along

Mark Bernhardt

Scott Walker

Competed 2/6/2014 The signage has been erected along the

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



March 2014 Creek the Darebin Creek, Council: 1. Install 10 "No Motorbikes" and "[symbol]" signs on the entrances to the Darebin Creek from Dougharty Road to Bell Street. 2. Paint 8 "No Motorbikes" and "[symbol]" on the shared path along the same section of the Darebin Creek and 3 Introduce more detailed Local Laws as part of the Local Law review which will assist Council Officers in addressing this issue.

path.


Investigation - Traffic Challenges Bungay Street, Watsonia

Notice of Motion


That Council: 1. Undertake a thorough investigation into the traffic challenges that are experienced on Bungay Street, Watsonia and connected streets in Watsonia in the mornings and afternoons of school days as a consequence of parents dropping-off and picking-up their children at Loyola College. 2. Develop potential options for consideration by Council to better manage these traffic challenges. This could include consideration of the traffic engineering solutions employed around schools in other Councils. 3. Consult with local residents and Loyola College in undertaking the investigation. The investigation should commence with a survey to local residents to gather their feedback on the nature and severity of the problem and on their suggestions for how this problem can be managed. 4. Write to Loyola College seeking details of their proposed actions to assist in managing traffic and car parking associated with school drop off and pick and work with Loyola College so that the actions can be agreed and implemented.


In Progress Officer commencing the investigation. Currently awaiting school holidays to finish in order to undertake surveys on a neutral day. 6/6/14 Consultation currently underway with residents, response received from school. Report scheduled to go to Council on 7 July 2014


Ivanhoe Primary School - Traffic Concerns in Ailsa Grove

Notice of Motion

Craig Langdon


That Council Investigate and receive a report on; 1. The possible improvements to the existing ‘pick-up and drop-off’ parking area in Ailsa Grove, Ivanhoe including possible changes to the existing parking restrictions in the street, with consultation of the School and the residents. 2. The possible re-opening of Tate Street at Ailsa Grove or other alternative for traffic to exit or turn-around at Ailsa Grove, Ivanhoe.


In Progress Investigation to be undertaken. Currently awaiting surveys to be undertaken once school holidays are over. Report due to be submitted for Council meeting June 2nd. 6/6/14 Consultation held with school and residents - Report scheduled to go to

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



3. Traffic and parking issues in Lowe Street, Ivanhoe.

Council on 23 June 2014


Youth Council

Notice of Motion

Craig Langdon


That: 1. Council trials a Youth Council similar to the Victorian Youth Parliament which operates annually from Parliament House in Melbourne. 2. Council invites all secondary schools to nominate 4 students* to the Youth Council. The Youth Council to meet during the third term at a mutually agreeable date and the year level participating be subject to further discussion and availability. *Numbers may increase if Schools do not participate. 3. The following Schools be invited: Bundoora Secondary College Charles La Trobe College Concord School Greensborough Secondary College Ivanhoe Grammar Ivanhoe Girls Grammar Loyola Secondary College Macleod College Montmorency Secondary College Parade College Our Lady of Mercy College St Helena Secondary College Viewbank College. 4. Minutes of the meeting are recorded. 5. The resolutions of the Youth Council be reported back to Council via a Council Report each year.

Frances Gianinotti

Allison Beckwith

In Progress 23/05/14 Proposal for Youth Council developed; meeting pending with Cr Langdon and Council officers to finalise Council response.


On Line Hard Waste Bookings

Notice of Motion

Jenny Mulholland


That Council investigate the opportunity of introducing the ability for residents to book hard waste collections on line.

Russell Darling

Geoff Glynn

In Progress A quote has been received from Civica for implementing e-Services which can be used for online bookings. A program for installation into the test environment for setting up is currently being developed.

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



e-Services can be used for online bookings. e-Services is being installed into the test environment in June 2014 with testing to follow. Anticipate completion of on-line hard waste bookings in the live system by August 2014.


Traffic Management for Heidelberg RSL Anzac Day Events

Urgent Business

Jenny Mulholland

10.1 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT FOR HEIDELBERG RSL ANZAC DAY

EVENTS


That Council allocate $3,530 from its operational budget for the traffic

management for the ANZAC Day march for the Heidelberg RSL on Friday, 25

April 2014

Peter Utri Keith Yeo


Olympic Village Learning Hub

Notice of Motion

Craig Langdon


1. That the CEO meet with the Member for Ivanhoe to outline the progress made on the development of the Olympic Village Learning Hub – Child and Family Centre. 2. That the CEO raise with the Member for Ivanhoe whether the $750,000 funding would have to be met with the proposed Alternate Government rate capping policy.

Giovanna Failla

Allison Beckwith

Completed – 6/6/14

Meeting between CEO and member for Ivanhoe has been held where funding for and progress of the OVLH project was outlined.


Victorian Labour Party Policy on Council Rate Capping

Urgent Business

Craig Langdon

10.1 VICTORIAN LABOR PARTY POLICY ON COUNCIL RATE CAPPING


That:

1. Council write to the Municipal Association of Victoria (MAV) and VLGA

outlining its concerns with the recent Victorian Labor Party Policy on Council Rate

Capping announced by Opposition Leader The Hon Daniel Andrews MP on 4

May 2014.

2. Council Officers prepare a report to Council outlining the consistent cost

pressures faced by local government as a direct result of cost shifting from other

successive levels of Government and the potential impact of rate capping on the

Keith Yeo Keith Yeo Completed 29/05/14 Items 1, 3, 4 and 5 have been completed In Progress 29/05/14 Item 2 – Federal Budget considerations being factored into Cost Shifting Report.

Att

ach

men

t 1

6.2



provision of community services and maintaining and renewing critical assets in

Banyule.

3. The Mayor write to all community groups and those individuals currently

relying on support from Council to provide a service to the local community

advising of potential funding shortfalls should the Policy be implemented and

request they contact their local members for clarification.

4. Council write to all Members of State Parliament seeking their views on

the recently announced Policy and to draw to their attention of the potential

implications associated with such a Policy.

5. That Council seek to include this matter as an urgent item on the MAV

state Council in 16th May.


Urgent Business

Craig Langdon

10.2 LAND SET ASIDE FOR A NEW EDUCATIONAL FACILITY


That Council confirms that the land known as 230 Banksia Street, Bellfield, has

been made available for a new education facility subject to the State Government

committing to purchase this land prior to the next State election.

Shaun Barber

Scott Walker

Completed 28 May 2014 The Department of Education and Early Childhood Development has advised that there is sufficient primary and secondary capacity in the areas around the former school sites. The State opposition government has indicated it’s interest in the site and has requested that Council establish a selling price for the land.